PIC18F46J11 Family
Data Sheet
28/44-Pin, Low-Power,
High-Performance Microcontrollers
with nanoWatt XLP Technology
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
•
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
•
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
•
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
•
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
•
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip
intellectual property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,
KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,
MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control
Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip
Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard,
dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN,
ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial
Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified
logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code
Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit,
PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance,
TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2011, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
ISBN: 978-1-60932-959-4
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
DS39932D-page 2
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
28/44-Pin, Low-Power, High-Performance Microcontrollers
Power Management Features with
nanoWatt XLP for Extreme Low Power:
• Deep Sleep mode: CPU off, Peripherals off,
Currents Down to 13 nA and 850 nA with RTCC
- Able to wake-up on external triggers,
programmable WDT or RTCC alarm
- Ultra Low-Power Wake-up (ULPWU)
• Sleep mode: CPU off, Peripherals off, SRAM on,
Fast Wake-up, Currents Down to 105 nA Typical
• Idle: CPU off, Peripherals on, Currents Down to
2.3 A Typical
• Run: CPU on, Peripherals on, Currents Down to
6.2 A Typical
• Timer1 Oscillator/w RTCC: 1 A, 32 kHz Typical
• Watchdog Timer: 813 nA, 2V Typical
Special Microcontroller Features:
• 5.5V Tolerant Inputs (digital only pins)
• Low-Power, High-Speed CMOS Flash Technology
• C Compiler Optimized Architecture for Re-Entrant
Code
• Priority Levels for Interrupts
• Self-Programmable under Software Control
• 8 x 8 Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier
• Extended Watchdog Timer (WDT):
- Programmable period from 4 ms to 131s
• Single-Supply In-Circuit Serial Programming™
(ICSP™) via Two Pins
• In-Circuit Debug (ICD) with Three Breakpoints via
Two Pins
• Operating Voltage Range of 2.0V to 3.6V
• On-Chip 2.5V Regulator
• Flash Program Memory of 10,000 Erase/Write
Cycles Minimum and 20-Year Data Retention
Peripheral Highlights:
• Peripheral Pin Select:
- Allows independent I/O mapping of many
peripherals
- Continuous hardware integrity checking and
safety interlocks prevent unintentional
configuration changes
• Hardware Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC):
- Provides clock, calendar and alarm functions
• High-Current Sink/Source 25 mA/25 mA
(PORTB and PORTC)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Peripheral Highlights (Continued):
• Four Programmable External Interrupts
• Four Input Change Interrupts
• Two Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP)
modules:
- One, two or four PWM outputs
- Selectable polarity
- Programmable dead time
- Auto-shutdown and auto-restart
- Pulse steering control
• Two Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP)
modules featuring:
- 3-wire SPI (all 4 modes)
- 1024-byte SPI Direct Memory Access (DMA)
channel
- I2C™ Master and Slave modes
• 8-Bit Parallel Master Port/Enhanced Parallel
Slave Port
• Two-Rail – Rail Analog Comparators with Input
Multiplexing
• 10-Bit, up to 13-Channel Analog-to-Digital (A/D)
Converter module:
- Auto-acquisition capability
- Conversion available during Sleep
- Self-Calibration
• High/Low-Voltage Detect module
• Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU):
- Supports capacitive touch sensing for touch
screens and capacitive switches
- Provides a Precise Resolution Time
Measurement for Both Flow Measurement
and Simple Temperature Sensing
• Two Enhanced USART modules:
- Supports RS-485, RS-232 and LIN/J2602
- Auto-wake-up on Start bit
• Auto-Baud Detect
Flexible Oscillator Structure:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1% Accurate High-Precision Internal Oscillator
Two External Clock modes, up to 48 MHz (12 MIPS)
Low-Power 31 kHz Internal RC Oscillator
Tunable Internal Oscillator (31 kHz to 8 MHz,
±0.15% Typical, ±1% Max).
4x PLL Option
Secondary Oscillator using Timer1 @ 32 kHz
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor:
- Allows for safe shutdown if any clock stops
Two-Speed Oscillator Start-up
Programmable Reference Clock Output Generator
DS39932D-page 3
PIC18F/LF(1)
Device
Pins
Program
Memory (bytes)
SRAM (bytes)
Remappable
Pins
Timers
8/16-Bit
ECCP/(PWM)
EUSART
SPI w/DMA
I2C™
10-Bit A/D (ch)
Comparators
Deep Sleep
PMP/PSP
CTMU
RTCC
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
PIC18F24J11
28
16K
3776
19
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
10
2
Y
N
Y
Y
PIC18F25J11
28
32K
3776
19
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
10
2
Y
N
Y
Y
PIC18F26J11
28
64K
3776
19
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
10
2
Y
N
Y
Y
PIC18F44J11
44
16K
3776
25
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
13
2
Y
Y
Y
Y
PIC18F45J11
44
32K
3776
25
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
13
2
Y
Y
Y
Y
PIC18F46J11
44
64K
3776
25
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
13
2
Y
Y
Y
Y
PIC18LF24J11
28
16K
3776
19
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
10
2
N
N
Y
Y
PIC18LF25J11
28
32K
3776
19
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
10
2
N
N
Y
Y
PIC18LF26J11
28
64K
3776
19
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
10
2
N
N
Y
Y
PIC18LF44J11
44
16K
3776
25
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
13
2
N
Y
Y
Y
PIC18LF45J11
44
32K
3776
25
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
13
2
N
Y
Y
Y
PIC18LF46J11
44
64K
3776
25
2/3
2
2
2
Y
Y
13
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Note 1:
MSSP
See Section 1.3 “Details on Individual Family Devices”, Section 4.6 “Deep Sleep Mode” and Section 26.3
“On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details describing the functional differences between PIC18F and PIC18LF
variants in this device family.
DS39932D-page 4
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Pin Diagrams
28-Pin SPDIP/SOIC/SSOP(1)
PIC18F2XJ11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
RA1/AN1/C2INA/RP1
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/RP0
MCLR
RB7/KBI3/PGD/RP10
RB6/KBI2/PGC/RP9
RB5/KBI1/RP8
RB4/KBI0/RP7
MCLR
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/RP0
RA1/AN1/C2INA/RP1
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF/C2INB
RA3/AN3/VREF+/C1INB
VDDCORE/VCAP(2)
RA5/AN4/SS1/HLVDIN/RP2
VSS
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11
RC1/T1OSI/RP12
RC2/AN11/CTPLS/RP13
RC3/SCK1/SCL1/RP14
= Pins are up to 5.5V tolerant
28-Pin QFN(1,3)
RB7/KBI3/PGD/RP10
RB6/KBI2/PGC/RP9
RB5/KBI1/RP8
RB4/KBI0/RP7
RB3/AN9/CTED2/RP6
RB2/AN8/CTED1/REFO/RP5
RB1/AN10/RTCC/RP4
RB0/AN12/INT0/RP3
VDD
VSS
RC7/RX1/DT1/RP18
RC6/TX1/CK1/RP17
RC5/SDO1/RP16
RC4/SDI1/SDA1/RP15
= Pins are up to 5.5V tolerant
28 27 26 25 24 23 22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
PIC18F2XJ11
8 9 1011 12 13 14
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
RB3/AN9/CTED2/RP6
RB2/AN8/CTED1/REFO/RP5
RB1/AN10/RTCC/RP4
RB0/AN12/INT0/RP3
VDD
VSS
RC7/RX1/DT1/RP18
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11
RC1/T1OSI/RP12
RC2/AN11/CTPLS/RP13
RC3\SCK1\SCL1\RP14
RC4/SDA1RP15
RC5/SDO1/RP16
RC6/TX1/CK1/RP17
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF/C2INB
RA3/AN3/VREF+/C1INB
VDDCORE/VCAP(2)
RA5/AN4/SS1/HLVDIN/RP2
VSS
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
Legend: RPn represents remappable pins.
Note 1: Some input and output functions are routed through the Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) module and can be
dynamically assigned to any of the RPn pins. For a list of the input and output functions, see Table 10-13
and Table 10-14, respectively. For details on configuring the PPS module, see Section 10.7 “Peripheral
Pin Select (PPS)”.
2: See Section 26.3 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details on how to connect the VDDCORE/VCAP pin.
3: For the QFN package, it is recommended that the bottom pad be connected to VSS.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 5
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Pin Diagrams (Continued)
= Pins are up to 5.5V tolerant
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
RC6/PMA5/TX1/CK1/RP17
RC5/SDO1/RP16
RC4/SDI1/SDA1\RP15
RD3/PMD3/RP20
RD2/PMD2/RP19
RD1/PMD1/SDA2
RD0/PMD0/SCL2
RC3\SCK1/SCL1/RP14
RC2/AN11/CTPLS/RP13
RC1/T1OSI/RP12
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11
44-Pin QFN(1,3)
PIC18F4XJ11
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
VSS
AVSS
VDD
AVDD
RE2/AN7/PMCS
RE1/AN6/PMWR
RE0/AN5/PMRD
RA5/AN4/SS1/HLVDIN/RP2
VDDCORE/VCAP(2)
RB3/AN9/CTED2/PMA2/RP6
NC
RB4/PMA1/KBI0/RP7
RB5/PMA0/KBI1/RP8
RB6/KBI2/PGC/RP9
RB7/KBI3/PGD/RP10
MCLR
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/PMA6/RP0
RA1/AN1/C2INA/PMA7/RP1
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF-/C2INB
RA3/AN3/VREF+/C1INB
RC7/PMA4/RX1/DT1/RP18
RD4/PMD4/RP21
RD5/PMD5/RP22
RD6/PMD6/RP23
RD7/PMD7/RP24
VSS
AVDD
VDD
RB0/AN12/INT0/RP3
RB1/AN10/PMBE/RTCC/RP4
RB2/AN8/CTED1/PMA3/REFO/RP5
Legend: RPn represents remappable pins.
Note 1: Some input and output functions are routed through the Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) module and can be
dynamically assigned to any of the RPn pins. For a list of the input and output functions, see Table 10-13
and Table 10-14, respectively. For details on configuring the PPS module, see Section 10.7 “Peripheral
Pin Select (PPS)”.
2: See Section 26.3 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details on how to connect the VDDCORE/VCAP pin.
3: For the QFN package, it is recommended that the bottom pad be connected to VSS.
DS39932D-page 6
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
RC6/PMA5/TX1/CK1/RP17
RC5/SDO1/RP16
RC4/SDI1/SDA1/RP15
RD3/PMD3/RP20
RD2/PMD2/RP19
RD1/PMD1/SDA2
RD0/PMD0/SCL2
RC3/SCK1/SCL1/RP14
RC2/AN11/CTPLS/RP13
RC1/T1OSI/RP12
NC
Pin Diagrams (Continued)
= Pins are up to 5.5V tolerant
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
44-Pin TQFP(1)
PIC18F4XJ11
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NC
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
VSS
VDD
RE2/AN7/PMCS
RE1/AN6/PMWR
RE0/AN5/PMRD
RA5/AN4/SS1/HLVDIN/RP2
VDDCORE/VCAP(2)
NC
NC
RB4/PMA1/KBI0/RP7
RB5/PMA0/KBI1/RP8
RB6/KBI2/PGC/RP9
RB7/KBI3/PGD/RP10
MCLR
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/PMA6/RP0
RA1/AN1/C2INA/PMA7/RP1
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF-/C2INB
RA3/AN3/VREF+/C1INB
RC7/PMA4/RX1/DT1/RP18
RD4/PMD4/RP21
RD5/PMD5/RP22
RD6/PMD6/RP23
RD7/PMD7/RP24
VSS
VDD
RB0/AN12/INT0/RP3
RB1/AN10/PMBE/RTCC/RP4
RB2/AN8/CTED1/PMA3/REFO/RP5
RB3/AN9/CTED2/PMA2/RP6
Legend: RPn represents remappable pins.
Note 1: Some input and output functions are routed through the Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) module and can be
dynamically assigned to any of the RPn pins. For a list of the input and output functions, see Table 10-13
and Table 10-14, respectively. For details on configuring the PPS module, see Section 10.7 “Peripheral
Pin Select (PPS)”.
2: See Section 26.3 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details on how to connect the VDDCORE/VCAP pin.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 7
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Table of Contents
Device Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 11
Guidelines for Getting Started with PIC18FJ Microcontrollers ............................................................................................................ 31
Oscillator Configurations ..................................................................................................................................................................... 37
Low-Power Modes .............................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Reset ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63
Memory Organization .......................................................................................................................................................................... 77
Flash Program Memory ..................................................................................................................................................................... 103
8 x 8 Hardware Multiplier .................................................................................................................................................................. 113
Interrupts ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 115
I/O Ports ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 131
Parallel Master Port (PMP) ............................................................................................................................................................... 171
Timer0 Module .................................................................................................................................................................................. 197
Timer1 Module .................................................................................................................................................................................. 201
Timer2 Module .................................................................................................................................................................................. 213
Timer3 Module .................................................................................................................................................................................. 215
Timer4 Module .................................................................................................................................................................................. 225
Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) ............................................................................................................................................ 227
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module ........................................................................................................................ 247
Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module ............................................................................................................................. 271
Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) ........................................................................ 327
10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module ............................................................................................................................... 351
Comparator Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 361
Comparator Voltage Reference Module ............................................................................................................................................ 369
High/Low Voltage Detect (HLVD) ...................................................................................................................................................... 373
Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) ......................................................................................................................................... 379
Special Features of the CPU ............................................................................................................................................................. 395
Instruction Set Summary ................................................................................................................................................................... 413
Development Support ....................................................................................................................................................................... 463
Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................................................................................... 467
Packaging Information ...................................................................................................................................................................... 507
Appendix A: Revision History ............................................................................................................................................................ 519
Appendix B: Device Differences ........................................................................................................................................................ 519
The Microchip Web Site .................................................................................................................................................................... 533
Customer Change Notification Service ............................................................................................................................................. 533
Customer Support ............................................................................................................................................................................. 533
Reader Response ............................................................................................................................................................................. 534
Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 535
DS39932D-page 8
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 9
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 10
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
1.0
DEVICE OVERVIEW
This document contains device-specific information for
the following devices:
• PIC18F24J11
• PIC18LF24J11
• PIC18F25J11
• PIC18LF25J11
• PIC18F26J11
• PIC18LF26J11
• PIC18F44J11
• PIC18LF44J11
• PIC18F45J11
• PIC18LF45J11
• PIC18F46J11
• PIC18LF46J11
1.1
1.1.1
Core Features
nanoWatt TECHNOLOGY
All of the devices in the PIC18F46J11 family incorporate
a range of features that can significantly reduce power
consumption during operation. Key features are:
• Alternate Run Modes: By clocking the controller
from the Timer1 source or the internal RC
oscillator, power consumption during code
execution can be reduced by as much as 90%.
• Multiple Idle Modes: The controller can also run
with its CPU core disabled but the peripherals still
active. In these states, power consumption can be
reduced even further, to as little as 4% of normal
operational requirements.
• On-the-Fly Mode Switching: The
power-managed modes are invoked by user code
during operation, allowing the users to incorporate
power-saving ideas into their application’s
software design.
1.1.2
OSCILLATOR OPTIONS AND
FEATURES
All of the devices in the PIC18F46J11 family offer five
different oscillator options, allowing users a range of
choices in developing application hardware. These
include:
• Two Crystal modes using crystals or ceramic
resonators.
• Two External Clock modes offering the option of a
divide-by-4 clock output.
• An internal oscillator block, which provides an
8 MHz clock and an INTRC source (approximately 31 kHz, stable over temperature and VDD),
as well as a range of six user-selectable clock
frequencies, between 125 kHz to 4 MHz, for a
total of eight clock frequencies. This option frees
an oscillator pin for use as an additional general
purpose I/O.
• A Phase Lock Loop (PLL) frequency multiplier,
available to the high-speed crystal, and external
and internal oscillators, providing a clock speed
up to 48 MHz.
The internal oscillator block provides a stable reference
source that gives the PIC18F46J11 family additional
features for robust operation:
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor: This option constantly
monitors the main clock source against a reference
signal provided by the internal oscillator. If a clock
failure occurs, the controller is switched to the
internal oscillator, allowing for continued low-speed
operation or a safe application shutdown.
• Two-Speed Start-up: This option allows the
internal oscillator to serve as the clock source
from Power-on Reset (POR), or wake-up from
Sleep mode, until the primary clock source is
available.
1.1.3
EXPANDED MEMORY
The PIC18F46J11 family provides ample room for
application code, from 16 Kbytes to 64 Kbytes of code
space. The Flash cells for program memory are rated
to last in excess of 10000 erase/write cycles. Data
retention without refresh is conservatively estimated to
be greater than 20 years.
The Flash program memory is readable and writable
during normal operation. The PIC18F46J11 family also
provides plenty of room for dynamic application data
with up to 3.8 Kbytes of data RAM.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 11
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
1.1.4
EXTENDED INSTRUCTION SET
The PIC18F46J11 family implements the optional
extension to the PIC18 instruction set, adding eight
new instructions and an Indexed Addressing mode.
Enabled as a device configuration option, the extension
has been specifically designed to optimize re-entrant
application code originally developed in high-level
languages, such as C.
1.1.5
EASY MIGRATION
Regardless of the memory size, all devices share the
same rich set of peripherals, allowing for a smooth
migration path as applications grow and evolve.
The consistent pinout scheme used throughout the
entire family also aids in migrating to the next larger
device.
The PIC18F46J11 family is also pin compatible with
other PIC18 families, such as the PIC18F4620,
PIC18F4520 and PIC18F45J10. This allows a new
dimension to the evolution of applications, allowing
developers to select different price points within
Microchip’s PIC18 portfolio, while maintaining the
same feature set.
1.2
Other Special Features
• Communications: The PIC18F46J11 family
incorporates a range of serial and parallel
communication peripherals. This device also
includes two independent Enhanced USARTs and
two Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP)
modules, capable of both Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) and I2C™ (Master and Slave) modes of
operation. The device also has a parallel port and
can be configured to serve as either a Parallel
Master Port (PMP) or as a Parallel Slave Port
(PSP).
• ECCP Modules: All devices in the family
incorporate three Enhanced
Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) modules to
maximize flexibility in control applications. Up to
four different time bases may be used to perform
several different operations at once. Each of the
ECCPs offers up to four PWM outputs, allowing for
a total of eight PWMs. The ECCPs also offer many
beneficial features, including polarity selection, programmable dead time, auto-shutdown and restart
and Half-Bridge and Full-Bridge Output modes.
DS39932D-page 12
• 10-Bit A/D Converter: This module incorporates
programmable acquisition time, allowing for a
channel to be selected and a conversion to be
initiated without waiting for a sampling period, and
thus, reducing code overhead.
• Extended Watchdog Timer (WDT): This
enhanced version incorporates a 16-bit prescaler,
allowing an extended time-out range that is stable
across operating voltage and temperature. See
Section 29.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for
time-out periods.
1.3
Details on Individual Family
Devices
Devices in the PIC18F46J11 family are available in
28-pin and 44-pin packages. Block diagrams for the
two groups are shown in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2.
The devices are differentiated from each other in two
ways:
• Flash program memory (three sizes: 16 Kbytes
for the PIC18FX4J11, 32 Kbytes for PIC18FX5J11
devices and 64 Kbytes for PIC18FX6J11)
• I/O ports (three bidirectional ports on 28-pin
devices, five bidirectional ports on 44-pin devices)
All other features for devices in this family are identical.
These are summarized in Table 1-1 and Table 1-2.
The pinouts for the PIC18F2XJ11 devices are listed in
Table 1-3 and the pinouts for the PIC18F4XJ11 devices
are listed in Table 1-4.
The PIC18F46J11 family of devices provides an
on-chip voltage regulator to supply the correct voltage
levels to the core. Parts designated with an “F” part
number (such as PIC18F46J11) have the voltage
regulator enabled.
These parts can run from 2.15V-3.6V on VDD, but should
have the VDDCORE pin connected to VSS through a
low-ESR capacitor. Parts designated with an “LF” part
number (such as PIC18LF46J11) do not enable the voltage regulator. For “LF” parts, an external supply of
2.0V-2.7V has to be supplied to the VDDCORE pin with
2.0V-3.6V supplied to VDD (VDDCORE should never
exceed VDD).
For more details about the internal voltage regulator,
see Section 26.3 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator”.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-1:
DEVICE FEATURES FOR THE PIC18F2XJ11 (28-PIN DEVICES)
Features
PIC18F24J11
PIC18F25J11
PIC18F26J11
DC – 48 MHz
DC – 48 MHz
DC – 48 MHz
16K
32K
64K
Program Memory (Instructions)
8,192
16,384
32,768
Data Memory (Bytes)
3.8K
3.8K
3.8K
Operating Frequency
Program Memory (Bytes)
Interrupt Sources
30
I/O Ports
Ports A, B, C
Timers
5
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Modules
2
Serial Communications
MSSP (2), Enhanced USART (2)
Parallel Communications (PMP/PSP)
No
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Module
Resets (and Delays)
Instruction Set
75 Instructions, 83 with Extended Instruction Set Enabled
Packages
TABLE 1-2:
10 Input Channels
POR, BOR, RESET Instruction, Stack Full, Stack Underflow, MCLR, WDT
(PWRT, OST)
28-Pin QFN, SOIC, SSOP and SPDIP (300 mil)
DEVICE FEATURES FOR THE PIC18F4XJ11 (44-PIN DEVICES)
Features
Operating Frequency
Program Memory (Bytes)
PIC18F44J11
PIC18F45J11
PIC18F46J11
DC – 48 MHz
DC – 48 MHz
DC – 48 MHz
16K
32K
64K
Program Memory (Instructions)
8,192
16,384
32,768
Data Memory (Bytes)
3.8K
3.8K
3.8K
Interrupt Sources
I/O Ports
Timers
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Modules
Serial Communications
Parallel Communications (PMP/PSP)
10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Module
Resets (and Delays)
Instruction Set
Packages
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
30
Ports A, B, C, D, E
5
2
MSSP (2), Enhanced USART (2)
Yes
13 Input Channels
POR, BOR, RESET Instruction, Stack Full, Stack Underflow, MCLR, WDT
(PWRT, OST)
75 Instructions, 83 with Extended Instruction Set Enabled
44-Pin QFN and TQFP
DS39932D-page 13
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 1-1:
PIC18F2XJ11 (28-PIN) BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus
Table Pointer
20
Address Latch
PCU PCH PCL
Program Counter
12
Data Address
31-Level Stack
4
BSR
Address Latch
STKPTR
Program Memory
(16 Kbytes-64 Kbytes)
PORTB
RB0:RB7(1)
4
Access
Bank
12
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
Data Latch
8
RA0:RA7(1)
Data Memory
(3.8 Kbytes)
PCLATU PCLATH
21
PORTA
Data Latch
8
8
inc/dec logic
12
PORTC
RC0:RC7(1)
inc/dec
logic
Table Latch
Address
Decode
ROM Latch
Instruction Bus
IR
Instruction
Decode and
Control
Timing
Generation
OSC2/CLKO
OSC1/CLKI
PRODH PRODL
3
Power-up
Timer
8 MHz
INTOSC
8
State Machine
Control Signals
8
CTMU
Note 1:
2:
ECCP1
ADC
10-Bit
8
ALU
8
Brown-out
Reset(2)
VDDCORE/VCAP
LVD
8
8
Watchdog
Timer
Voltage
Regulator
RTCC
W
8
Power-on
Reset
Precision
Band Gap
Reference
8
BITOP
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
INTRC
Oscillator
8 x 8 Multiply
VDD, VSS
Timer0
ECCP2
MCLR
Timer1
EUSART1
Timer2
Timer3
EUSART2
Timer4
MSSP1
Comparators
MSSP2
See Table 1-3 for I/O port pin descriptions.
BOR functionality is provided when the on-chip voltage regulator is enabled.
DS39932D-page 14
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 1-2:
PIC18F4XJ11 (44-PIN) BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus
Table Pointer
inc/dec logic
21
31-Level Stack
Address Latch
System Bus Interface
Address Latch
PCU PCH PCL
Program Counter
PORTB
RB0:RB7(1)
12
Data Address
4
4
12
BSR
STKPTR
Program Memory
(16 Kbytes-64 Kbytes)
RA0:RA7(1)
Data Memory
(3.8 Kbytes)
PCLATU PCLATH
20
PORTA
Data Latch
8
8
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
Data Latch
PORTC
Access
Bank
RC0:RC7(1)
12
inc/dec
logic
8
Table Latch
PORTD
RD0:RD7(1)
Address
Decode
ROM Latch
Instruction Bus
PORTE
IR
RE0:RE2(1)
AD, A
(Multiplexed with PORTD
and PORTE)
8
Timing
Generation
OSC2/CLKO
OSC1/CLKI
PRODH PRODL
Instruction
Decode and
Control
State Machine
Control Signals
3
8
W
BITOP
8
Power-up
Timer
8 MHz
INTOSC
8 x 8 Multiply
8
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
INTRC
Oscillator
Precision
Band Gap
Reference
8
Watchdog
Timer
Brown-out
Reset(2)
Voltage
Regulator
VDDCORE/VCAP
PMP
LVD
CTMU
Note 1:
2:
ADC
10-Bit
ECCP1
8
ALU
Power-on
Reset
RTCC
8
8
VDD, VSS
Timer0
MCLR
Timer1
ECCP2
Timer2
EUSART1
Timer3
Timer4
EUSART2
Comparators
MSSP1
MSSP2
See Table 1-4 for I/O port pin descriptions.
BOR functionality is provided when the on-chip voltage regulator is enabled.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 15
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F2XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Number
Pin Name
28-SPDIP/
SSOP/
28-QFN
SOIC
MCLR
1
26
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
OSC1
9
6
Pin Buffer
Type Type
I
ST
I
ST
I
CMOS
I/O
TTL
O
—
CLKO
O
—
RA6(1)
I/O
TTL
CLKI
RA7(1)
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC2
10
7
Description
Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is an
active-low Reset to the device.
Oscillator crystal input or external clock source
input. ST buffer when configured in RC mode;
CMOS otherwise. Main oscillator input
connection.
External clock source input; always associated
with pin function OSC1 (see related OSC1/CLKI
pins).
Digital I/O.
Oscillator crystal or clock output.
Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or
resonator in Crystal Oscillator mode.
Main oscillator feedback output connection.
In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO, which
has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and denotes
the instruction cycle rate.
Digital I/O.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
DS39932D-page 16
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F2XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
28-SPDIP/
SSOP/
28-QFN
SOIC
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/RP0
RA0
AN0
C1INA
ULPWU
RP0
2
RA1/AN1/C2INA/RP1
RA1
AN1
C2INA
RP1
3
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF/C2INB
RA2
AN2
VREFCVREF
C2INB
4
RA3/AN3/VREF+/C1INB
RA3
AN3
VREF+
C1INB
5
RA5/AN4/SS1/HLVDIN/
RP2
RA5
AN4
SS1
HLVDIN
RP2
7
RA6(1)
RA7(1)
27
I/O
I
I
I
I/O
DIG
Analog
Analog
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 0.
Comparator 1 input A.
Ultra low-power wake-up input.
Remappable peripheral pin 0.
I/O
O
I
I/O
DIG
Analog
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 1.
Comparator 2 input A.
Remappable peripheral pin 1.
I/O
I
O
I
I
DIG
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 2.
A/D reference voltage (low) input.
Comparator reference voltage output.
Comparator 2 input B.
I/O
I
I
I
DIG
Analog
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O
Analog input 3
A/D reference voltage (high) input
Comparator 1 input B
I/O
I
I
I
I/O
DIG
Analog
TTL
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 4.
SPI slave select input.
High/low-voltage detect input.
Remappable peripheral pin 2.
28
1
2
4
See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
See the OSC1/CLKI/RA7 pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 17
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F2XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
28-SPDIP/
SSOP/
28-QFN
SOIC
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB can be
software programmed for internal weak pull-ups
on all inputs.
RB0/AN12/INT0/RP3
RB0
AN12
INT0
RP3
21
RB1/AN10/RTCC/RP4
RB1
AN10
RTCC
RP4
22
RB2/AN8/CTED1/
REFO/RP5
RB2
AN8
CTED1
REFO
RP5
23
RB3/AN9/CTED2/RP6
RB3
AN9
CTED2
RP6
24
RB4/KBI0/RP7
RB4
KBI0
RP7
25
RB5/KBI1/RP8
RB5
KBI1
RP8
26
18
I/O
I
I
I/O
DIG
Analog
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 12.
External interrupt 0.
Remappable peripheral pin 3.
I/O
I
O
I/O
DIG
Analog
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 10.
Real Time Clock Calendar output.
Remappable peripheral pin 4.
I/O
I
I
O
I/O
DIG
Analog
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 8.
CTMU edge 1 input.
Reference output clock.
Remappable peripheral pin 5.
I/O
I
I/O
I
DIG
Analog
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 9.
CTMU edge 2 input.
Remappable peripheral pin 6.
I/O
I
I/O
DIG
TTL
DIG
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Remappable peripheral pin 7.
I/O
I
I/O
DIG
TTL
DIG
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Remappable peripheral pin 8.
19
20
21
22
23
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
DS39932D-page 18
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F2XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
28-SPDIP/
SSOP/
28-QFN
SOIC
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTB (continued)
RB6/KBI2/PGC/RP9
RB6
KBI2
PGC
RP9
27
RB7/KBI3/PGD/RP10
RB7
KBI3
PGD
28
RP10
24
I/O
I
I
I/O
DIG
TTL
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
ICSP™ clock input.
Remappable peripheral pin 9.
I/O
I
I/O
DIG
TTL
ST
I/O
DIG
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming
data pin.
Remappable peripheral pin 10.
25
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 19
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F2XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
28-SPDIP/
SSOP/
28-QFN
SOIC
Pin Buffer
Type Type
Description
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11
RC0
T1OSO
T1CKI
RP11
11
RC1/T1OSI/RP12
RC1
T1OSI
RP12
12
RC2/AN11/CTPLS/RP13
RC2
AN11
CTPLS
RP13
13
RC3/SCK1/SCL1/RP14
RC3
SCK1
14
8
I/O
O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator output.
Timer1/Timer3 external clock input.
Remappable peripheral pin 11.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator input.
Remappable peripheral pin 12.
I/O
I
O
I/O
ST
Analog
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 11.
CTMU pulse generator output.
Remappable peripheral pin 13.
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
SCL1
I/O
I2C
RP14
I/O
DIG
Digital I/O.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for
SPI mode.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for
I2C™ mode.
Remappable peripheral pin 14.
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
DIG
Digital I/O.
SPI data input.
I2C data I/O.
Remappable peripheral pin 15.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
SPI data output.
Remappable peripheral pin 16.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
DIG
ST
I/O
DIG
Digital I/O.
EUSART1 asynchronous transmit.
EUSART1 synchronous clock (see related
RX1/DT1).
Remappable peripheral pin 17.
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Asynchronous serial receive data input.
Synchronous serial data output/input.
Remappable peripheral pin 18.
RC4/SDI1/SDA1/RP15
RC4
SDI1
SDA1
RP15
15
RC5/SDO1/RP16
RC5
SDO1
RP16
16
RC6/TX1/CK1/RP17
RC6
TX1
CK1
17
9
10
11
12
13
14
RP17
RC7/RX1/DT1/RP18
RC7
RX1
DT1
RP18
18
15
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
DS39932D-page 20
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-3:
PIC18F2XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
28-SPDIP/
SSOP/
28-QFN
SOIC
Pin Buffer
Type Type
VSS1
8
5
P
—
VSS2
19
16
—
—
VDD
20
17
P
—
VDDCORE/VCAP
6
3
VDDCORE
P
—
VCAP
P
—
Description
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for peripheral digital logic and I/O
pins.
Core logic power or external filter capacitor
connection.
Positive supply for microcontroller core logic
(regulator disabled).
External filter capacitor connection (regulator
enabled).
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 21
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
MCLR
18
18
I
ST
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
OSC1
32
30
I
ST
I
CMOS
I/O
TTL
O
—
CLKO
O
—
RA6(1)
I/O
TTL
CLKI
RA7(1)
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC2
33
31
Description
Master Clear (Reset) input; this is an active-low
Reset to the device.
Oscillator crystal or external clock input.
Oscillator crystal input or external clock source
input. ST buffer when configured in RC mode;
otherwise CMOS. Main oscillator input
connection.
External clock source input; always associated
with pin function OSC1 (see related OSC1/CLKI
pins).
Digital I/O.
Oscillator crystal or clock output
Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or
resonator in Crystal Oscillator mode.
Main oscillator feedback output connection
in RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO, which
has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1 and denotes
the instruction cycle rate.
Digital I/O.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
DS39932D-page 22
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
Description
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/PMA6/
RP0
RA0
AN0
C1INA
ULPWU
PMA6
RP0
19
RA1/AN1/C2INA/PMA7/RP1
RA1
AN1
C2INA
PMA7
RP1
20
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF/C2INB
RA2
AN2
VREFCVREF
C2INB
21
RA3/AN3/VREF+/C1INB
RA3
AN3
VREF+
C1INB
22
RA5/AN4/SS1/HLVDIN/RP2
RA5
AN4
SS1
HLVDIN
RP2
24
RA6(1)
RA7(1)
19
I/O
I
I
I
O
I/O
DIG
Analog
Analog
Analog
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 0.
Comparator 1 input A.
Ultra low-power wake-up input.
Parallel Master Port digital output.
Remappable peripheral pin 0.
I/O
O
I
O
I/O
DIG
Analog
Analog
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 1.
Comparator 2 input A.
Parallel Master Port digital output.
Remappable peripheral pin 1.
I/O
I
O
I
I
DIG
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 2.
A/D reference voltage (low) input.
Comparator reference voltage output.
Comparator 2 input B.
I/O
I
I
I
DIG
Analog
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 3.
A/D reference voltage (high) input.
Comparator 1 input B.
I/O
I
I
I
I/O
DIG
Analog
TTL
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 4.
SPI slave select input.
High/low-voltage detect input.
Remappable peripheral pin 2.
20
21
22
24
See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
See the OSC1/CLKI/RA7 pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 23
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
Description
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB can be
software programmed for internal weak pull-ups on
all inputs.
RB0/AN12/INT0/RP3
RB0
AN12
INT0
RP3
9
RB1/AN10/PMBE/RTCC/RP4
RB1
AN10
PMBE
RTCC
RP4
10
RB2/AN8/CTED1/PMA3/REFO/
RP5
RB2
AN8
CTED1
PMA3
REFO
RP5
11
RB3/AN9/CTED2/PMA2/RP6
RB3
AN9
CTED2
PMA2
RP6
12
8
I/O
I
I
I/O
DIG
Analog
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 12.
External interrupt 0.
Remappable peripheral pin 3.
I/O
I
O
O
I/O
DIG
Analog
DIG
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 10.
Parallel Master Port byte enable.
Real Time Clock Calendar output.
Remappable peripheral pin 4.
I/O
I
I
O
O
I/O
DIG
Analog
ST
DIG
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 8.
CTMU edge 1 input.
Parallel Master Port address.
Reference output clock.
Remappable peripheral pin 5.
I/O
I
I
O
I/O
DIG
Analog
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 9.
CTMU edge 2 input.
Parallel Master Port address.
Remappable peripheral pin 6.
9
10
11
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
DS39932D-page 24
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
Description
PORTB (continued)
RB4/PMA1/KBI0/RP7
RB4
PMA1
KBI0
RP7
14
RB5/PMA0/KBI1/RP8
RB5
PMA0
KBI1
RP8
15
RB6/KBI2/PGC/RP9
RB6
KBI2
PGC
RP9
16
RB7/KBI3/PGD/RP10
RB7
KBI3
PGD
17
RP10
14
I/O
O
I
I/O
DIG
DIG
TTL
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port address.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Remappable peripheral pin 7
I/O
O
I
I/O
DIG
DIG
TTL
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port address.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Remappable peripheral pin 8.
I/O
I
I
I/O
DIG
TTL
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
ICSP™ clock input.
Remappable peripheral pin 9.
I/O
I
I/O
DIG
TTL
ST
I/O
DIG
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP programming
data pin.
Remappable peripheral pin 10.
15
16
17
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 25
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
Description
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11
RC0
T1OSO
T1CKI
RP11
34
RC1/T1OSI/RP12
RC1
T1OSI
RP12
35
RC2/AN11/CTPLS/RP13
RC2
AN11
CTPLS
RP13
36
RC3/SCK1/SCL1/RP14
RC3
SCK1
37
32
I/O
O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator output.
Timer1/Timer3 external clock input.
Remappable peripheral pin 11.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator input.
Remappable peripheral pin 12.
I/O
I
O
I/O
ST
Analog
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 11.
CTMU pulse generator output.
Remappable peripheral pin 13.
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
SCL1
I/O
I2C
RP14
I/O
DIG
Digital I/0.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for
SPI mode.
Synchronous serial clock input/output for
I2C™ mode.
Remappable peripheral pin 14.
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
I2C
DIG
Digital I/O.
SPI data input.
I2C data I/O.
Remappable peripheral pin 15.
I/O
O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital /O.
SPI data output.
Remappable peripheral pin 16.
RC4/SDI1/SDA1/RP15
RC4
SDI1
SDA1
RP15
42
RC5/SDO1/RP16
RC5
SDO1
RP16
43
35
36
37
42
43
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
DS39932D-page 26
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
Description
PORTC (continued)
RC6/PMA5/TX1/CK1/RP17
RC6
PMA5
TX1
CK1
44
44
RP17
RC7/PMA4/RX1/DT1/RP18
RC7
PMA4
RX1
DT1
RP18
1
I/O
O
O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
ST
I/O
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port address.
EUSART1 asynchronous transmit.
EUSART1 synchronous clock (see related
RX1/DT1).
Remappable peripheral pin 17.
I/O
O
I
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
ST
ST
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port address.
EUSART1 asynchronous receive.
EUSART1 synchronous data (see related TX1/CK1).
Remappable peripheral pin 18.
1
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 27
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
Description
PORTD is a bidirectional I/O port.
RD0/PMD0/SCL2
RD0
PMD0
SCL2
38
RD1/PMD1/SDA2
RD1
PMD1
SDA2
39
RD2/PMD2/RP19
RD2
PMD2
RP19
40
RD3/PMD3/RP20
RD3
PMD3
RP20
41
RD4/PMD4/RP21
RD4
PMD4
RP21
2
RD5/PMD5/RP22
RD5
PMD5
RP22
3
RD6/PMD6/RP23
RD6
PMD6
RP23
4
RD7/PMD7/RP24
RD7
PMD7
RP24
5
38
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
I2C
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
I2C™ data input/output.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
I2C
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
I2C data input/output.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
Remappable peripheral pin 19.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
Remappable peripheral pin 20.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
Remappable peripheral pin 21.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
Remappable peripheral pin 22.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
Remappable peripheral pin 23.
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
DIG
DIG
Digital I/O.
Parallel Master Port data.
Remappable peripheral pin 24.
39
40
41
2
3
4
5
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
DS39932D-page 28
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 1-4:
PIC18F4XJ11 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Number
Pin Name
Pin Buffer
4444- Type Type
QFN TQFP
Description
PORTE is a bidirectional I/O port.
RE0/AN5/PMRD
RE0
AN5
PMRD
25
RE1/AN6/PMWR
RE1
AN6
PMWR
26
RE2/AN7/PMCS
RE2
AN7
PMCS
27
25
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 5.
Parallel Master Port input/output.
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
DIG
Digital I/O.
Analog input 6.
Parallel Master Port write strobe.
I/O
I
O
ST
Analog
—
Digital I/O.
Analog input 7.
Parallel Master Port byte enable.
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
26
27
VSS1
6
6
P
—
VSS2
31
29
—
—
AVSS1
30
—
P
—
Ground reference for analog modules.
VDD1
8
7
P
—
VDD2
29
28
P
—
Positive supply for peripheral digital logic and
I/O pins.
VDDCORE/VCAP
23
23
VDDCORE
P
—
VCAP
P
—
Core logic power or external filter capacitor
connection.
Positive supply for microcontroller core logic
(regulator disabled).
External filter capacitor connection (regulator
enabled).
AVDD1
7
—
P
—
Positive supply for analog modules.
AVDD2
28
—
—
—
Positive supply for analog modules.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to VDD)
DIG = Digital output
Note 1: RA7 and RA6 will be disabled if OSC1 and OSC2 are used for the clock function.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 29
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 30
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
2.0
GUIDELINES FOR GETTING
STARTED WITH PIC18FJ
MICROCONTROLLERS
FIGURE 2-1:
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM
CONNECTIONS
C2(1)
• All VDD and VSS pins
(see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”)
• All AVDD and AVSS pins, regardless of whether or
not the analog device features are used
(see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”)
• MCLR pin
(see Section 2.3 “Master Clear (MCLR) Pin”)
• VCAP/VDDCORE pins (see Section 2.4 “Voltage
Regulator Pins (VCAP/VDDCORE)”)
VSS
VDD
R2
MCLR
VCAP/VDDCORE
C1
C7
PIC18FXXJXX
VSS
VDD
VDD
VSS
C3(1)
C6(1)
C5(1)
VSS
The following pins must always be connected:
R1
VDD
Getting started with the PIC18F46J11 family of 8-bit
microcontrollers requires attention to a minimal set of
device pin connections before proceeding with
development.
VDD
AVSS
Basic Connection Requirements
AVDD
2.1
C4(1)
These pins must also be connected if they are being
used in the end application:
Key (all values are recommendations):
• PGC/PGD pins used for In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes
(see Section 2.5 “ICSP Pins”)
• OSCI and OSCO pins when an external oscillator
source is used
(see Section 2.6 “External Oscillator Pins”)
C7: 10 F, 6.3V or greater, tantalum or ceramic
Additionally, the following pins may be required:
• VREF+/VREF- pins are used when external voltage
reference for analog modules is implemented
Note:
C1 through C6: 0.1 F, 20V ceramic
R1: 10 kΩ
R2: 100Ω to 470Ω
Note 1:
The example shown is for a PIC18F device
with five VDD/VSS and AVDD/AVSS pairs.
Other devices may have more or less pairs;
adjust the number of decoupling capacitors
appropriately.
The AVDD and AVSS pins must always be
connected, regardless of whether any of
the analog modules are being used.
The minimum mandatory connections are shown in
Figure 2-1.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 31
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
2.2
2.2.1
Power Supply Pins
DECOUPLING CAPACITORS
The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of
power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD and
AVSS, is required.
Consider the following criteria when using decoupling
capacitors:
• Value and type of capacitor: A 0.1 F (100 nF),
10-20V capacitor is recommended. The capacitor
should be a low-ESR device, with a resonance
frequency in the range of 200 MHz and higher.
Ceramic capacitors are recommended.
• Placement on the printed circuit board: The
decoupling capacitors should be placed as close
to the pins as possible. It is recommended to
place the capacitors on the same side of the
board as the device. If space is constricted, the
capacitor can be placed on another layer on the
PCB using a via; however, ensure that the trace
length from the pin to the capacitor is no greater
than 0.25 inch (6 mm).
• Handling high-frequency noise: If the board is
experiencing high-frequency noise (upward of
tens of MHz), add a second ceramic type capacitor in parallel to the above described decoupling
capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can
be in the range of 0.01 F to 0.001 F. Place this
second capacitor next to each primary decoupling
capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider
implementing a decade pair of capacitances as
close to the power and ground pins as possible
(e.g., 0.1 F in parallel with 0.001 F).
• Maximizing performance: On the board layout
from the power supply circuit, run the power and
return traces to the decoupling capacitors first,
and then to the device pins. This ensures that the
decoupling capacitors are first in the power chain.
Equally important is to keep the trace length
between the capacitor and the power pins to a
minimum, thereby reducing PCB trace
inductance.
2.2.2
TANK CAPACITORS
On boards with power traces running longer than
six inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor for integrated circuits, including microcontrollers, to
supply a local power source. The value of the tank
capacitor should be determined based on the trace
resistance that connects the power supply source to
the device, and the maximum current drawn by the
device in the application. In other words, select the tank
capacitor so that it meets the acceptable voltage sag at
the device. Typical values range from 4.7 F to 47 F.
DS39932D-page 32
2.3
Master Clear (MCLR) Pin
The MCLR pin provides two specific device
functions: Device Reset, and Device Programming
and Debugging. If programming and debugging are
not required in the end application, a direct
connection to VDD may be all that is required. The
addition of other components, to help increase the
application’s resistance to spurious Resets from
voltage sags, may be beneficial. A typical
configuration is shown in Figure 2-1. Other circuit
designs may be implemented, depending on the
application’s requirements.
During programming and debugging, the resistance
and capacitance that can be added to the pin must
be considered. Device programmers and debuggers
drive the MCLR pin. Consequently, specific voltage
levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal transitions must
not be adversely affected. Therefore, specific values
of R1 and C1 will need to be adjusted based on the
application and PCB requirements. For example, it is
recommended that the capacitor, C1, be isolated
from the MCLR pin during programming and
debugging operations by using a jumper (Figure 2-2).
The jumper is replaced for normal run-time
operations.
Any components associated with the MCLR pin
should be placed within 0.25 inch (6 mm) of the pin.
FIGURE 2-2:
EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN
CONNECTIONS
VDD
R1
R2
JP
MCLR
PIC18FXXJXX
C1
Note 1:
R1 10 k is recommended. A suggested
starting value is 10 k. Ensure that the
MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met.
2:
R2 470 will limit any current flowing into
MCLR from the external capacitor, C, in the
event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin
VIH and VIL specifications are met.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
2.4
Voltage Regulator Pins (VCAP/
VDDCORE)
When the regulator is enabled (“F” devices), a low-ESR
(< 5Ω) capacitor is required on the VCAP/VDDCORE pin to
stabilize the voltage regulator output voltage. The VCAP/
VDDCORE pin must not be connected to VDD and must
use a capacitor of 10 µF connected to ground. The type
can be ceramic or tantalum. Suitable examples of
capacitors are shown in Table 2-1. Capacitors with
equivalent specifications can be used.
Note that the “LF” versions are provided with the
voltage regulator permanently disabled; they must
always be provided with a supply voltage on the
VDDCORE pin.
FIGURE 2-3:
FREQUENCY vs. ESR
PERFORMANCE FOR
SUGGESTED VCAP
10
1
ESR ()
Designers may use Figure 2-3 to evaluate ESR
equivalence of candidate devices.
It is recommended that the trace length not exceed
0.25 inch (6 mm). Refer to Section 28.0 “Electrical
Characteristics” for additional information.
0.1
0.01
When the regulator is disabled (“LF” devices), the
VCAP/VDDCORE pin must be tied to a voltage supply at
the VDDCORE level. Refer to Section 28.0 “Electrical
Characteristics” for information on VDD and
VDDCORE.
0.001
0.01
Note:
0.1
1
10
100
Frequency (MHz)
1000 10,000
Typical data measurement at 25°C, 0V DC bias.
.
TABLE 2-1:
Make
SUITABLE CAPACITOR EQUIVALENTS
Part #
Nominal
Capacitance
Base Tolerance
Rated Voltage
Temp. Range
TDK
C3216X7R1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 125ºC
TDK
C3216X5R1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 85ºC
Panasonic
ECJ-3YX1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 125ºC
Panasonic
ECJ-4YB1C106K
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 85ºC
Murata
GRM32DR71C106KA01L
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 125ºC
Murata
GRM31CR61C106KC31L
10 µF
±10%
16V
-55 to 85ºC
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 33
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
CONSIDERATIONS FOR CERAMIC
CAPACITORS
In recent years, large value, low-voltage, surface-mount
ceramic capacitors have become very cost effective in
sizes up to a few tens of microfarad. The low-ESR, small
physical size and other properties make ceramic
capacitors very attractive in many types of applications.
Ceramic capacitors are suitable for use with the
VDDCORE voltage regulator of this microcontroller.
However, some care is needed in selecting the capacitor to ensure that it maintains sufficient capacitance
over the intended operating range of the application.
Typical low-cost, 10 µF ceramic capacitors are available
in X5R, X7R and Y5V dielectric ratings (other types are
also available, but are less common). The initial tolerance specifications for these types of capacitors are
often specified as ±10% to ±20% (X5R and X7R), or 20%/+80% (Y5V). However, the effective capacitance
that these capacitors provide in an application circuit will
also vary based on additional factors, such as the
applied DC bias voltage and the temperature. The total
in-circuit tolerance is, therefore, much wider than the
initial tolerance specification.
The X5R and X7R capacitors typically exhibit satisfactory temperature stability (ex: ±15% over a wide
temperature range, but consult the manufacturer's data
sheets for exact specifications). However, Y5V capacitors typically have extreme temperature tolerance
specifications of +22%/-82%. Due to the extreme
temperature tolerance, a 10 µF nominal rated Y5V type
capacitor may not deliver enough total capacitance to
meet minimum VDDCORE voltage regulator stability and
transient response requirements. Therefore, Y5V
capacitors are not recommended for use with the
VDDCORE regulator if the application must operate over
a wide temperature range.
In addition to temperature tolerance, the effective
capacitance of large value ceramic capacitors can vary
substantially, based on the amount of DC voltage
applied to the capacitor. This effect can be very significant, but is often overlooked or is not always
documented.
A typical DC bias voltage vs. capacitance graph for
X7R type and Y5V type capacitors is shown in
Figure 2-4.
FIGURE 2-4:
Capacitance Change (%)
2.4.1
DC BIAS VOLTAGE vs.
CAPACITANCE
CHARACTERISTICS
10
0
-10
16V Capacitor
-20
-30
-40
10V Capacitor
-50
-60
-70
6.3V Capacitor
-80
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DC Bias Voltage (VDC)
When selecting a ceramic capacitor to be used with the
VDDCORE voltage regulator, it is suggested to select a
high-voltage rating, so that the operating voltage is a
small percentage of the maximum rated capacitor voltage. For example, choose a ceramic capacitor rated at
16V for the 2.5V VDDCORE voltage. Suggested
capacitors are shown in Table 2-1.
2.5
ICSP Pins
The PGC and PGD pins are used for In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes. It
is recommended to keep the trace length between the
ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the device as
short as possible. If the ICSP connector is expected to
experience an ESD event, a series resistor is recommended, with the value in the range of a few tens of
ohms, not to exceed 100Ω.
Pull-up resistors, series diodes, and capacitors on the
PGC and PGD pins are not recommended as they will
interfere with the programmer/debugger communications to the device. If such discrete components are an
application requirement, they should be removed from
the circuit during programming and debugging. Alternatively, refer to the AC/DC characteristics and timing
requirements information in the respective device
Flash programming specification for information on
capacitive loading limits, and pin input voltage high
(VIH) and input low (VIL) requirements.
For device emulation, ensure that the “Communication
Channel Select” (i.e., PGCx/PGDx pins), programmed
into the device, matches the physical connections for
the ICSP to the Microchip debugger/emulator tool.
For more information on available Microchip
development tools connection requirements, refer to
Section 28.0 “Development Support”.
DS39932D-page 34
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
2.6
External Oscillator Pins
FIGURE 2-5:
Many microcontrollers have options for at least two
oscillators: a high-frequency primary oscillator and a
low-frequency
secondary
oscillator
(refer to
Section 3.0 “Oscillator Configurations” for details).
The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same
side of the board as the device. Place the oscillator
circuit close to the respective oscillator pins with no
more than 0.5 inch (12 mm) between the circuit
components and the pins. The load capacitors should
be placed next to the oscillator itself, on the same side
of the board.
Use a grounded copper pour around the oscillator circuit to isolate it from surrounding circuits. The
grounded copper pour should be routed directly to the
MCU ground. Do not run any signal traces or power
traces inside the ground pour. Also, if using a two-sided
board, avoid any traces on the other side of the board
where the crystal is placed.
Single-Sided and In-Line Layouts:
Copper Pour
(tied to ground)
For additional information and design guidance on
oscillator circuits, please refer to these Microchip
Application Notes, available at the corporate web site
(www.microchip.com):
• AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal
Selection for rfPIC™ and PICmicro® Devices”
• AN849, “Basic PICmicro® Oscillator Design”
• AN943, “Practical PICmicro® Oscillator Analysis
and Design”
• AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work”
2.7
Unused I/Os
Primary Oscillator
Crystal
DEVICE PINS
Primary
Oscillator
OSC1
C1
`
OSC2
GND
C2
`
T1OSO
T1OS I
Timer1 Oscillator
Crystal
Layout suggestions are shown in Figure 2-5. In-line
packages may be handled with a single-sided layout
that completely encompasses the oscillator pins. With
fine-pitch packages, it is not always possible to completely surround the pins and components. A suitable
solution is to tie the broken guard sections to a mirrored
ground layer. In all cases, the guard trace(s) must be
returned to ground.
In planning the application’s routing and I/O assignments, ensure that adjacent port pins, and other
signals in close proximity to the oscillator, are benign
(i.e., free of high frequencies, short rise and fall times,
and other similar noise).
SUGGESTED PLACEMENT
OF THE OSCILLATOR
CIRCUIT
`
T1 Oscillator: C1
T1 Oscillator: C2
Fine-Pitch (Dual-Sided) Layouts:
Top Layer Copper Pour
(tied to ground)
Bottom Layer
Copper Pour
(tied to ground)
OSCO
C2
Oscillator
Crystal
GND
C1
OSCI
DEVICE PINS
Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and
driven to a logic low state. Alternatively, connect a 1 kΩ
to 10 kΩ resistor to VSS on unused pins and drive the
output to logic low.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 35
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 36
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.0
3.1
OSCILLATOR
CONFIGURATIONS
Overview
Devices in the PIC18F46J11 family incorporate a
different oscillator and microcontroller clock system
than general purpose PIC18F devices.
TABLE 3-1:
OSCILLATOR MODES
Mode
Description
ECPLL
External Clock Input mode, the PLL can
be enabled or disabled in software,
CLKO on RA6, apply external clock
signal to RA7.
EC
The PIC18F46J11 family has additional prescalers and
postscalers, which have been added to accommodate
a wide range of oscillator frequencies. Figure 3-1
provides an overview of the oscillator structure.
External Clock Input mode, the PLL is
always disabled, CLKO on RA6, apply
external clock signal to RA7.
HSPLL
Other oscillator features used in PIC18 enhanced
microcontrollers, such as the internal oscillator block
and clock switching, remain the same. They are
discussed later in this chapter.
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator mode,
PLL can be enabled or disabled in
software, crystal/resonator connected
between RA6 and RA7.
HS
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator mode,
PLL always disabled, crystal/resonator
connected between RA6 and RA7.
3.1.1
OSCILLATOR CONTROL
The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F46J11 family
devices is controlled through three Configuration registers and two control registers. Configuration registers,
CONFIG1L, CONFIG1H and CONFIG2L, select the
oscillator mode, PLL prescaler and CPU divider
options. As Configuration bits, these are set when the
device is programmed and left in that configuration until
the device is reprogrammed.
The OSCCON register (Register 3-2) selects the Active
Clock mode; it is primarily used in controlling clock
switching in power-managed modes. Its use is
discussed in Section 3.3.1 “Oscillator Control
Register”.
The OSCTUNE register (Register 3-1) is used to trim the
INTOSC frequency source and select the low-frequency
clock source that drives several special features. The
OSCTUNE register is also used to activate or disable the
Phase Locked Loop (PLL). Its use is described in
Section 3.2.5.1 “OSCTUNE Register”.
3.2
INTOSCPLLO Internal Oscillator mode, PLL can be
enabled or disabled in software, CLKO
on RA6, port function on RA7, the
internal oscillator block is used to derive
both the primary clock source and the
postscaled internal clock.
INTOSCPLL Internal Oscillator mode, PLL can be
enabled or disabled in software, port
function on RA6 and RA7, the internal
oscillator block is used to derive both the
primary clock source and the postscaled
internal clock.
INTOSCO
Internal Oscillator mode, PLL is always
disabled, CLKO on RA6, port function on
RA7, the output of the INTOSC
postscaler serves as both the postscaled
internal clock and the primary clock
source.
INTOSC
Internal Oscillator mode, PLL is always
disabled, port function on RA6 and RA7,
the output of the INTOSC postscaler
serves as both the postscaled internal
clock and the primary clock source.
Oscillator Types
PIC18F46J11 family devices can be operated in eight
distinct oscillator modes. Users can program the
FOSC Configuration bits to select one of the
modes listed in Table 3-1. For oscillator modes which
produce a clock output (CLKO) on pin RA6, the output
frequency will be one fourth of the peripheral clock
frequency. The clock output stops when in Sleep mode,
but will continue during Idle mode (see Figure 3-1).
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 37
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.2.1
OSCILLATOR MODES
Figure 3-1 helps in understanding the oscillator
structure of the PIC18F46J11 family of devices.
FIGURE 3-1:
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY CLOCK DIAGRAM
PIC18F46J11 Family
Primary Oscillator
HS, EC
OSC2
OSCTUNE
Sleep
4 x PLL(1)
OSC1
HSPLL, ECPLL, INTPLL
Secondary Oscillator
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
T1OSI
OSCCON
OSCCON
8 MHz
4 MHz
Internal
Oscillator
Block
2 MHz
8 MHz
(INTOSC)
Postscaler
8 MHz
Source
1 MHz
500 kHz
250 kHz
125 kHz
Internal Oscillator
Note 1:
31 kHz (INTRC)
CPU
111
110
IDLEN
101
100
011
010
001
1 31 kHz
000
0
INTRC
Source
Peripherals
MUX
T1OSC
MUX
T1OSO
Clock
Control
FOSC
OSCCON
Clock Source Option
for Other Modules
OSCTUNE
WDT, PWRT, FSCM
and Two-Speed Start-up
8 MHz and 4 MHz are valid INTOSC postscaler settings for the PLL. Selecting other INTOSC postscaler
settings will operate the PLL outside of the specification.
DS39932D-page 38
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.2.2
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/CERAMIC
RESONATORS
In HS and HSPLL Oscillator modes, a crystal or
ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1 and
OSC2 pins to establish oscillation. Figure 3-2 displays
the pin connections.
The oscillator design requires the use of a parallel
resonant crystal.
Use of a series resonant crystal may give
a frequency out of the crystal manufacturer’s specifications.
Note:
FIGURE 3-2:
C1(1)
CRYSTAL/CERAMIC
RESONATOR OPERATION
(HS OR HSPLL
CONFIGURATION)
OSC1
XTAL
RF
Note 1:
2:
PIC18F46J11
OSC2
See Table 3-2 and Table 3-3 for initial values
of C1 and C2.
Rs may be required to avoid overdriving
crystals with low drive level specification.
TABLE 3-2:
Osc Type
HS
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Crystal
Freq
Typical Capacitor Values
Tested:
C1
C2
4 MHz
27 pF
27 pF
8 MHz
22 pF
22 pF
20 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
Capacitor values are for design guidance only.
These capacitors were tested with the crystals listed
below for basic start-up and operation. These values
are not optimized.
Different capacitor values may be required to produce
acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test
the performance of the oscillator over the expected
VDD and temperature range for the application.
See the notes following this table for additional
information.
Crystals Used:
4 MHz
Sleep
RS(2)
C2(1)
To
Internal
Logic
TABLE 3-3:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
CERAMIC RESONATORS
Typical Capacitor Values Used:
Mode
Freq
OSC1
OSC2
HS
8.0 MHz
16.0 MHz
27 pF
22 pF
27 pF
22 pF
Capacitor values are for design guidance only.
These capacitors were tested with the resonators
listed below for basic start-up and operation. These
values are not optimized.
8 MHz
20 MHz
Note 1: Higher capacitance not only increases
the stability of oscillator, but also
increases the start-up time.
2: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate
values
of
external
components.
3: Rs may be required to avoid overdriving
crystals with low drive level specification.
4: Always verify oscillator performance over
the VDD and temperature range that is
expected for the application.
Different capacitor values may be required to produce
acceptable oscillator operation. The user should test
the performance of the oscillator over the expected
VDD and temperature range for the application.
See the notes following Table 3-3 for additional
information.
Resonators Used:
4.0 MHz
8.0 MHz
16.0 MHz
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 39
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.2.3
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
The EC and ECPLL Oscillator modes require an
external clock source to be connected to the OSC1 pin.
There is no oscillator start-up time required after a
Power-on Reset (POR) or after an exit from Sleep
mode.
In the EC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency
divided-by-4 is available on the OSC2 pin. In the
ECPLL Oscillator mode, the PLL output divided-by-4 is
available on the OSC2 pin. This signal may be used for
test purposes or to synchronize other logic. Figure 3-3
displays the pin connections for the EC Oscillator
mode.
FIGURE 3-3:
OSC1/CLKI
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC18F46J11
FOSC/4
3.2.4
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION (EC AND
ECPLL CONFIGURATION)
OSC2/CLKO
PLL FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER
A Phase Locked Loop (PLL) circuit is provided as an
option for users who want to use a lower frequency
oscillator circuit, or to clock the device up to its highest
rated frequency from a crystal oscillator. This may be
useful for customers who are concerned with EMI due
to high-frequency crystals, or users who require higher
clock speeds from an internal oscillator.
DS39932D-page 40
3.2.5
INTERNAL OSCILLATOR BLOCK
The PIC18F46J11 family devices include an internal
oscillator block which generates two different clock
signals; either can be used as the microcontroller’s
clock source. The internal oscillator may eliminate the
need for external oscillator circuits on the OSC1 and/or
OSC2 pins.
The main output (INTOSC) is an 8 MHz clock source
which can be used to directly drive the device clock. It
also drives the INTOSC postscaler, which can provide
a range of clock frequencies from 31 kHz to 8 MHz.
Additionally, the INTOSC may be used in conjunction
with the PLL to generate clock frequencies up to
32 MHz.
The other clock source is the internal RC oscillator
(INTRC), which provides a nominal 31 kHz output.
INTRC is enabled if it is selected as the device clock
source. It is also enabled automatically when any of the
following are enabled:
•
•
•
•
Power-up Timer
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor
Watchdog Timer
Two-Speed Start-up
These features are discussed in more detail in
Section 26.0 “Special Features of the CPU”.
The clock source frequency (INTOSC direct, INTRC
direct or INTOSC postscaler) is selected by configuring
the IRCF bits of the OSCCON register (page 44).
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.2.5.1
OSCTUNE Register
The internal oscillator’s output has been calibrated at
the factory but can be adjusted in the user’s application. This is done by writing to the OSCTUNE register
(Register 3-1).
When the OSCTUNE register is modified, the INTOSC
frequency will begin shifting to the new frequency.
Code execution continues during this shift. There is no
indication that the shift has completed.
The OSCTUNE register also contains the INTSRC bit.
The INTSRC bit allows users to select which internal
oscillator provides the clock source when the 31 kHz
frequency option is selected. This is covered in more
detail in Section 3.3.1 “Oscillator Control Register”.
The 4x Phase Locked Loop (PLL) can be used with
the internal oscillator block to produce faster device
clock speeds than are normally possible with the
internal oscillator sources. When enabled, the PLL
produces a clock speed up to 32 MHz.
PLL operation is controlled through software. The
control bit, PLLEN (OSCTUNE), is used to enable
or disable its operation. The PLL is available only to
INTOSC when the device is configured to use one of
the INTPLL modes as the primary clock source,
SCS = 00 (FOSC = 011 or 010).
Additionally, the PLL will only function when the
selected output frequency is either 4 MHz or 8 MHz
(OSCCON = 111 or 110).
When configured for one of the PLL enabled modes, setting the PLLEN bit does not immediately switch the
device clock to the PLL output. The PLL requires up to
two milliseconds to start-up and lock, during which time,
the device continues to be clocked. Once the PLL output
is ready, the microcontroller core will automatically
switch to the PLL derived frequency.
3.2.5.2
Internal Oscillator Output Frequency
and Drift
The internal oscillator block is calibrated at the factory
to produce an INTOSC output frequency of 8.0 MHz.
However, this frequency may drift as VDD or temperature changes, which can affect the controller operation
in a variety of ways.
3.2.5.3
Compensating for INTOSC Drift
It is possible to adjust the INTOSC frequency by
modifying the value in the OSCTUNE register. This has
no effect on the INTRC clock source frequency.
Tuning the INTOSC source requires knowing when to
make the adjustment, in which direction it should be
made, and in some cases, how large a change is
needed. When using the EUSART, for example, an
adjustment may be required when it begins to generate
framing errors or receives data with errors while in
Asynchronous mode. Framing errors indicate that the
device clock frequency is too high; to adjust for this,
decrement the value in OSCTUNE to reduce the clock
frequency. On the other hand, errors in data may suggest that the clock speed is too low; to compensate,
increment OSCTUNE to increase the clock frequency.
It is also possible to verify device clock speed against
a reference clock. Two timers may be used: one timer
is clocked by the peripheral clock, while the other is
clocked by a fixed reference source, such as the
Timer1 oscillator. Both timers are cleared, but the timer
clocked by the reference generates interrupts. When
an interrupt occurs, the internally clocked timer is read
and both timers are cleared. If the internally clocked
timer value is greater than expected, then the internal
oscillator block is running too fast. To adjust for this,
decrement the OSCTUNE register.
Finally, an ECCP module can use free-running Timer1
(or Timer3), clocked by the internal oscillator block and
an external event with a known period (i.e., AC power
frequency). The time of the first event is captured in the
CCPRxH:CCPRxL registers and is recorded for use
later. When the second event causes a capture, the
time of the first event is subtracted from the time of the
second event. Since the period of the external event is
known, the time difference between events can be
calculated.
If the measured time is greater than the calculated time,
the internal oscillator block is running too fast; to
compensate, decrement the OSCTUNE register. If the
measured time is less than the calculated time, the internal oscillator block is running too slow; to compensate,
increment the OSCTUNE register.
The low-frequency INTRC oscillator operates independently of the INTOSC source. Any changes in INTOSC
across voltage and temperature are not necessarily
reflected by changes in INTRC and vice versa.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 41
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 3-1:
OSCTUNE: OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER (ACCESS F9Bh)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
INTSRC
PLLEN
TUN5
TUN4
TUN3
TUN2
TUN1
TUN0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
INTSRC: Internal Oscillator Low-Frequency Source Select bit
1 = 31.25 kHz device clock derived from 8 MHz INTOSC source (divide-by-256 enabled)
0 = 31 kHz device clock derived directly from INTRC internal oscillator
bit 6
PLLEN: Frequency Multiplier Enable bit
1 = PLL enabled
0 = PLL disabled
bit 5-0
TUN: Frequency Tuning bits
011111 = Maximum frequency
011110
•
•
•
000001
000000 = Center frequency; oscillator module is running at the calibrated frequency
111111
•
•
•
100000 = Minimum frequency
3.3
Clock Sources and Oscillator
Switching
Like previous PIC18 enhanced devices, the
PIC18F46J11 family includes a feature that allows the
device clock source to be switched from the main
oscillator to an alternate, low-frequency clock source.
PIC18F46J11 family devices offer two alternate clock
sources. When an alternate clock source is enabled,
the various power-managed operating modes are
available.
Essentially, there are three clock sources for these
devices:
• Primary Oscillators
• Secondary Oscillators
• Internal Oscillator Block
The Primary Oscillators include the External Crystal
and Resonator modes, the External Clock modes and
the internal oscillator block. The particular mode is
defined by the FOSC Configuration bits. The
details of these modes are covered earlier in this
chapter.
DS39932D-page 42
The Secondary Oscillators are external sources that
are not connected to the OSC1 or OSC2 pins. These
sources may continue to operate even after the
controller is placed in a power-managed mode.
PIC18F46J11 family devices offer the Timer1 oscillator
as a secondary oscillator. This oscillator, in all
power-managed modes, is often the time base for
functions such as a Real-Time Clock (RTC). Most often,
a 32.768 kHz watch crystal is connected between the
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11 and RC1/T1OSI/RP12 pins.
Like the HS Oscillator mode circuits, loading capacitors
are also connected from each pin to ground. The Timer1
oscillator is discussed in more detail in Section 13.5
“Timer1 Oscillator”.
In addition to being a primary clock source, the
postscaled internal clock is available as a
power-managed mode clock source. The INTRC
source is also used as the clock source for several
special features, such as the WDT and Fail-Safe Clock
Monitor (FSCM).
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.3.1
OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
The OSCCON register (Register 3-2) controls several
aspects of the device clock’s operation, both in
full-power operation and in power-managed modes.
The System Clock Select bits, SCS, select the
clock source. The available clock sources are the
primary clock (defined by the FOSC Configuration bits), the secondary clock (Timer1 oscillator) and
the postscaled internal clock.The clock source changes
immediately, after one or more of the bits is written to,
following a brief clock transition interval. The SCS bits
are cleared on all forms of Reset.
The Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits,
IRCF, select the frequency output provided on the
postscaled internal clock line. The choices are the
INTRC source, the INTOSC source (8 MHz) or one of
the frequencies derived from the INTOSC postscaler
(31 kHz to 4 MHz). If the postscaled internal clock is
supplying the device clock, changing the states of these
bits will have an immediate change on the internal oscillator’s output. On device Resets, the default output
frequency of the INTOSC postscaler is set at 4 MHz.
When an output frequency of 31 kHz is selected
(IRCF = 000), users may choose the internal
oscillator, which acts as the source. This is done with
the INTSRC bit in the OSCTUNE register
(OSCTUNE). Setting this bit selects INTOSC as a
31.25 kHz clock source by enabling the divide-by-256
output of the INTOSC postscaler. Clearing INTSRC
selects INTRC (nominally 31 kHz) as the clock source.
This option allows users to select the tunable and more
precise INTOSC as a clock source, while maintaining
power savings with a very low clock speed. Regardless
of the setting of INTSRC, INTRC always remains the
clock source for features such as the WDT and the
FSCM.
The IDLEN bit determines if the device goes into Sleep
mode, or one of the Idle modes, when the SLEEP
instruction is executed.
The use of the flag and control bits in the OSCCON
register is discussed in more detail in Section 4.0
“Low-Power Modes”.
Note 1: The Timer1 crystal driver is enabled by
setting the T1OSCEN bit in the Timer1
Control register (T1CON). If the
Timer1 oscillator is not enabled, then any
attempt to select the Timer1 clock source
will be ignored, unless the CONFIG2L
register’s T1DIG bit is set.
2: If Timer1 is driving a crystal, it is recommended that the Timer1 oscillator be
operating and stable prior to switching to
it as the clock source; otherwise, a very
long delay may occur while the Timer1
oscillator starts.
3.3.2
OSCILLATOR TRANSITIONS
PIC18F46J11 family devices contain circuitry to
prevent clock “glitches” when switching between clock
sources. A short pause in the device clock occurs during the clock switch. The length of this pause is the sum
of two cycles of the old clock source and three to four
cycles of the new clock source. This formula assumes
that the new clock source is stable.
Clock transitions are discussed in more detail in
Section 4.1.2 “Entering Power-Managed Modes”.
The OSTS and T1RUN bits indicate which clock source
is currently providing the device clock. The OSTS bit
indicates that the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has
timed out and the primary clock is providing the device
clock in primary clock modes. The T1RUN bit
(T1CON) indicates when the Timer1 oscillator is
providing the device clock in secondary clock modes.
In power-managed modes, only one of these bits will
be set at any time. If none of these bits are set, the
INTRC is providing the clock or the internal oscillator
block has just started and is not yet stable.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 43
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 3-2:
OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FD3h)
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
R-1(1)
U-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IDLEN
IRCF2
IRCF1
IRCF0
OSTS
—
SCS1
SCS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IDLEN: Idle Enable bit
1 = Device enters Idle mode on SLEEP instruction
0 = Device enters Sleep mode on SLEEP instruction
bit 6-4
IRCF: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits(4)
111 = 8 MHz (INTOSC drives clock directly)
110 = 4 MHz(2)
101 = 2 MHz
100 = 1 MHz
011 = 500 kHz
010 = 250 kHz
001 = 125 kHz
000 = 31 kHz (from either INTOSC/256 or INTRC directly)(3)
bit 3
OSTS: Oscillator Start-up Time-out Status bit(1)
1 = Oscillator Start-up Timer time-out has expired; primary oscillator is running
0 = Oscillator Start-up Timer time-out is running; primary oscillator is not ready
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’
bit 1-0
SCS: System Clock Select bits
11 = Postscaled internal clock (INTRC/INTOSC derived)
10 = Reserved
01 = Timer1 oscillator
00 = Primary clock source (INTOSC postscaler output when FOSC = 001 or 000)
00 = Primary clock source (CPU divider output for other values of FOSC)
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Reset value is ‘0’ when Two-Speed Start-up is enabled and ‘1’ if disabled.
Default output frequency of INTOSC on Reset (4 MHz).
Source selected by the INTSRC bit (OSCTUNE).
When using INTOSC to drive the 4x PLL, select 8 MHz or 4 MHz only to avoid operating the 4x PLL
outside of specification.
DS39932D-page 44
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.4
The ROSSLP and ROSEL bits (REFOCON)
control the availability of the reference output during
Sleep mode. The ROSEL bit determines if the oscillator
is on OSC1 and OSC2, or the current system clock
source is used for the reference clock output. The
ROSSLP bit determines if the reference source is
available on RB2 when the device is in Sleep mode.
Reference Clock Output
In addition to the peripheral clock/4 output in certain
oscillator modes, the device clock in the PIC18F46J11
family can also be configured to provide a reference
clock output signal to a port pin. This feature is available in all oscillator configurations and allows the user
to select a greater range of clock submultiples to drive
external devices in the application.
To use the reference clock output in Sleep mode, both
the ROSSLP and ROSEL bits must be set. The device
clock must also be configured for an EC or HS mode;
otherwise, the oscillator on OSC1 and OSC2 will be
powered down when the device enters Sleep mode.
Clearing the ROSEL bit allows the reference output
frequency to change as the system clock changes
during any clock switches.
This reference clock output is controlled by the
REFOCON register (Register 3-3). Setting the ROON
bit (REFOCON) makes the clock signal available
on the REFO (RB2) pin. The RODIV bits enable
the selection of 16 different clock divider options.
REGISTER 3-3:
REFOCON: REFERENCE OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER (BANKED F3Dh)
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ROON
—
ROSSLP
ROSEL
RODIV3
RODIV2
RODIV1
RODIV0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
ROON: Reference Oscillator Output Enable bit
1 = Reference oscillator enabled on REFO pin
0 = Reference oscillator disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
ROSSLP: Reference Oscillator Output Stop in Sleep bit
1 = Reference oscillator continues to run in Sleep
0 = Reference oscillator is disabled in Sleep
bit 4
ROSEL: Reference Oscillator Source Select bit
1 = Primary oscillator used as the base clock(1)
0 = System clock used as the base clock; base clock reflects any clock switching of the device
bit 3-0
RODIV: Reference Oscillator Divisor Select bits
1111 = Base clock value divided by 32,768
1110 = Base clock value divided by 16,384
1101 = Base clock value divided by 8,192
1100 = Base clock value divided by 4,096
1011 = Base clock value divided by 2,048
1010 = Base clock value divided by 1,024
1001 = Base clock value divided by 512
1000 = Base clock value divided by 256
0111 = Base clock value divided by 128
0110 = Base clock value divided by 64
0101 = Base clock value divided by 32
0100 = Base clock value divided by 16
0011 = Base clock value divided by 8
0010 = Base clock value divided by 4
0001 = Base clock value divided by 2
0000 = Base clock value
Note 1:
The crystal oscillator must be enabled using the FOSC bits; the crystal maintains the operation in
Sleep mode.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 45
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
3.5
Effects of Power-Managed Modes
on Various Clock Sources
When the PRI_IDLE mode is selected, the designated
primary oscillator continues to run without
interruption. In secondary clock modes (SEC_RUN
and SEC_IDLE), the Timer1 oscillator is operating and
providing the device clock. The Timer1 oscillator may
also run in all power-managed modes if required to
clock Timer1 or Timer3.
In internal oscillator modes (RC_RUN and RC_IDLE),
the internal oscillator block provides the device clock
source. The 31 kHz INTRC output can be used directly
to provide the clock and may be enabled to support
various special features regardless of the
power-managed mode (see Section 26.2 “Watchdog
Timer (WDT)”, Section 26.4 “Two-Speed Start-up”
and Section 26.5 “Fail-Safe Clock Monitor” for more
information on WDT, FSCM and Two-Speed Start-up).
The INTOSC output at 8 MHz may be used directly to
clock the device or may be divided down by the
postscaler. The INTOSC output is disabled if the clock
is provided directly from the INTRC output.
If Sleep mode is selected, all clock sources, which are
no longer required, are stopped. Since all the transistor
switching currents have been stopped, Sleep mode
achieves the lowest current consumption of the device
(only leakage currents) outside of Deep Sleep mode.
3.6
Power-up Delays
Power-up delays are controlled by two timers so that no
external Reset circuitry is required for most applications. The delays ensure that the device is kept in
Reset until the device power supply is stable under
normal circumstances and the primary clock is operating and stable. For additional information on power-up
delays, see Section 5.6 “Power-up Timer (PWRT)”.
The first timer is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which
provides a fixed delay on power-up (parameter 33,
Table 29-15).
The second timer is the Oscillator Start-up Timer
(OST), intended to keep the chip in Reset until the
crystal oscillator is stable (HS mode). The OST does
this by counting 1024 oscillator cycles before allowing
the oscillator to clock the device.
There is a delay of interval, TCSD (parameter 38,
Table 29-15), following POR, while the controller
becomes ready to execute instructions. This delay runs
concurrently with any other delays. This may be the only
delay that occurs when any of the internal oscillator or
EC modes are used as the primary clock source.
Enabling any on-chip feature that will operate during
Sleep mode increases the current consumed during
Sleep mode. The INTRC is required to support WDT
operation. The Timer1 oscillator may be operating to
support an RTC. Other features may be operating that
do not require a device clock source (i.e., MSSP slave,
PMP, INTx pins, etc.). Peripherals that may add
significant current consumption are listed in
Section 29.2 “DC Characteristics: Power-Down and
Supply Current PIC18F46J11 Family (Industrial)”.
DS39932D-page 46
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.0
LOW-POWER MODES
The IDLEN bit (OSCCON) controls CPU clocking
and the SCS bits (OSCCON) select the
clock source. The individual modes, bit settings, clock
sources and affected modules are summarized in
Table 4-1.
The PIC18F46J11 family devices can manage power
consumption through clocking to the CPU and the
peripherals. In general, reducing the clock frequency
and the amount of circuitry being clocked reduces power
consumption.
4.1.1
For managing power in an application, the primary
modes of operation are:
The SCS bits allow the selection of one of three
clock sources for power-managed modes. They are:
•
•
•
•
• Primary clock source – Defined by the
FOSC Configuration bits
• Timer1 clock – Provided by the secondary
oscillator
• Postscaled internal clock – Derived from the
internal oscillator block
Run Mode
Idle Mode
Sleep Mode
Deep Sleep Mode
Additionally, there is an Ultra Low-Power Wake-up
(ULPWU) mode for generating an interrupt-on-change
on RA0.
These modes define which portions of the device are
clocked and at what speed.
• The Run and Idle modes can use any of the three
available clock sources (primary, secondary or
internal oscillator blocks).
• The Sleep mode does not use a clock source.
The ULPWU mode on RA0 allows a slow falling voltage
to generate an interrupt-on-change on RA0 without
excess current consumption. See Section 4.7 “Ultra
Low-Power Wake-up”.
The power-managed modes include several
power-saving features offered on previous PIC®
devices, such as clock switching, ULPWU and Sleep
mode. In addition, the PIC18F46J11 family devices add
a new power-managed Deep Sleep mode.
4.1
Selecting Power-Managed Modes
Selecting a power-managed mode requires these
decisions:
• Will the CPU be clocked?
• If so, which clock source will be used?
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.1.2
CLOCK SOURCES
ENTERING POWER-MANAGED
MODES
Switching from one clock source to another begins by
loading the OSCCON register. The SCS bits
select the clock source.
Changing these bits causes an immediate switch to the
new clock source, assuming that it is running. The
switch also may be subject to clock transition delays.
These delays are discussed in Section 4.1.3 “Clock
Transitions and Status Indicators” and subsequent
sections.
Entry to the power-managed Idle or Sleep modes is
triggered by the execution of a SLEEP instruction. The
actual mode that results depends on the status of the
IDLEN bit.
Depending on the current mode and the mode being
switched to, a change to a power-managed mode does
not always require setting all of these bits. Many transitions may be done by changing the oscillator select
bits, the IDLEN bit or the DSEN bit prior to issuing a
SLEEP instruction.
If the IDLEN and DSEN bits are already configured
correctly, it may only be necessary to perform a SLEEP
instruction to switch to the desired mode.
DS39932D-page 47
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 4-1:
LOW-POWER MODES
DSCONH
Mode
DSEN(1)
OSCCON
(1)
IDLEN
Module Clocking
Available Clock and Oscillator Source
SCS
CPU
Peripherals
Sleep
0
0
N/A
Off
Off
Timer1 oscillator and/or RTCC optionally enabled
Deep
Sleep(2)
PRI_RUN
1
0
N/A
Off
—
0
N/A
00
Clocked
Clocked
SEC_RUN
RC_RUN
PRI_IDLE
0
0
0
N/A
N/A
1
01
11
00
Clocked
Clocked
Off
Clocked
Clocked
Clocked
RTCC can run uninterrupted using the Timer1 or
internal low-power RC oscillator
The normal, full-power execution mode. Primary clock
source (defined by FOSC)
Secondary – Timer1 oscillator
Postscaled internal clock
Primary clock source (defined by FOSC)
SEC_IDLE
0
1
01
Off
Clocked Secondary – Timer1 oscillator
RC_IDLE
0
1
11
Off
Clocked Postscaled internal clock
Note 1: IDLEN and DSEN reflect their values when the SLEEP instruction is executed.
2: Deep Sleep entirely shuts off the voltage regulator for ultra low-power consumption. See Section 4.6 “Deep
Sleep Mode” for more information.
4.1.3
CLOCK TRANSITIONS AND STATUS
INDICATORS
The length of the transition between clock sources is
the sum of two cycles of the old clock source and three
to four cycles of the new clock source. This formula
assumes that the new clock source is stable.
Two bits indicate the current clock source and its
status:
OSTS
(OSCCON)
and
T1RUN
(T1CON). In general, only one of these bits will be
set in a given power-managed mode. When the OSTS
bit is set, the primary clock would be providing the
device clock. When the T1RUN bit is set, the Timer1
oscillator would be providing the clock. If neither of
these bits is set, INTRC would be clocking the device.
Note:
4.1.4
Executing a SLEEP instruction does not
necessarily place the device into Sleep
mode. It acts as the trigger to place the
controller into either the Sleep or Deep
Sleep mode, or one of the Idle modes,
depending on the setting of the IDLEN bit.
MULTIPLE SLEEP COMMANDS
The power-managed mode that is invoked with the
SLEEP instruction is determined by the setting of the
IDLEN and DSEN bits at the time the instruction is executed. If another SLEEP instruction is executed, the
device will enter the power-managed mode specified
by IDLEN and DSEN at that time. If IDLEN or DSEN
have changed, the device will enter the new
power-managed mode specified by the new setting.
4.2
4.2.1
PRI_RUN MODE
The PRI_RUN mode is the normal, full-power execution mode of the microcontroller. This is also the default
mode upon a device Reset unless Two-Speed Start-up
is enabled (see Section 26.4 “Two-Speed Start-up”
for details). In this mode, the OSTS bit is set (see
Section 3.3.1 “Oscillator Control Register”).
4.2.2
SEC_RUN MODE
The SEC_RUN mode is the compatible mode to the
“clock switching” feature offered in other PIC18
devices. In this mode, the CPU and peripherals are
clocked from the Timer1 oscillator. This gives users the
option of low-power consumption while still using a
high-accuracy clock source.
SEC_RUN mode is entered by setting the SCS
bits to ‘01’. The device clock source is switched to the
Timer1 oscillator (see Figure 4-1), the primary
oscillator is shut down, the T1RUN bit (T1CON) is
set and the OSTS bit is cleared.
Note:
The Timer1 oscillator should already be
running prior to entering SEC_RUN
mode. If the T1OSCEN bit is not set when
the SCS bits are set to ‘01’, entry to
SEC_RUN mode will not occur. If the
Timer1 oscillator is enabled, but not yet
running, device clocks will be delayed until
the oscillator has started. In such situations, initial oscillator operation is far from
stable and unpredictable operation may
result.
Run Modes
In the Run modes, clocks to both the core and
peripherals are active. The difference between these
modes is the clock source.
DS39932D-page 48
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
On transitions from SEC_RUN mode to PRI_RUN
mode, the peripherals and CPU continue to be clocked
from the Timer1 oscillator while the primary clock is
started. When the primary clock becomes ready, a
clock switch back to the primary clock occurs (see
FIGURE 4-1:
Figure 4-2). When the clock switch is complete, the
T1RUN bit is cleared, the OSTS bit is set and the
primary clock would be providing the clock. The IDLEN
and SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up; the
Timer1 oscillator continues to run.
TRANSITION TIMING FOR ENTRY TO SEC_RUN MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
Q2
1
T1OSI
2
3
n-1
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
n
Clock Transition
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
FIGURE 4-2:
PC + 2
PC + 4
TRANSITION TIMING FROM SEC_RUN MODE TO PRI_RUN MODE (HSPLL)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
T1OSI
OSC1
TOST(1)
TPLL(1)
1
PLL Clock
Output
2
n-1 n
Clock
Transition
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
SCS Bits Changed
Note 1:
PC + 2
PC
PC + 4
OSTS Bit Set
TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 49
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.2.3
RC_RUN MODE
On transitions from RC_RUN mode to PRI_RUN mode,
the device continues to be clocked from the INTOSC
block while the primary clock is started. When the
primary clock becomes ready, a clock switch to the
primary clock occurs (see Figure 4-4). When the clock
switch is complete, the OSTS bit is set and the primary
clock is providing the device clock. The IDLEN and
SCS bits are not affected by the switch. The INTRC
clock source will continue to run if either the WDT or the
FSCM is enabled.
In RC_RUN mode, the CPU and peripherals are
clocked from the internal oscillator; the primary clock is
shut down. This mode provides the best power conservation of all the Run modes while still executing code.
It works well for user applications, which are not highly
timing-sensitive or do not require high-speed clocks at
all times.
This mode is entered by setting the SCS bits
(OSCCON) to ‘11’. When the clock source is
switched to the internal oscillator block (see
Figure 4-3), the primary oscillator is shut down and the
OSTS bit is cleared.
FIGURE 4-3:
TRANSITION TIMING TO RC_RUN MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
Q2
1
INTRC
2
3
n-1
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
n
Clock Transition
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
FIGURE 4-4:
PC + 2
PC + 4
TRANSITION TIMING FROM RC_RUN MODE TO PRI_RUN MODE
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
Q1
INTRC
OSC1
TOST(1)
TPLL(1)
1
PLL Clock
Output
2
n-1 n
Clock
Transition
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
SCS Bits Changed
Note 1:
DS39932D-page 50
PC + 2
PC
PC + 4
OSTS Bit Set
TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.3
When a wake event occurs in Sleep mode (by interrupt,
Reset or WDT time-out), the device will not be clocked
until the clock source selected by the SCS bits
becomes ready (see Figure 4-6), or it will be clocked
from the internal oscillator if either the Two-Speed
Start-up or the FSCM is enabled (see Section 26.0
“Special Features of the CPU”). In either case, the
OSTS bit is set when the primary clock is providing the
device clocks. The IDLEN and SCS bits are not
affected by the wake-up.
Sleep Mode
The power-managed Sleep mode is identical to the
legacy Sleep mode offered in all other PIC devices. It is
entered by clearing the IDLEN bit (the default state on
device Reset) and executing the SLEEP instruction.
This shuts down the selected oscillator (Figure 4-5). All
clock source status bits are cleared.
Entering the Sleep mode from any other mode does not
require a clock switch. This is because no clocks are
needed once the controller has entered Sleep mode. If
the WDT is selected, the INTRC source will continue to
operate. If the Timer1 oscillator is enabled, it will also
continue to run.
FIGURE 4-5:
TRANSITION TIMING FOR ENTRY TO SLEEP MODE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
OSC1
CPU
Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Sleep
Program
Counter
PC
FIGURE 4-6:
PC + 2
TRANSITION TIMING FOR WAKE FROM SLEEP (HSPLL)
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q1
OSC1
TOST(1)
PLL Clock
Output
TPLL(1)
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
Wake Event
Note 1:
PC + 2
PC + 4
PC + 6
OSTS Bit Set
TOST = 1024 TOSC; TPLL = 2 ms (approx). These intervals are not shown to scale.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 51
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.4
Idle Modes
The Idle modes allow the controller’s CPU to be
selectively shut down while the peripherals continue to
operate. Selecting a particular Idle mode allows users
to further manage power consumption.
If the IDLEN bit is set to ‘1’ when a SLEEP instruction is
executed, the peripherals will be clocked from the clock
source selected using the SCS bits; however, the
CPU will not be clocked. The clock source status bits are
not affected. Setting IDLEN and executing a SLEEP
instruction provides a quick method of switching from a
given Run mode to its corresponding Idle mode.
If the WDT is selected, the INTRC source will continue
to operate. If the Timer1 oscillator is enabled, it will also
continue to run.
Since the CPU is not executing instructions, the only
exits from any of the Idle modes are by interrupt, WDT
time-out or a Reset. When the CPU begins executing
code, it resumes with the same clock source for the
current Idle mode. For example, when waking from
RC_IDLE mode, the internal oscillator block will clock
the CPU and peripherals (in other words, RC_RUN
mode). The IDLEN and SCS bits are not affected by the
wake-up.
While in any Idle or Sleep mode, a WDT time-out will
result in a WDT wake-up to the Run mode currently
specified by the SCS bits.
4.4.1
PRI_IDLE MODE
This mode is unique among the three low-power Idle
modes, in that it does not disable the primary device
clock. For timing-sensitive applications, this allows for
the fastest resumption of device operation with its more
accurate primary clock source, since the clock source
does not have to “warm up” or transition from another
oscillator.
execution starts. This is required to allow the CPU to
become ready to execute instructions. After the
wake-up, the OSTS bit remains set. The IDLEN and
SCS bits are not affected by the wake-up (see
Figure 4-8).
4.4.2
SEC_IDLE MODE
In SEC_IDLE mode, the CPU is disabled but the
peripherals continue to be clocked from the Timer1
oscillator. This mode is entered from SEC_RUN by setting the IDLEN bit and executing a SLEEP instruction. If
the device is in another Run mode, set IDLEN first, then
set SCS to ‘01’ and execute SLEEP. When the
clock source is switched to the Timer1 oscillator, the
primary oscillator is shut down, the OSTS bit is cleared
and the T1RUN bit is set.
When a wake event occurs, the peripherals continue to
be clocked from the Timer1 oscillator. After the wake
event, the CPU begins executing code being clocked
by the Timer1 oscillator. The IDLEN and SCS bits are
not affected by the wake-up; the Timer1 oscillator continues to run (see Figure 4-8).
Note:
The Timer1 oscillator should already be
running prior to entering SEC_IDLE
mode. If the T1OSCEN bit is not set when
the SLEEP instruction is executed, the
SLEEP instruction will be ignored and
entry to SEC_IDLE mode will not occur. If
the Timer1 oscillator is enabled, but not
yet running, peripheral clocks will be
delayed until the oscillator has started. In
such situations, initial oscillator operation
is far from stable and unpredictable operation may result.
PRI_IDLE mode is entered from PRI_RUN mode by
setting the IDLEN bit and executing a SLEEP instruction. If the device is in another Run mode, set IDLEN
first, then set the SCS bits to ‘00’ and execute SLEEP.
Although the CPU is disabled, the peripherals continue
to be clocked from the primary clock source specified
by the FOSC Configuration bits. The OSTS bit
remains set (see Figure 4-7).
When a wake event occurs, the CPU is clocked from the
primary clock source. A delay of interval, TCSD, is
required between the wake event and when code
DS39932D-page 52
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 4-7:
TRANSITION TIMING FOR ENTRY TO IDLE MODE
Q1
Q3
Q2
Q4
Q1
OSC1
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
FIGURE 4-8:
PC
PC + 2
TRANSITION TIMING FOR WAKE FROM IDLE TO RUN MODE
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
OSC1
CPU Clock
Peripheral
Clock
Program
Counter
PC
Wake Event
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 53
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.4.3
RC_IDLE MODE
In RC_IDLE mode, the CPU is disabled but the
peripherals continue to be clocked from the internal
oscillator block. This mode allows for controllable
power conservation during Idle periods.
From RC_RUN, this mode is entered by setting the
IDLEN bit and executing a SLEEP instruction. If the
device is in another Run mode, first set IDLEN, then
clear the SCS bits and execute SLEEP. When the clock
source is switched to the INTOSC block, the primary
oscillator is shut down and the OSTS bit is cleared.
When a wake event occurs, the peripherals continue to
be clocked from the internal oscillator block. After the
wake event, the CPU begins executing code being
clocked by the INTRC. The IDLEN and SCS bits are not
affected by the wake-up. The INTRC source will continue to run if either the WDT or the FSCM is enabled.
4.5
EXIT BY INTERRUPT
Any of the available interrupt sources can cause the
device to exit from an Idle mode, or the Sleep mode, to
a Run mode. To enable this functionality, an interrupt
source must be enabled by setting its enable bit in one
of the INTCON or PIE registers. The exit sequence is
initiated when the corresponding interrupt flag bit is set.
On all exits from Idle or Sleep modes by interrupt, code
execution branches to the interrupt vector if the
GIE/GIEH bit (INTCON) is set. Otherwise, code
execution continues or resumes without branching
(see Section 9.0 “Interrupts”).
4.5.2
The WDT and postscaler are cleared by one of the
following events:
• Executing a SLEEP or CLRWDT instruction
• The loss of a currently selected clock source (if
the FSCM is enabled)
4.5.3
EXIT BY WDT TIME-OUT
A WDT time-out will cause different actions depending
on which power-managed mode the device is in when
the time-out occurs.
DS39932D-page 54
EXIT BY RESET
Exiting an Idle or Sleep mode by Reset automatically
forces the device to run from the INTRC.
4.5.4
Exiting Idle and Sleep Modes
An exit from Sleep mode, or any of the Idle modes, is
triggered by an interrupt, a Reset or a WDT time-out.
This section discusses the triggers that cause exits
from power-managed modes. The clocking subsystem
actions are discussed in each of the power-managed
modes sections (see Section 4.2 “Run Modes”,
Section 4.3 “Sleep Mode” and Section 4.4 “Idle
Modes”).
4.5.1
If the device is not executing code (all Idle modes and
Sleep mode), the time-out will result in an exit from the
power-managed mode (see Section 4.2 “Run
Modes” and Section 4.3 “Sleep Mode”). If the device
is executing code (all Run modes), the time-out will
result in a WDT Reset (see Section 26.2 “Watchdog
Timer (WDT)”).
EXIT WITHOUT AN OSCILLATOR
START-UP DELAY
Certain exits from power-managed modes do not
invoke the OST at all. There are two cases:
• PRI_IDLE mode (where the primary clock source
is not stopped) and the primary clock source is
the EC mode
• PRI_IDLE mode and the primary clock source is
the ECPLL mode
In these instances, the primary clock source either does
not require an oscillator start-up delay, since it is already
running (PRI_IDLE), or normally does not require an
oscillator start-up delay (EC).
4.6
Deep Sleep Mode
Deep Sleep mode brings the device into its lowest
power consumption state without requiring the use of
external switches to remove power from the device.
During deep sleep, the on-chip VDDCORE voltage
regulator is powered down, effectively disconnecting
power to the core logic of the microcontroller.
Note:
Since Deep Sleep mode powers down the
microcontroller by turning off the on-chip
VDDCORE voltage regulator, Deep Sleep
capability is available only on PIC18FXXJ
members in the device family. The on-chip
voltage regulator is not available in
PIC18LFXXJ members of the device
family, and therefore, they do not support
Deep Sleep.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
On devices that support it, the Deep Sleep mode is
entered by:
• Setting the REGSLP (WDTCON) bit (the
default state on device Reset)
• Clearing the IDLEN bit (the default state on device
Reset)
• Setting the DSEN bit (DSCONH)
• Executing the SLEEP instruction immediately after
setting DSEN (no delay in between)
In order to minimize the possibility of inadvertently entering Deep Sleep, the DSEN bit is cleared in hardware
two instruction cycles after having been set. Therefore,
in order to enter Deep Sleep, the SLEEP instruction must
be executed in the immediate instruction cycle after setting DSEN. If DSEN is not set when Sleep is executed,
the device will enter conventional Sleep mode instead.
During Deep Sleep, the core logic circuitry of the
microcontroller is powered down to reduce leakage
current. Therefore, most peripherals and functions of
the microcontroller become unavailable during Deep
Sleep. However, a few specific peripherals and functions are powered directly from the VDD supply rail of
the microcontroller, and therefore, can continue to
function in Deep Sleep.
Entering Deep Sleep mode clears the DSWAKEL register. However, if the Real-Time Clock and Calendar
(RTCC) is enabled prior to entering Deep Sleep, it will
continue to operate uninterrupted.
The device has dedicated low-power Brown-out Reset
(DSBOR) and Watchdog Timer Reset (DSWDT) for
monitoring voltage and time-out events in Deep Sleep.
The DSBOR and DSWDT are independent of the standard BOR and WDT used with other power-managed
modes (Run, Idle and Sleep).
When a wake event occurs in Deep Sleep mode (by
MCLR Reset, RTCC alarm, INT0 interrupt, ULPWU or
DSWDT), the device will exit Deep Sleep mode and
perform a Power-on Reset (POR). When the device is
released from Reset, code execution will resume at the
device’s Reset vector.
4.6.1
PREPARING FOR DEEP SLEEP
Because VDDCORE could fall below the SRAM retention
voltage while in Deep Sleep mode, SRAM data could
be lost in Deep Sleep. Exiting Deep Sleep mode
causes a POR; as a result, most Special Function
Registers will reset to their default POR values.
4.6.2
I/O PINS DURING DEEP SLEEP
During Deep Sleep, the general purpose I/O pins will
retain their previous states.
Pins that are configured as inputs (TRIS bit set) prior to
entry into Deep Sleep will remain high-impedance
during Deep Sleep.
Pins that are configured as outputs (TRIS bit clear)
prior to entry into Deep Sleep will remain as output pins
during Deep Sleep. While in this mode, they will drive
the output level determined by their corresponding LAT
bit at the time of entry into Deep Sleep.
When the device wakes back up, the I/O pin behavior
depends on the type of wake-up source.
If the device wakes back up by an RTCC alarm, INT0
interrupt, DSWDT or ULPWU event, all I/O pins will
continue to maintain their previous states, even after the
device has finished the POR sequence and is executing
application code again. Pins configured as inputs during
Deep Sleep will remain high-impedance, and pins configured as outputs will continue to drive their previous
value.
After waking up, the TRIS and LAT registers will be
reset, but the I/O pins will still maintain their previous
states. If firmware modifies the TRIS and LAT values for
the I/O pins, they will not immediately go to the newly
configured states. Once the firmware clears the
RELEASE bit (DSCONL), the I/O pins will be
“released”. This causes the I/O pins to take the states
configured by their respective TRIS and LAT bit values.
If the Deep Sleep BOR (DSBOR) circuit is enabled, and
VDD drops below the DSBOR and VDD rail POR thresholds, the I/O pins will be immediately released similar to
clearing the RELEASE bit. All previous state information will be lost, including the general purpose DSGPR0
and DSGPR1 contents. See Section 4.6.5 “Deep
Sleep Brown Out Reset (DSBOR)” for additional
details about this scenario.
If a MCLR Reset event occurs during Deep Sleep, the I/O
pins will also be released automatically, but in this case,
the DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 contents will remain valid.
In all other Deep Sleep wake-up cases, application
firmware needs to clear the RELEASE bit in order to
reconfigure the I/O pins.
Applications needing to save a small amount of data
throughout a Deep Sleep cycle can save the data to the
general purpose DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 registers. The
contents of these registers are preserved while the
device is in Deep Sleep, and will remain valid throughout
an entire Deep Sleep entry and wake-up sequence.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 55
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.6.3
DEEP SLEEP WAKE-UP SOURCES
While in Deep Sleep mode, the device can be awakened
by a MCLR, POR, RTCC, INT0 I/O pin interrupt,
DSWDT or ULPWU event. After waking, the device performs a POR. When the device is released from Reset,
code execution will begin at the device’s Reset vector.
The software can determine if the wake-up was caused
from an exit from Deep Sleep mode by reading the DS
bit (WDTCON). If this bit is set, the POR was
caused by a Deep Sleep exit. The DS bit must be
manually cleared by the software.
The software can determine the wake event source by
reading the DSWAKEH and DSWAKEL registers.
When the application firmware is done using the
DSWAKEH and DSWAKEL status registers, individual
bits do not need to be manually cleared before entering
Deep Sleep again. When entering Deep Sleep mode,
these registers are automatically cleared.
4.6.3.1
Wake-up Event Considerations
Deep Sleep wake-up events are only monitored while
the processor is fully in Deep Sleep mode. If a wake-up
event occurs before Deep Sleep mode is entered, the
event status will not be reflected in the DSWAKE registers. If the wake-up source asserts prior to entering
Deep Sleep, the CPU may go to the interrupt vector (if
the wake source has an interrupt bit and the interrupt is
fully enabled), and may abort the Deep Sleep entry
sequence by executing past the SLEEP instruction. In
this case, a wake-up event handler should be placed
after the SLEEP instruction to process the event and
re-attempt entry into Deep Sleep if desired.
When the device is in Deep Sleep with more than one
wake-up source simultaneously enabled, only the first
wake-up source to assert will be detected and logged
in the DSWAKEH/DSWAKEL status registers.
DS39932D-page 56
4.6.4
DEEP SLEEP WATCHDOG TIMER
(DSWDT)
Deep Sleep has its own dedicated WDT (DSWDT) with
a postscaler for time-outs of 2.1 ms to 25.7 days,
configurable through the bits, DSWDTPS
(CONFIG3L).
The DSWDT can be clocked from either the INTRC or
the T1OSC/T1CKI input. If the T1OSC/T1CKI source will
be used with a crystal, the T1OSCEN bit in the T1CON
register needs to be set prior to entering Deep Sleep.
The reference clock source is configured through the
DSWDTOSC bit (CONFIG3L).
DSWDT is enabled through the DSWDTEN bit
(CONFIG3L). Entering Deep Sleep mode automatically clears the DSWDT. See Section 26.0 “Special
Features of the CPU” for more information.
4.6.5
DEEP SLEEP BROWN OUT RESET
(DSBOR)
The Deep Sleep module contains a dedicated Deep
Sleep BOR (DSBOR) circuit. This circuit may be
optionally enabled through the DSBOREN Configuration
bit (CONFIG3L).
The DSBOR circuit monitors the VDD supply rail
voltage. The behavior of the DSBOR circuit is
described in Section 5.4 “Brown-out Reset (BOR)”.
4.6.6
RTCC PERIPHERAL AND DEEP
SLEEP
The RTCC can operate uninterrupted during Deep
Sleep mode. It can wake the device from Deep Sleep by
configuring an alarm.
The RTCC clock source is configured with the RTCOSC
bit (CONFIG3L). The available reference clock
sources are the INTRC and T1OSC/T1CKI. If the INTRC
is used, the RTCC accuracy will directly depend on the
INTRC tolerance. For more information on configuring
the RTCC peripheral, see Section 17.0 “Real-Time
Clock and Calendar (RTCC)”.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.6.7
TYPICAL DEEP SLEEP SEQUENCE
This section gives the typical sequence for using the
Deep Sleep mode. Optional steps are indicated, and
additional information is given in notes at the end of the
procedure.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Enable DSWDT (optional).(1)
Configure DSWDT clock source (optional).(2)
Enable DSBOR (optional).(1)
Enable RTCC (optional).(3)
Configure the RTCC peripheral (optional).(3)
Configure the ULPWU peripheral (optional).(4)
Enable the INT0 Interrupt (optional).(4)
Context save SRAM data by writing to the
DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 registers (optional).
Set the REGSLP bit (WDTCON) and clear
the IDLEN bit (OSCCON).
If using an RTCC alarm for wake-up, wait until
the RTCSYNC (RTCCFG) bit is clear.
Enter Deep Sleep mode by setting the DSEN bit
(DSCONH) and issuing a SLEEP instruction.
These two instructions must be executed back
to back.
Once a wake-up event occurs, the device will
perform a POR reset sequence. Code execution
resumes at the device’s Reset vector.
Determine if the device exited Deep Sleep by
reading the Deep Sleep bit, DS (WDTCON).
This bit will be set if there was an exit from Deep
Sleep mode.
Clear the Deep Sleep bit, DS (WDTCON).
Determine the wake-up source by reading the
DSWAKEH and DSWAKEL registers.
Determine if a DSBOR event occurred during
Deep Sleep mode by reading the DSBOR bit
(DSCONL).
Read the DSGPR0 and DSGPR1 context save
registers (optional).
Clear the RELEASE bit (DSCONL).
4.6.8
DEEP SLEEP FAULT DETECTION
If during Deep Sleep the device is subjected to unusual
operating conditions, such as an Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) event, it is possible that the internal
circuit states used by the Deep Sleep module could
become corrupted. If this were to happen, the device
may exhibit unexpected behavior, such as a failure to
wake back up.
In order to prevent this type of scenario from occurring,
the Deep Sleep module includes automatic
self-monitoring capability. During Deep Sleep, critical
internal nodes are continuously monitored in order to
detect possible Fault conditions (which would not
ordinarily occur). If a Fault condition is detected, the
circuitry will set the DSFLT status bit (DSWAKEL)
and automatically wake the microcontroller from Deep
Sleep, causing a POR Reset.
During Deep Sleep, the Fault detection circuitry is
always enabled and does not require any specific
configuration prior to entering Deep Sleep.
Note 1: DSWDT and DSBOR are enabled
through the devices’ Configuration bits.
For more information, see Section 26.1
“Configuration Bits”.
2: The DSWDT and RTCC clock sources
are selected through the devices’ Configuration bits. For more information, see
Section 26.1 “Configuration Bits”.
3: For more information, see Section 17.0
“Real-Time Clock and Calendar
(RTCC)”.
4: For more information on configuring this
peripheral, see Section 4.7 “Ultra
Low-Power Wake-up”.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 57
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.6.9
DEEP SLEEP MODE REGISTERS
Deep Sleep mode registers are
Register 4-1 through Register 4-6.
REGISTER 4-1:
provided
in
DSCONH: DEEP SLEEP CONTROL HIGH BYTE REGISTER (BANKED F4Dh)
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
DSEN(1)
—
—
—
—
(Reserved)
DSULPEN
RTCWDIS
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
DSEN: Deep Sleep Enable bit(1)
1 = Deep Sleep mode is entered on a SLEEP command
0 = Sleep mode is entered on a SLEEP command
bit 6-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
(Reserved): Always write ‘0’ to this bit
bit 1
DSULPEN: Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Module Enable bit
1 = ULPWU module is enabled in Deep Sleep
0 = ULPWU module is disabled in Deep Sleep
bit 0
RTCWDIS: RTCC Wake-up Disable bit
1 = Wake-up from RTCC is disabled
0 = Wake-up from RTCC is enabled
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
In order to enter Deep Sleep, Sleep must be executed immediately after setting DSEN.
REGISTER 4-2:
DSCONL: DEEP SLEEP CONTROL LOW BYTE REGISTER (BANKED F4Ch)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0(1)
R/W-0(1)
—
—
—
—
—
ULPWDIS
DSBOR
RELEASE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2
ULPWDIS: Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Disable bit
1 = ULPWU wake-up source is disabled
0 = ULPWU wake-up source is enabled (must also set DSULPEN = 1)
bit 1
DSBOR: Deep Sleep BOR Event Status bit
1 = DSBOREN was enabled and VDD dropped below the DSBOR arming voltage during Deep Sleep,
but did not fall below VDSBOR
0 = DSBOREN was disabled or VDD did not drop below the DSBOR arming voltage during Deep Sleep
bit 0
RELEASE: I/O Pin State Release bit
Upon waking from Deep Sleep, the I/O pins maintain their previous states. Clearing this bit will
release the I/O pins and allow their respective TRIS and LAT bits to control their states.
Note 1:
This is the value when VDD is initially applied.
DS39932D-page 58
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 4-3:
DSGPR0: DEEP SLEEP PERSISTENT GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER 0
(BANKED F4Eh)
R/W-xxxx(1)
Deep Sleep Persistent General Purpose bits
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Deep Sleep Persistent General Purpose bits
Contents are retained even in Deep Sleep mode.
All register bits are maintained unless: VDDCORE drops below the normal BOR threshold outside of Deep
Sleep, or the device is in Deep Sleep and the dedicated DSBOR is enabled and VDD drops below the
DSBOR threshold, or DSBOR is enabled or disabled, but VDD is hard cycled to near VSS.
REGISTER 4-4:
DSGPR1: DEEP SLEEP PERSISTENT GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER 1
(BANKED F4Fh)
R/W-xxxx(1)
Deep Sleep Persistent General Purpose bits
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Deep Sleep Persistent General Purpose bits
Contents are retained even in Deep Sleep mode.
All register bits are maintained unless: VDDCORE drops below the normal BOR threshold outside of Deep
Sleep, or, the device is in Deep Sleep and the dedicated DSBOR is enabled and VDD drops below the
DSBOR threshold, or DSBOR is enabled or disabled, but VDD is hard cycled to near VSS.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 59
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 4-5:
DSWAKEH: DEEP SLEEP WAKE HIGH BYTE REGISTER (BANKED F4Bh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DSINT0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
DSINT0: Interrupt-on-Change bit
1 = Interrupt-on-change was asserted during Deep Sleep
0 = Interrupt-on-change was not asserted during Deep Sleep
REGISTER 4-6:
DSWAKEL: DEEP SLEEP WAKE LOW BYTE REGISTER (BANKED F4Ah)
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-1
DSFLT
—
DSULP(2)
DSWDT(2)
DSRTC(2)
DSMCLR(2)
—
DSPOR
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
DSFLT: Deep Sleep Fault Detected bit
1 = A Deep Sleep Fault was detected during Deep Sleep
0 = A Deep Sleep fault was not detected during Deep Sleep
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
DSULP: Ultra Low-Power Wake-up status bit(2)
1 = An Ultra Low-Power Wake-up event occurred during Deep Sleep
0 = An Ultra Low-Power Wake-up event did not occur during Deep Sleep
bit 4
DSWDT: Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer Time-out bit(2)
1 = The Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer timed out during Deep Sleep
0 = The Deep Sleep Watchdog Timer did not time out during Deep Sleep
bit 3
DSRTC: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Alarm bit(2)
1 = The Real-Time Clock/Calendar triggered an alarm during Deep Sleep
0 = The Real-Time Clock /Calendar did not trigger an alarm during Deep Sleep
bit 2
DSMCLR: MCLR Event bit(2)
1 = The MCLR pin was asserted during Deep Sleep
0 = The MCLR pin was not asserted during Deep Sleep
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
DSPOR: Power-on Reset Event bit
1 = The VDD supply POR circuit was active and a POR event was detected(1)
0 = The VDD supply POR circuit was not active, or was active, but did not detect a POR event
Note 1:
2:
Unlike the other bits in this register, this bit can be set outside of Deep Sleep.
If multiple wake-up triggers are fired around the same time, only the first wake-up event triggered will have
its wake-up status bit set.
DS39932D-page 60
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
4.7
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up
The Ultra Low-Power Wake-up (ULPWU) on RA0 allows
a slow falling voltage to generate an interrupt without
excess current consumption.
See Example 4-1 for initializing the ULPWU module.
Note:
Follow these steps to use this feature:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Configure a remappable output pin to output the
ULPOUT signal.
Map an INTx interrupt-on-change input function
to the same pin as used for the ULPOUT output
function. Alternatively, in step 1, configure
ULPOUT to output onto a PORTB
interrupt-on-change pin.
Charge the capacitor on RA0 by configuring the
RA0 pin to an output and setting it to ‘1’.
Enable interrupt for the corresponding pin
selected in step 2.
Stop charging the capacitor by configuring RA0
as an input.
Discharge the capacitor by setting the ULPEN
and ULPSINK bits in the WDTCON register.
Configure Sleep mode.
Enter Sleep mode.
When the voltage on RA0 drops below VIL, an interrupt
will be generated, which will cause the device to
wake-up and execute the next instruction.
This feature provides a low-power technique for
periodically waking up the device from Sleep mode.
The time-out is dependent on the discharge time of the
RC circuit on RA0.
When the ULPWU module causes the device to
wake-up from Sleep mode, the WDTCON
bit is set. When the ULPWU module causes the device
to wake-up from Deep Sleep, the DSULP
(DSWAKEL) bit is set. Software can check these
bits upon wake-up to determine the wake-up source.
Also in Sleep mode, only the remappable output function, ULPWU, will output this bit value to an RPn pin for
externally detecting wake-up events.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
For module-related bit definitions, see the
WDTCON register in Section 26.2
“Watchdog Timer (WDT)” and the
DSWAKEL register (Register 4-6).
A series resistor between RA0 and the external
capacitor provides overcurrent protection for the
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/RP0 pin and can allow for
software calibration of the time-out (see Figure 4-9).
FIGURE 4-9:
RA0
SERIAL RESISTOR
R1
C1
A timer can be used to measure the charge time and
discharge time of the capacitor. The charge time can
then be adjusted to provide the desired interrupt delay.
This technique will compensate for the affects of
temperature, voltage and component accuracy. The
peripheral can also be configured as a simple Programmable Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) or temperature
sensor.
Note:
For more information, refer to AN879,
“Using the Microchip Ultra Low-Power
Wake-up Module” application note
(DS00879).
DS39932D-page 61
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 4-1:
ULTRA LOW-POWER WAKE-UP INITIALIZATION
//*********************************************************************************
//Configure a remappable output pin with interrupt capability
//for ULPWU function (RP21 => RD4/INT1 in this example)
//*********************************************************************************
RPOR21 = 13;// ULPWU function mapped to RP21/RD4
RPINR1 = 21;// INT1 mapped to RP21 (RD4)
//***************************
//Charge the capacitor on RA0
//***************************
TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;
LATAbits.LATA0 = 1;
for(i = 0; i < 10000; i++) Nop();
//**********************************
//Stop Charging the capacitor on RA0
//**********************************
TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
//*****************************************
//Enable the Ultra Low Power Wakeup module
//and allow capacitor discharge
//*****************************************
WDTCONbits.ULPEN = 1;
WDTCONbits.ULPSINK = 1;
//******************************************
//For Sleep, Enable Interrupt for ULPW.
//******************************************
INTCON3bits.INT1IF = 0;
INTCON3bits.INT1IE = 1;
//********************
//Configure Sleep Mode
//********************
//For Sleep
OSCCONbits.IDLEN = 0;
//For Deep Sleep
OSCCONbits.IDLEN = 0;// enable deep sleep
DSCONHbits.DSEN = 1;// Note: must be set just before executing Sleep();
//****************
//Enter Sleep Mode
//****************
Sleep();
// for sleep, execution will resume here
// for deep sleep, execution will restart at reset vector (use WDTCONbits.DS to detect)
DS39932D-page 62
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
5.0
RESET
The PIC18F46J11 family of devices differentiates
among various kinds of Reset:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
Power-on Reset (POR)
MCLR Reset during normal operation
MCLR Reset during power-managed modes
Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset (during
execution)
Configuration Mismatch (CM)
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
RESET Instruction
Stack Full Reset
Stack Underflow Reset
Deep Sleep Reset
This section discusses Resets generated by MCLR,
POR and BOR, and covers the operation of the various
start-up timers.
Figure 5-1 provides a simplified block diagram of the
on-chip Reset circuit.
5.1
RCON Register
Device Reset events are tracked through the RCON
register (Register 5-1). The lower five bits of the register
indicate that a specific Reset event has occurred. In
most cases, these bits can only be set by the event and
must be cleared by the application after the event. The
state of these flag bits, taken together, can be read to
indicate the type of Reset that just occurred. This is
described in more detail in Section 5.7 “Reset State of
Registers”.
The ECON register also has a control bit for setting
interrupt priority (IPEN). Interrupt priority is discussed
in Section 9.0 “Interrupts”.
For information on WDT Resets, see Section 26.2
“Watchdog Timer (WDT)”. For Stack Reset events,
see Section 6.1.4.4 “Stack Full and Underflow
Resets” and for Deep Sleep mode, see Section 4.6
“Deep Sleep Mode”.
FIGURE 5-1:
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
RESET Instruction
Configuration Word Mismatch
Stack
Pointer
Stack Full/Underflow Reset
External Reset
MCLR
( )_IDLE
Deep Sleep Reset
Sleep
WDT
Time-out
VDD Rise
Detect
POR Pulse
VDD
Brown-out
Reset(1)
VDDCORE
Brown-out
Reset(2)
S
PWRT
PWRT
INTRC
F: 5-bit Ripple Counter
R
Q
Chip_Reset
LF: 11-bit Ripple Counter
Note 1:
The VDD monitoring BOR circuit can be enabled or disabled on “LF” devices based on the CONFIG3L
Configuration bit. On “F” devices, the VDD monitoring BOR circuit is only enabled during Deep Sleep mode by
CONFIG3L.
2:
The VDDCORE monitoring BOR circuit is only implemented on “F” devices. It is always used, except while in Deep
Sleep mode. The VDDCORE monitoring BOR circuit has a trip point threshold of VBOR (parameter D005).
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 63
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 5-1:
RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FD0h)
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R-1
R-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
—
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1 = Enable priority levels on interrupts
0 = Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
CM: Configuration Mismatch Flag bit
1 = A Configuration Mismatch Reset has not occurred
0 = A Configuration Mismatch Reset has occurred (must be set in software after a Configuration
Mismatch Reset occurs)
bit 4
RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
1 = The RESET instruction was not executed (set by firmware only)
0 = The RESET instruction was executed causing a device Reset (must be set in software after a
Brown-out Reset occurs)
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 2
PD: Power-Down Detection Flag bit
1 = Set by power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = Set by execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred (set by firmware only)
0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
Note 1: It is recommended that the POR bit be set after a Power-on Reset has been detected, so that subsequent
Power-on Resets may be detected.
2: If the on-chip voltage regulator is disabled, BOR remains ‘0’ at all times. See Section 5.4.1 “Detecting
BOR” for more information.
3: Brown-out Reset is said to have occurred when BOR is ‘0’ and POR is ‘1’ (assuming that POR was set to
‘1’ by software immediately after a Power-on Reset).
DS39932D-page 64
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
5.2
Master Clear (MCLR)
The Master Clear Reset (MCLR) pin provides a method
for triggering a hard external Reset of the device. A
Reset is generated by holding the pin low. PIC18
extended microcontroller devices have a noise filter in
the MCLR Reset path, which detects and ignores small
pulses.
The MCLR pin is not driven low by any internal Resets,
including the WDT.
5.3
Power-on Reset (POR)
A POR condition is generated on-chip whenever VDD
rises above a certain threshold. This allows the device
to start in the initialized state when VDD is adequate for
operation.
To take advantage of the POR circuitry, tie the MCLR
pin through a resistor (1 k to 10 k) to VDD. This will
eliminate external RC components usually needed to
create a POR delay.
When the device starts normal operation (i.e., exits the
Reset condition), device operating parameters
(voltage, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to
ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the
device must be held in Reset until the operating
conditions are met.
POR events are captured by the POR bit (RCON).
The state of the bit is set to ‘0’ whenever a Power-on
Reset occurs; it does not change for any other Reset
event. POR is not reset to ‘1’ by any hardware event.
To capture multiple events, the user manually resets
the bit to ‘1’ in software following any POR.
5.4
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
“F” devices incorporate two types of BOR circuits: one
which monitors VDDCORE and one which monitors VDD.
Only one BOR circuit can be active at a time. When in
normal Run mode, Idle or normal Sleep modes, the
BOR circuit that monitors VDDCORE is active and will
cause the device to be held in BOR if VDDCORE drops
below VBOR (parameter D005). Once VDDCORE rises
back above VBOR, the device will be held in Reset until
the expiration of the Power-up Timer, with period,
TPWRT (parameter 33).
Additionally, if any I/O pins had been configured as outputs during Deep Sleep, these pins will be tri-stated
and the device will no longer be held in Deep Sleep.
Once the VDD voltage recovers back above the
VDSBOR threshold, and once the core voltage regulator
achieves a VDDCORE voltage above VBOR, the device
will begin executing code again normally, but the DS bit
in the WDTCON register will not be set. The device
behavior will be similar to hard cycling all power to the
device.
On “LF” devices, the VDDCORE BOR circuit is always
disabled because the internal core voltage regulator is
disabled. Instead of monitoring VDDCORE, PIC18LF
devices in this family can use the VDD BOR circuit to
monitor VDD excursions below the VDSBOR threshold.
The VDD BOR circuit can be disabled by setting the
DSBOREN bit = 0.
The VDD BOR circuit is enabled when DSBOREN = 1
on “LF” devices, or on “F” devices while in Deep Sleep
with DSBOREN = 1. When enabled, the VDD BOR
circuit is extremely low power (typ. 40 nA) during normal operation above ~2.3V on VDD. If VDD drops below
this DSBOR arming level when the VDD BOR circuit is
enabled, the device may begin to consume additional
current (typ. 50 A) as internal features of the circuit
power up. The higher current is necessary to achieve
more accurate sensing of the VDD level. However, the
device will not enter Reset until VDD falls below the
VDSBOR threshold.
5.4.1
DETECTING BOR
The BOR bit always resets to ‘0’ on any VDDCORE, BOR
or POR event. This makes it difficult to determine if a
Brown-out Reset event has occurred just by reading
the state of BOR alone. A more reliable method is to
simultaneously check the state of both POR and BOR.
This assumes that the POR bit is reset to ‘1’ in software
immediately after any Power-on Reset event. If BOR is
‘0’ while POR is ‘1’, it can be reliably assumed that a
Brown-out Reset event has occurred.
If the voltage regulator is disabled (LF devices), the
VDDCORE BOR functionality is disabled. In this case,
the BOR bit cannot be used to determine a Brown-out
Reset event. The BOR bit is still cleared by a Power-on
Reset event.
During Deep Sleep operation, the on-chip core voltage
regulator is disabled and VDDCORE is allowed to drop to
ground levels. If the Deep Sleep BOR circuit is enabled
by the DSBOREN Configuration bit (CONFIG3L = 1),
it will monitor VDD. If VDD drops below the VDSBOR
threshold, the device will be held in a Reset state
similar to POR. All registers will be set back to their POR
Reset values and the contents of the DSGPR0 and
DSGPR1 holding registers will be lost.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 65
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
5.5
Configuration Mismatch (CM)
5.6
The Configuration Mismatch (CM) Reset is designed to
detect, and attempt to recover from, random memory
corrupting events. These include Electrostatic
Discharge (ESD) events, which can cause widespread
single bit changes throughout the device and result in
catastrophic failure.
In PIC18FXXJ Flash devices, the device Configuration
registers (located in the configuration memory space)
are continuously monitored during operation by comparing their values to complimentary shadow registers.
If a mismatch is detected between the two sets of
registers, a CM Reset automatically occurs. These
events are captured by the CM bit (RCON). The
state of the bit is set to ‘0’ whenever a CM event occurs;
it does not change for any other Reset event.
A CM Reset behaves similarly to a MCLR, RESET
instruction, WDT time-out or Stack Event Resets. As
with all hard and power Reset events, the device
Configuration Words are reloaded from the Flash
Configuration Words in program memory as the device
restarts.
FIGURE 5-2:
Power-up Timer (PWRT)
PIC18F46J11 family devices incorporate an on-chip
PWRT to help regulate the POR process. The PWRT is
always enabled. The main function is to ensure that the
device voltage is stable before code is executed.
The Power-up Timer (PWRT) of the PIC18F46J11 family
devices is a 5-bit counter which uses the INTRC source
as the clock input. This yields an approximate time
interval of 32 x 32 s = 1 ms. While the PWRT is
counting, the device is held in Reset.
The power-up time delay depends on the INTRC clock
and will vary from chip-to-chip due to temperature and
process variation. See DC parameter 33 (TPWRT) for
details.
5.6.1
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE
The PWRT time-out is invoked after the POR pulse has
cleared. The total time-out will vary based on the status
of the PWRT. Figure 5-2, Figure 5-3, Figure 5-4 and
Figure 5-5 all depict time-out sequences on power-up
with the PWRT.
Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, if MCLR
is kept low long enough, the PWRT will expire. Bringing
MCLR high will begin execution immediately if a clock
source is available (Figure 5-4). This is useful for
testing purposes, or to synchronize more than one
PIC18FXXXX device operating in parallel.
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD, VDD RISE < TPWRT)
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
DS39932D-page 66
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 5-3:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 1
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 2
FIGURE 5-4:
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
FIGURE 5-5:
SLOW RISE TIME (MCLR TIED TO VDD, VDD RISE > TPWRT)
3.3V
VDD
0V
1V
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
PWRT TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 67
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
5.7
TO, PD, POR and BOR) are set or cleared differently in
different Reset situations, as indicated in Table 5-1.
These bits are used in software to determine the nature
of the Reset.
Reset State of Registers
Most registers are unaffected by a Reset. Their status
is unknown on POR and unchanged by all other
Resets. The other registers are forced to a “Reset
state” depending on the type of Reset that occurred.
Table 5-2 describes the Reset states for all of the
Special Function Registers. These are categorized by
POR and BOR, MCLR and WDT Resets, and WDT
wake-ups.
Most registers are not affected by a WDT wake-up,
since this is viewed as the resumption of normal
operation. Status bits from the RCON register (CM, RI,
TABLE 5-1:
STATUS BITS, THEIR SIGNIFICANCE AND THE INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR
RCON REGISTER
Condition
Program
Counter(1)
RCON Register
STKPTR Register
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
STKFUL STKUNF
Power-on Reset
0000h
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
RESET instruction
0000h
u
0
u
u
u
u
u
u
Brown-out Reset
0000h
1
1
1
1
u
0
u
u
Configuration Mismatch Reset
0000h
0
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
MCLR Reset during
power-managed Run modes
0000h
u
u
1
u
u
u
u
u
MCLR Reset during
power-managed Idle modes and
Sleep mode
0000h
u
u
1
0
u
u
u
u
MCLR Reset during full-power
execution
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Stack Full Reset (STVREN = 1)
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
1
u
Stack Underflow Reset
(STVREN = 1)
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
1
Stack Underflow Error (not an
actual Reset, STVREN = 0)
0000h
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
1
WDT time-out during full-power
or power-managed Run modes
0000h
u
u
0
u
u
u
u
u
WDT time-out during
power-managed Idle or Sleep
modes
PC + 2
u
u
0
0
u
u
u
u
Interrupt exit from
power-managed modes
PC + 2
u
u
u
0
u
u
u
u
Legend: u = unchanged
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEH or GIEL bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
DS39932D-page 68
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
Register
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset,
Wake From
Deep Sleep
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET Instruction
Stack Resets
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
TOSU
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu(1)
TOSH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(1)
TOSL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(1)
STKPTR
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
00-0 0000
uu-0 0000
uu-u uuuu(1)
PCLATU
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
PCLATH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PCL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
PC + 2(2)
TBLPTRU
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
TBLPTRH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TBLPTRL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TABLAT
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PRODH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PRODL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INTCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 000x
0000 000u
uuuu uuuu(3)
INTCON2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu(3)
INTCON3
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1100 0000
1100 0000
uuuu uuuu(3)
INDF0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR0H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
FSR0L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
WREG
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INDF1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR1H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
FSR1L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
BSR
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
4: See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Not implemented for PIC18F2XJ11 devices.
6: Not implemented on "LF" devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 69
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
INDF2
Applicable Devices
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset,
Wake From
Deep Sleep
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET Instruction
Stack Resets
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR2H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
FSR2L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
STATUS
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---x xxxx
---u uuuu
---u uuuu
TMR0H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TMR0L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T0CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
OSCCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0110 q100
0110 q100
0110 q1uu
CM1CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0001 1111
0001 1111
uuuu uuuu
CM2CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0001 1111
0001 1111
uuuu uuuu
RCON(4)
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0-11 11qq
0-qq qquu
u-qq qquu
TMR1H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR1L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T1CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
T2CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
SSP1BUF
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
SSP1ADD
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP1MSK
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
SSP1STAT
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP1CON1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP1CON2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ADRESH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADRESL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADCON0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ADCON1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
WDTCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1qq- q000
1qq- 0000
uqq- uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
4: See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Not implemented for PIC18F2XJ11 devices.
6: Not implemented on "LF" devices.
DS39932D-page 70
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
Register
PSTR1CON
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset,
Wake From
Deep Sleep
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET Instruction
Stack Resets
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
uu-u uuuu
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
00-0 0001
00-0 0001
ECCP1AS
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ECCP1DEL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR1L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PSTR2CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
00-0 0001
00-0 0001
uu-u uuuu
ECCP2AS
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ECCP2DEL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CCPR2H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR2L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP2CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CTMUCONH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0-00 000-
0-00 000-
u-uu uuu-
CTMUCONL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 00xx
0000 00xx
uuuu uuuu
CTMUICON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SPBRG1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RCREG1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXREG1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXSTA1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0010
0000 0010
uuuu uuuu
RCSTA1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SPBRG2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RCREG2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXREG2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXSTA2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0010
0000 0010
uuuu uuuu
EECON2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- ----
---- ----
---- ----
EECON1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
--00 x00-
--00 q00-
--00 u00-
IPR3
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR3
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(3)
PIE3
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
IPR2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
111- 1111
111- 1111
uuu- uuuu
PIR2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
000- 0000
000- 0000
uuu- uuuu(3)
PIE2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
000- 0000
000- 0000
uuu- uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
4: See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Not implemented for PIC18F2XJ11 devices.
6: Not implemented on "LF" devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 71
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset,
Wake From
Deep Sleep
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET Instruction
Stack Resets
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
IPR1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu(3)
PIE1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RCSTA2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
OSCTUNE
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
T1GCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0x00
0000 0x00
uuuu uxuu
RTCVALH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0xxx xxxx
0uuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
RTCVALL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0xxx xxx
0uuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
T3GCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0x00
uuuu uxuu
uuuu uxuu
TRISE(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---- -111
---- -111
---- -uuu
TRISD(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISC
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISB
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISA
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
111- 1111
111- 1111
uuu- uuuu
ALRMCFG
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ALRMRPT
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ALRMVALH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ALRMVALL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---- -xxx
---- -uuu
---- -uuu
LATD
—
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATC
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATB
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATA
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxx- xxxx
uuu- uuuu
uuu- uuuu
DMACON1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
DMACON2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
HLVDCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PORTE(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
00-- -xxx
uu-- -uuu
uu-- -uuu
LATE(5)
(5)
PORTD(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTC
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTB
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTA
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxx- xxxx
uuu- uuuu
uuu- uuuu
SPBRGH1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
4: See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Not implemented for PIC18F2XJ11 devices.
6: Not implemented on "LF" devices.
DS39932D-page 72
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
Register
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
BAUDCON1
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset,
Wake From
Deep Sleep
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET Instruction
Stack Resets
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0100 0-00
0100 0-00
uuuu u-uu
SPBRGH2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
BAUDCON2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0100 0-00
0100 0-00
uuuu u-uu
TMR3H
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR3L
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T3CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 -000
uuuu -uuu
uuuu -uuu
TMR4
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PR4
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
T4CON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
SSP2BUF
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
SSP2ADD
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP2MSK
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP2STAT
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
SSP2CON1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSP2CON2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CMSTAT
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- --11
---- --11
---- --uu
PMADDRH(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
PMDOUT1H(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMADDRL(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMDOUT1L
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMDIN1H(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(5)
PMDIN1L(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXADDRL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXADDRH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
RXADDRL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXADDRH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
DMABCL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
DMABCH
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- --00
---- --00
---- --uu
PMCONH(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0--0 0000
0--0 0000
u--u uuuu
PMCONL(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
000- 0000
000- 0000
uuu- uuuu
PMMODEH(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMMODEL
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
4: See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Not implemented for PIC18F2XJ11 devices.
6: Not implemented on "LF" devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 73
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset,
Wake From
Deep Sleep
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET Instruction
Stack Resets
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
PMDOUT2H(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMDOUT2L(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMDIN2H(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(5)
PMEH
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMEL(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PMSTATH(5)
—
PIC18F4XJ11
00-- 0000
00-- 0000
uu-- uuuu
PMSTATL
—
PIC18F4XJ11
10-- 1111
10-- 1111
uu-- uuuu
CVRCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TCLKCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 --00
---0 --uu
---u --uu
DSGPR1(6)
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
DSGPR0(6)
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
DSCONH(6)
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0--- -000
0--- -uuu
u--- -uuu
(6)
DSCONL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- -000
---- -u00
---- -uuu
DSWAKEH(6)
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- ---0
---- ---0
---- ---u
PMDIN2L
(5)
DSWAKEL(6)
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0-00 00-1
0-00 00-0
u-uu uu-u
ANCON1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
00-0 0000
00-0 0000
uu-u uuuu
ANCON0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ODCON1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- --00
---- --uu
---- --uu
ODCON2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- --00
---- --uu
---- --uu
ODCON3
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- --00
---- --uu
---- --uu
RTCCFG
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
u-uu uuuu
RTCCAL
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
REFOCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
0-00 0000
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
PADCFG1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- -000
---- -000
---- -uuu
PPSCON
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---- ---0
---- ---0
---- ---u
RPINR24
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR23
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR22
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR21
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR17
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR16
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
4: See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Not implemented for PIC18F2XJ11 devices.
6: Not implemented on "LF" devices.
DS39932D-page 74
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 5-2:
Register
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset,
Wake From
Deep Sleep
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET Instruction
Stack Resets
CM Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
RPINR8
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR7
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR6
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR4
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR3
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPINR1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
RPOR24
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR23
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR22
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR21
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR20
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR19
—
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR18
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR17
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR16
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR15
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR14
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR13
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR12
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR11
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR10
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR9
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR8
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR7
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR6
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR5
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR4
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR3
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR2
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR1
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
RPOR0
PIC18F2XJ11
PIC18F4XJ11
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’, q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3: One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
4: See Table 5-1 for Reset value for specific condition.
5: Not implemented for PIC18F2XJ11 devices.
6: Not implemented on "LF" devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 75
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 76
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.0
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
There are two types of memory in PIC18 Flash
microcontrollers:
• Program Memory
• Data RAM
As Harvard architecture devices, the data and program
memories use separate busses; this allows for
concurrent access of the two memory spaces.
Section 7.0 “Flash Program Memory” provides
additional information on the operation of the Flash
program memory.
FIGURE 6-1:
6.1
Program Memory Organization
PIC18 microcontrollers implement a 21-bit program
counter, which is capable of addressing a 2-Mbyte
program memory space. Accessing a location between
the upper boundary of the physically implemented
memory and the 2-Mbyte address returns all ‘0’s (a
NOP instruction).
The PIC18F46J11 family offers a range of on-chip
Flash program memory sizes, from 16 Kbytes (up to
8,192 single-word instructions) to 64 Kbytes
(32,768 single-word instructions).
Figure 6-1 provides the program memory maps for
individual family devices.
MEMORY MAPS FOR PIC18F46J11 FAMILY DEVICES
PC
CALL, CALLW, RCALL,
RETURN, RETFIE, RETLW,
ADDULNK, SUBULNK
21
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 31
PIC18FX4J11
PIC18FX5J50
PIC18FX6J11
On-Chip
Memory
On-Chip
Memory
On-Chip
Memory
Config. Words
000000h
003FFFh
Config. Words
Config. Words
Unimplemented
Unimplemented
Unimplemented
Read as ‘0’
Read as ‘0’
Read as ‘0’
00FFFFh
User Memory Space
007FFFh
1FFFFFF
Note:
Sizes of memory areas are not to scale. Sizes of program memory areas are enhanced to show detail.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 77
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.1.1
HARD MEMORY VECTORS
6.1.2
FLASH CONFIGURATION WORDS
All PIC18 devices have a total of three hard-coded
return vectors in their program memory space. The
Reset vector address is the default value to which the
program counter returns on all device Resets; it is
located at 0000h.
Because PIC18F46J11 family devices do not have
persistent configuration memory, the top four words of
on-chip program memory are reserved for configuration
information. On Reset, the configuration information is
copied into the Configuration registers.
PIC18 devices also have two interrupt vector
addresses for handling high-priority and low-priority
interrupts. The high-priority interrupt vector is located at
0008h and the low-priority interrupt vector at 0018h.
Figure 6-2 provides their locations in relation to the
program memory map.
The Configuration Words are stored in their program
memory location in numerical order, starting with the
lower byte of CONFIG1 at the lowest address and
ending with the upper byte of CONFIG4.
FIGURE 6-2:
HARD VECTOR AND
CONFIGURATION WORD
LOCATIONS FOR
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
DEVICES
Reset Vector
0000h
High-Priority Interrupt Vector
0008h
Low-Priority Interrupt Vector
0018h
Table 6-1 provides the actual addresses of the Flash
Configuration Word for devices in the PIC18F46J11
family. Figure 6-2 displays their location in the memory
map with other memory vectors.
Additional details on the device Configuration Words
are provided in Section 26.1 “Configuration Bits”.
TABLE 6-1:
Device
PIC18F24J11
PIC18F44J11
On-Chip
Program Memory
PIC18F25J11
PIC18F45J11
PIC18F26J11
PIC18F46J11
Flash Configuration Words
FLASH CONFIGURATION
WORD FOR PIC18F46J11
FAMILY DEVICES
Program
Memory
(Kbytes)
Configuration
Word
Addresses
16
3FF8h to 3FFFh
32
7FF8h to 7FFFh
64
FFF8h to FFFFh
(Top of Memory-7)
(Top of Memory)
Read as ‘0’
1FFFFFh
Legend:
(Top of Memory) represents upper boundary
of on-chip program memory space (see
Figure 6-1 for device-specific values).
Shaded area represents unimplemented
memory. Areas are not shown to scale.
DS39932D-page 78
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.1.3
PROGRAM COUNTER
The Program Counter (PC) specifies the address of the
instruction to fetch for execution. The PC is 21 bits wide
and is contained in three separate 8-bit registers. The
low byte, known as the PCL register, is both readable
and writable. The high byte, or PCH register, contains
the PC bits; it is not directly readable or writable.
Updates to the PCH register are performed through the
PCLATH register. The upper byte is called PCU. This
register contains the PC bits; it is also not
directly readable or writable. Updates to the PCU
register are performed through the PCLATU register.
The contents of PCLATH and PCLATU are transferred
to the program counter by any operation that writes to
PCL. Similarly, the upper 2 bytes of the program
counter are transferred to PCLATH and PCLATU by an
operation that reads PCL. This is useful for computed
offsets to the PC (see Section 6.1.6.1 “Computed
GOTO”).
The PC addresses bytes in the program memory. To
prevent the PC from becoming misaligned with word
instructions, the Least Significant bit (LSb) of PCL is
fixed to a value of ‘0’. The PC increments by two to
address sequential instructions in the program
memory.
The CALL, RCALL, GOTO and program branch
instructions write to the program counter directly. For
these instructions, the contents of PCLATH and
PCLATU are not transferred to the program counter.
6.1.4
RETURN ADDRESS STACK
The return address stack allows any combination of up
to 31 program calls and interrupts to occur. The PC is
pushed onto the stack when a CALL or RCALL instruction is executed, or an interrupt is Acknowledged. The
PC value is pulled off the stack on a RETURN, RETLW
or a RETFIE instruction (and on ADDULNK and
SUBULNK instructions if the extended instruction set is
enabled). PCLATU and PCLATH are not affected by
any of the RETURN or CALL instructions.
FIGURE 6-3:
The stack operates as a 31-word by 21-bit RAM and a
5-bit Stack Pointer (SP), STKPTR. The stack space is
not part of either program or data space. The Stack
Pointer is readable and writable, and the address on
the top of the stack is readable and writable through the
Top-of-Stack Special Function Registers (SFRs). Data
can also be pushed to, or popped from, the stack using
these registers.
A CALL type instruction causes a push onto the stack.
The Stack Pointer is first incremented and the location
pointed to by the Stack Pointer is written with the
contents of the PC (already pointing to the instruction
following the CALL). A RETURN type instruction causes
a pop from the stack. The contents of the location
pointed to by the STKPTR are transferred to the PC
and then the Stack Pointer is decremented.
The Stack Pointer is initialized to ‘00000’ after all
Resets. There is no RAM associated with the location
corresponding to a Stack Pointer value of ‘00000’; this
is only a Reset value. Status bits indicate if the stack is
full, has overflowed or has underflowed.
6.1.4.1
Top-of-Stack Access
Only the top of the return address stack (TOS) is readable and writable. A set of three registers,
TOSU:TOSH:TOSL, holds the contents of the stack
location pointed to by the STKPTR register
(Figure 6-3). This allows users to implement a software
stack if necessary. After a CALL, RCALL or interrupt
(and ADDULNK and SUBULNK instructions if the
extended instruction set is enabled), the software can
read
the
pushed
value
by
reading
the
TOSU:TOSH:TOSL registers. These values can be
placed on a user-defined software stack. At return time,
the software can return these values to
TOSU:TOSH:TOSL and do a return.
The user must disable the Global Interrupt Enable
(GIE) bits while accessing the stack to prevent inadvertent stack corruption.
RETURN ADDRESS STACK AND ASSOCIATED REGISTERS
Return Address Stack
Stack Pointer
Top-of-Stack Registers
TOSU
00h
TOSH
1Ah
TOSL
34h
Top-of-Stack
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
11111
11110
11101
001A34h
000D58h
STKPTR
00010
00011
00010
00001
00000
DS39932D-page 79
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.1.4.2
Return Stack Pointer (STKPTR)
The STKPTR register (Register 6-1) contains the Stack
Pointer value, the STKFUL (Stack Full) and the
STKUNF (Stack Underflow) status bits. The value of
the Stack Pointer can be 0 through 31. The Stack
Pointer increments before values are pushed onto the
stack and decrements after values are popped off the
stack. On Reset, the Stack Pointer value will be zero.
The user may read and write the Stack Pointer value.
This feature can be used by a Real-Time Operating
System (RTOS) for return stack maintenance.
After the PC is pushed onto the stack 31 times (without
popping any values off the stack), the STKFUL bit is
set. The STKFUL bit is cleared by software or by a
Power-on Reset (POR).
The action that takes place when the stack becomes
full depends on the state of the Stack Overflow Reset
Enable (STVREN) Configuration bit.
Refer to Section 26.1 “Configuration Bits” for device
Configuration bits’ description.
If STVREN is set (default), the 31st push will push the
(PC + 2) value onto the stack, set the STKFUL bit and
reset the device. The STKFUL bit will remain set and
the Stack Pointer will be set to zero.
If STVREN is cleared, the STKFUL bit will be set on the
31st push and the Stack Pointer will increment to 31.
Any additional pushes will not overwrite the 31st push
and the STKPTR will remain at 31.
REGISTER 6-1:
When the stack has been popped enough times to
unload the stack, the next pop will return zero to the PC
and set the STKUNF bit, while the Stack Pointer
remains at zero. The STKUNF bit will remain set until
cleared by software or until a POR occurs.
Note:
6.1.4.3
Returning a value of zero to the PC on an
underflow has the effect of vectoring the
program to the Reset vector, where the
stack conditions can be verified and
appropriate actions can be taken. This is
not the same as a Reset, as the contents
of the SFRs are not affected.
PUSH and POP Instructions
Since the Top-of-Stack is readable and writable, the
ability to push values onto the stack and pull values off
the stack, without disturbing normal program execution
is necessary. The PIC18 instruction set includes two
instructions, PUSH and POP, that permit the TOS to be
manipulated under software control. TOSU, TOSH and
TOSL can be modified to place data or a return address
on the stack.
The PUSH instruction places the current PC value onto
the stack. This increments the Stack Pointer and loads
the current PC value onto the stack.
The POP instruction discards the current TOS by
decrementing the Stack Pointer. The previous value
pushed onto the stack then becomes the TOS value.
STKPTR: STACK POINTER REGISTER (ACCESS FFCh)
R/C-0
R/C-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
STKFUL(1)
STKUNF(1)
—
SP4
SP3
SP2
SP1
SP0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
STKFUL: Stack Full Flag bit(1)
1 = Stack became full or overflowed
0 = Stack has not become full or overflowed
bit 6
STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit(1)
1 = Stack underflow occurred
0 = Stack underflow did not occur
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
SP: Stack Pointer Location bits
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Bits 7 and 6 are cleared by user software or by a POR.
DS39932D-page 80
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.1.4.4
Stack Full and Underflow Resets
Device Resets on stack overflow and stack underflow
conditions are enabled by setting the STVREN bit in
Configuration register 1L. When STVREN is set, a full
or underflow condition sets the appropriate STKFUL or
STKUNF bit and then causes a device Reset. When
STVREN is cleared, a full or underflow condition sets
the appropriate STKFUL or STKUNF bit, but does not
cause a device Reset. The STKFUL or STKUNF bits
are cleared by the user software or a POR.
6.1.5
FAST REGISTER STACK (FRS)
6.1.6
LOOK-UP TABLES IN PROGRAM
MEMORY
There may be programming situations that require the
creation of data structures or look-up tables in program
memory. For PIC18 devices, look-up tables can be
implemented in two ways:
• Computed GOTO
• Table Reads
6.1.6.1
Computed GOTO
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset
to the PC. An example is shown in Example 6-2.
A Fast Register Stack (FRS) is provided for the
STATUS, WREG and BSR registers to provide a “fast
return” option for interrupts. This stack is only one level
deep and is neither readable nor writable. It is loaded
with the current value of the corresponding register
when the processor vectors for an interrupt. All interrupt sources push values into the Stack registers. The
values in the registers are then loaded back into the
working registers if the RETFIE, FAST instruction is
used to return from the interrupt.
A look-up table can be formed with an ADDWF PCL
instruction and a group of RETLW nn instructions. The
W register is loaded with an offset into the table before
executing a call to that table. The first instruction of the
called routine is the ADDWF PCL instruction. The next
executed instruction will be one of the RETLW nn
instructions that returns the value ‘nn’ to the calling
function.
If both low-priority and high-priority interrupts are
enabled, the Stack registers cannot be used reliably to
return from low-priority interrupts. If a high-priority
interrupt occurs while servicing a low-priority interrupt,
the Stack register values stored by the low-priority
interrupt will be overwritten. In these cases, users must
save the key registers in software during a low-priority
interrupt.
In this method, only one byte may be stored in each
instruction location; room on the return address stack is
required.
If interrupt priority is not used, all interrupts may use the
FRS for returns from interrupt. If no interrupts are used,
the FRS can be used to restore the STATUS, WREG
and BSR registers at the end of a subroutine call. To
use the Fast Register Stack for a subroutine call, a
CALL label, FAST instruction must be executed to
save the STATUS, WREG and BSR registers to the
Fast Register Stack. A RETURN, FAST instruction is
then executed to restore these registers from the FRS.
Example 6-1 provides a source code example that
uses the FRS during a subroutine call and return.
EXAMPLE 6-1:
CALL SUB1, FAST
FAST REGISTER STACK
CODE EXAMPLE
;STATUS, WREG, BSR
;SAVED IN FAST REGISTER
;STACK
RETURN FAST
SUB1
;RESTORE VALUES SAVED
;IN FAST REGISTER STACK
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
The offset value (in WREG) specifies the number of
bytes that the PC should advance and should be
multiples of 2 (LSb = 0).
EXAMPLE 6-2:
ORG
TABLE
6.1.6.2
MOVF
CALL
nn00h
ADDWF
RETLW
RETLW
RETLW
.
.
.
COMPUTED GOTO USING
AN OFFSET VALUE
OFFSET, W
TABLE
PCL
nnh
nnh
nnh
Table Reads
A better method of storing data in program memory
allows two bytes to be stored in each instruction
location.
Look-up table data may be stored two bytes per
program word while programming. The Table Pointer
(TBLPTR) specifies the byte address and the Table
Latch (TABLAT) contains the data that is read from the
program memory. Data is transferred from program
memory one byte at a time.
Table read operation is discussed further
Section 7.1 “Table Reads and Table Writes”.
in
DS39932D-page 81
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.2
6.2.2
PIC18 Instruction Cycle
6.2.1
An “Instruction Cycle” consists of four Q cycles, Q1
through Q4. The instruction fetch and execute are pipelined in such a manner that a fetch takes one instruction
cycle, while the decode and execute take another
instruction cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each
instruction effectively executes in one cycle. If an
instruction causes the PC to change (e.g., GOTO), then
two cycles are required to complete the instruction
(Example 6-3).
CLOCKING SCHEME
The microcontroller clock input, whether from an
internal or external source, is internally divided by ‘4’ to
generate four non-overlapping quadrature clocks (Q1,
Q2, Q3 and Q4). Internally, the PC is incremented on
every Q1; the instruction is fetched from the program
memory and latched into the Instruction Register (IR)
during Q4. The instruction is decoded and executed
during the following Q1 through Q4. Figure 6-4
illustrates the clocks and instruction execution flow.
FIGURE 6-4:
INSTRUCTION FLOW/PIPELINING
A fetch cycle begins with the PC incrementing in Q1.
In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched
into the IR in cycle Q1. This instruction is then decoded
and executed during the Q2, Q3 and Q4 cycles. Data
memory is read during Q2 (operand read) and written
during Q4 (destination write).
CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2
Internal
Phase
Clock
Q3
Q4
PC
PC
PC + 2
PC + 4
OSC2/CLKO
(RC mode)
Execute INST (PC – 2)
Fetch INST (PC)
EXAMPLE 6-3:
1. MOVLW 55h
TCY0
TCY1
Fetch 1
Execute 1
3. BRA SUB_1
LATA, 3 (Forced NOP)
5. Instruction @ address SUB_1
Note:
Execute INST (PC + 2)
Fetch INST (PC + 4)
INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
2. MOVWF LATB
4. BSF
Execute INST (PC)
Fetch INST (PC + 2)
Fetch 2
TCY2
TCY3
TCY4
TCY5
Execute 2
Fetch 3
Execute 3
Fetch 4
Flush (NOP)
Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
All instructions are single-cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles since the
fetch instruction is “flushed” from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.
DS39932D-page 82
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.2.3
INSTRUCTIONS IN PROGRAM
MEMORY
The program memory is addressed in bytes. Instructions are stored as 2 bytes or 4 bytes in program
memory. The Least Significant Byte (LSB) of an
instruction word is always stored in a program memory
location with an even address (LSB = 0). To maintain
alignment with instruction boundaries, the PC
increments in steps of 2 and the LSB will always read
‘0’ (see Section 6.1.3 “Program Counter”).
Figure 6-5 provides an example of how instruction
words are stored in the program memory.
FIGURE 6-5:
INSTRUCTIONS IN PROGRAM MEMORY
Program Memory
Byte Locations
6.2.4
The CALL and GOTO instructions have the absolute
program memory address embedded into the instruction. Since instructions are always stored on word
boundaries, the data contained in the instruction is a
word address. The word address is written to PC,
which accesses the desired byte address in program
memory. Instruction #2 in Figure 6-5 displays how the
instruction, GOTO 0006h, is encoded in the program
memory. Program branch instructions, which encode a
relative address offset, operate in the same manner. The
offset value stored in a branch instruction represents the
number of single-word instructions that the PC will be
offset by. Section 27.0 “Instruction Set Summary”
provides further details of the instruction set.
Instruction 1:
Instruction 2:
MOVLW
GOTO
055h
0006h
Instruction 3:
MOVFF
123h, 456h
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
The standard PIC18 instruction set has four two-word
instructions: CALL, MOVFF, GOTO and LSFR. In all
cases, the second word of the instructions always has
‘1111’ as its four Most Significant bits (MSbs); the other
12 bits are literal data, usually a data memory address.
The use of ‘1111’ in the 4 MSbs of an instruction
specifies a special form of NOP. If the instruction is
executed in proper sequence immediately after the first
word, the data in the second word is accessed and
EXAMPLE 6-4:
LSB = 1
LSB = 0
0Fh
EFh
F0h
C1h
F4h
55h
03h
00h
23h
56h
Word Address
000000h
000002h
000004h
000006h
000008h
00000Ah
00000Ch
00000Eh
000010h
000012h
000014h
used by the instruction sequence. If the first word is
skipped for some reason, and the second word is
executed by itself, a NOP is executed instead. This is
necessary for cases when the two-word instruction is
preceded by a conditional instruction that changes the
PC. Example 6-4 illustrates how this works.
Note:
See Section 6.5 “Program Memory and
the Extended Instruction Set” for information on two-word instructions in the
extended instruction set.
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
CASE 1:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2
; No, skip this word
1111 0100 0101 0110
0010 0100 0000 0000
; Execute this word as a NOP
ADDWF
REG3
; continue code
CASE 2:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2
; Yes, execute this word
ADDWF
REG3
; continue code
1111 0100 0101 0110
0010 0100 0000 0000
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
; 2nd word of instruction
DS39932D-page 83
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.3
Note:
Data Memory Organization
The operation of some aspects of data
memory is changed when the PIC18
extended instruction set is enabled. See
Section 6.6 “Data Memory and the
Extended Instruction Set” for more
information.
The data memory in PIC18 devices is implemented as
static RAM. Each register in the data memory has a
12-bit address, allowing up to 4096 bytes of data
memory. The memory space is divided into as many as
16 banks that contain 256 bytes each. The
PIC18F46J11 family implements all available banks
and provides 3.8 Kbytes of data memory available to
the user. Figure 6-6 provides the data memory
organization for the devices.
The data memory contains Special Function Registers
(SFRs) and General Purpose Registers (GPRs). The
SFRs are used for control and status of the controller
and peripheral functions, while GPRs are used for data
storage and scratchpad operations in the user’s
application. Any read of an unimplemented location will
read as ‘0’s.
The instruction set and architecture allow operations
across all banks. The entire data memory may be
accessed by Direct, Indirect or Indexed Addressing
modes. Addressing modes are discussed later in this
section.
To ensure that commonly used registers (select SFRs
and select GPRs) can be accessed in a single cycle,
PIC18 devices implement an Access Bank. This is a
256-byte memory space that provides fast access to
select SFRs and the lower portion of GPR Bank 0 without using the BSR. Section 6.3.2 “Access Bank”
provides a detailed description of the Access RAM.
6.3.1
Most instructions in the PIC18 instruction set make use
of the Bank Pointer, known as the Bank Select Register
(BSR). This SFR holds the 4 MSbs of a location’s
address; the instruction itself includes the 8 LSbs. Only
the four lower bits of the BSR are implemented
(BSR). The upper four bits are unused; they will
always read ‘0’ and cannot be written to. The BSR can
be loaded directly by using the MOVLB instruction.
The value of the BSR indicates the bank in data
memory. The 8 bits in the instruction show the location
in the bank and can be thought of as an offset from the
bank’s lower boundary. The relationship between the
BSR’s value and the bank division in data memory is
illustrated in Figure 6-7.
Since, up to 16 registers may share the same low-order
address, the user must always be careful to ensure that
the proper bank is selected before performing a data
read or write. For example, writing what should be
program data to an 8-bit address of F9h while the BSR
is 0Fh, will end up resetting the PC.
While any bank can be selected, only those banks that
are actually implemented can be read or written to.
Writes to unimplemented banks are ignored, while
reads from unimplemented banks will return ‘0’s. Even
so, the STATUS register will still be affected as if the
operation was successful. The data memory map in
Figure 6-6 indicates which banks are implemented.
In the core PIC18 instruction set, only the MOVFF
instruction fully specifies the 12-bit address of the
source and target registers. This instruction ignores the
BSR completely when it executes. All other instructions
include only the low-order address as an operand and
must use either the BSR or the Access Bank to locate
their target registers.
BANK SELECT REGISTER
Large areas of data memory require an efficient
addressing scheme to make rapid access to any
address possible. Ideally, this means that an entire
address does not need to be provided for each read or
write operation. For PIC18 devices, this is
accomplished with a RAM banking scheme. This
divides the memory space into 16 contiguous banks of
256 bytes. Depending on the instruction, each location
can be addressed directly by its full 12-bit address, or
an 8-bit low-order address and a 4-bit Bank Pointer.
DS39932D-page 84
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 6-6:
DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC18F46J11 FAMILY DEVICES
BSR3:BSR0
00h
= 0000
= 0001
= 0010
= 0011
= 0100
= 0101
= 0110
= 0111
= 1000
= 1001
= 1010
= 1011
= 1100
= 1101
= 1110
= 1111
When a = 0:
Data Memory Map
Access RAM
Bank 0
Bank 1
FFh
00h
GPR
GPR
1FFh
200h
FFh
00h
Bank 2
GPR
FFh
00h
Bank 3
2FFh
300h
Bank 4
When a = 1:
The BSR specifies the bank
used by the instruction.
4FFh
500h
GPR
FFh
00h
5FFh
600h
GPR
Bank 6
FFh
00h
6FFh
700h
GPR
Bank 7
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
Bank 9
7FFh
800h
FFh
00h
Bank 10
GPR
GPR
FFh
00h
GPR
FFh
00h
Bank 12
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
GPR
Access Bank
Access RAM Low
GPR
Bank 8
Bank 15
The remaining 160 bytes are
Special Function Registers
(from Bank 15).
GPR, BDT
Bank 5
Bank 14
The first 96 bytes are general
purpose RAM (from Bank 0).
3FFh
400h
FFh
00h
Bank 13
The BSR is ignored and the
Access Bank is used.
GPR
FFh
00h
Bank 11
000h
05Fh
060h
0FFh
100h
00h
5Fh
Access RAM High 60h
(SFRs)
FFh
8FFh
900h
9FFh
A00h
AFFh
B00h
BFFh
C00h
CFFh
D00h
GPR
GPR
C0h
Non-Access SFR(1)
FFh
00h
Non-Access SFR(1)
60h
DFFh
E00h
EBFh
EC0h
EFFh
F00h
F5Fh
Access SFRs
FFh
Note 1:
FFFh
Addresses EC0h through F5Fh are not part of the Access Bank. Either the BANKED or the MOVFF instruction should
be used to access these SFRs.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 85
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 6-7:
USE OF THE BANK SELECT REGISTER (DIRECT ADDRESSING)
BSR(1)
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
000h
Data Memory
Bank 0
100h
Bank 1
Bank Select(2)
200h
300h
Bank 2
00h
7
FFh
00h
11
From Opcode(2)
11
11
11
11
1
0
1
1
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
Bank 3
through
Bank 13
E00h
Bank 14
F00h
FFFh
Note 1:
2:
6.3.2
Bank 15
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
The Access RAM bit of the instruction can be used to force an override of the selected bank (BSR) to
the registers of the Access Bank.
The MOVFF instruction embeds the entire 12-bit address in the instruction.
ACCESS BANK
While the use of the BSR with an embedded 8-bit
address allows users to address the entire range of
data memory, it also means that the user must always
ensure that the correct bank is selected. Otherwise,
data may be read from or written to the wrong location.
This can be disastrous if a GPR is the intended target
of an operation, but an SFR is written to instead.
Verifying and/or changing the BSR for each read or
write to data memory can become very inefficient.
To streamline access for the most commonly used data
memory locations, the data memory is configured with
an Access Bank, which allows users to access a
mapped block of memory without specifying a BSR.
The Access Bank consists of the first 96 bytes of
memory (00h-5Fh) in Bank 0 and the last 160 bytes of
memory (60h-FFh) in Bank 15. The lower half is known
as the Access RAM and is composed of GPRs. The
upper half is where the device’s SFRs are mapped.
These two areas are mapped contiguously in the
Access Bank and can be addressed in a linear fashion
by an 8-bit address (Figure 6-6).
The Access Bank is used by core PIC18 instructions
that include the Access RAM bit (the ‘a’ parameter in
the instruction). When ‘a’ is equal to ‘1’, the instruction
uses the BSR and the 8-bit address included in the
opcode for the data memory address. When ‘a’ is ‘0’,
however, the instruction is forced to use the Access
Bank address map; the current value of the BSR is
ignored entirely.
DS39932D-page 86
Using this “forced” addressing allows the instruction to
operate on a data address in a single cycle without
updating the BSR first. For 8-bit addresses of 60h and
above, this means that users can evaluate and operate
on SFRs more efficiently. The Access RAM below 60h
is a good place for data values that the user might need
to access rapidly, such as immediate computational
results or common program variables. Access RAM
also allows for faster and more code efficient context
saving and switching of variables.
The mapping of the Access Bank is slightly different
when the extended instruction set is enabled (XINST
Configuration bit = 1). This is discussed in more detail
in Section 6.6.3 “Mapping the Access Bank in
Indexed Literal Offset Mode”.
6.3.3
GENERAL PURPOSE
REGISTER FILE
PIC18 devices may have banked memory in the GPR
area. This is data RAM, which is available for use by all
instructions. GPRs start at the bottom of Bank 0
(address 000h) and grow upward toward the bottom of
the SFR area. GPRs are not initialized by a POR and
are unchanged on all other Resets.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.3.4
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS
The SFRs are registers used by the CPU and peripheral modules for controlling the desired operation of the
device. These registers are implemented as static
RAM. SFRs start at the top of data memory (FFFh) and
extend downward to occupy more than the top half of
Bank 15 (F40h to FFFh). Table 6-2 and Table 6-3 provide a list of these registers.
ALU’s STATUS register is described later in this section.
Registers related to the operation of the peripheral
features are described in the chapter for that peripheral.
The SFRs are typically distributed among the
peripherals whose functions they control. Unused SFR
locations are unimplemented and read as ‘0’s
Note:
The SFRs can be classified into two sets: those
associated with the “core” device functionality (ALU,
Resets and interrupts) and those related to the
peripheral functions. The Reset and Interrupt registers
are described in their corresponding chapters, while the
TABLE 6-2:
The SFRs located between EC0h and
F5Fh are not part of the Access Bank.
Either banked instructions (using BSR) or
the MOVFF instruction should be used to
access these locations. When programming in MPLAB® C18, the compiler will
automatically use the appropriate
addressing mode.
ACCESS BANK SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
FFFh
TOSU
FDFh
INDF2(1)
FBFh
FFEh
TOSH
FDEh
POSTINC2(1)
FBEh
FFDh
TOSL
FDDh
POSTDEC2(1)
FBDh
FFCh
STKPTR
FDCh
PREINC2(1)
FBCh
FFBh
PCLATU
FDBh
PLUSW2(1)
FFAh
PCLATH
FDAh
FSR2H
FF9h
PCL
FD9h
FF8h
TBLPTRU
FF7h
TBLPTRH
FF6h
Name
PSTR1CON
Address
Name
F9Fh
IPR1
ECCP1AS
F9Eh
ECCP1DEL
F9Dh
CCPR1H
FBBh
FBAh
FSR2L
FB9h
FD8h
STATUS
FD7h
TMR0H
TBLPTRL
FD6h
FF5h
TABLAT
FF4h
PRODH
FF3h
FF2h
Address
Name
F7Fh
SPBRGH1
PIR1
F7Eh
BAUDCON1
PIE1
F7Dh
SPBRGH2
F9Ch
RCSTA2
F7Ch
BAUDCON2
CCPR1L
F9Bh
OSCTUNE
F7Bh
TMR3H
CCP1CON
F9Ah
T1GCON
F7Ah
TMR3L
PSTR2CON
F99h
RTCVALH
F79h
T3CON
FB8h
ECCP2AS
F98h
RTCVALL
F78h
TMR4
FB7h
ECCP2DEL
F97h
T3GCON
F77h
PR4
TMR0L
FB6h
CCPR2H
F96h
TRISE
F76h
T4CON
FD5h
T0CON
FB5h
CCPR2L
F95h
TRISD
F75h
SSP2BUF
FD4h
—(5)
FB4h
CCP2CON
F94h
TRISC
F74h
SSP2ADD(3)
PRODL
FD3h
OSCCON
FB3h
CTMUCONH
F93h
TRISB
F73h
SSP2STAT
INTCON
FD2h
CM1CON
FB2h
CTMUCONL
F92h
TRISA
F72h
SSP2CON1
SSP2CON2
FF1h
INTCON2
FD1h
CM2CON
FB1h
CTMUICON
F91h
ALRMCFG
F71h
FF0h
INTCON3
FD0h
RCON
FB0h
SPBRG1
F90h
ALRMRPT
F70h
CMSTAT
FEFh
INDF0(1)
FCFh
TMR1H
FAFh
RCREG1
F8Fh
ALRMVALH
F6Fh
PMADDRH(2,4)
FEEh
POSTINC0(1)
FCEh
TMR1L
FAEh
TXREG1
F8Eh
ALRMVALL
FEDh
(1)
POSTDEC0
FCDh
FECh
PREINC0(1)
FCCh
FEBh
(1)
PLUSW0
FEAh
FSR0H
FE9h
FSR0L
FE8h
WREG
FE7h
INDF1(1)
T1CON
FADh
F6Eh
PMADDRL(2,4)
F8Dh
(2)
LATE
F6Dh
PMDIN1H(2)
RCSTA1
F8Ch
LATD(2)
F6Ch
PMDIN1L(2)
TXSTA1
TMR2
FACh
FCBh
PR2
FABh
SPBRG2
F8Bh
LATC
F6Bh
TXADDRL
FCAh
T2CON
FAAh
RCREG2
F8Ah
LATB
F6Ah
TXADDRH
FC9h
SSP1BUF
FA9h
TXREG2
F89h
LATA
F69h
RXADDRL
FC8h
SSP1ADD(3)
FA8h
TXSTA2
F88h
DMACON1
F68h
RXADDRH
FC7h
SSP1STAT
FA7h
EECON2
F87h
—(5)
F67h
DMABCL
FE6h
(1)
POSTINC1
FC6h
SSP1CON1
FA6h
EECON1
F86h
DMACON2
F66h
DMABCH
FE5h
POSTDEC1(1)
FC5h
SSP1CON2
FA5h
IPR3
F85h
HLVDCON
F65h
—(5)
FE4h
PREINC1(1)
F84h
PORTE(2)
F64h
—(5)
FE3h
PLUSW1(1)
FC3h
ADRESL
FA3h
PIE3
F83h
PORTD(2)
F63h
—(5)
FE2h
FSR1H
FC2h
ADCON0
FA2h
IPR2
F82h
PORTC
F62h
—(5)
FE1h
FSR1L
FC1h
ADCON1
FA1h
PIR2
F81h
PORTB
F61h
—(5)
FE0h
BSR
FC0h
WDTCON
FA0h
PIE2
F80h
PORTA
F60h
—(5)
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
FC4h
ADRESH
FA4h
PIR3
This is not a physical register.
This register is not available on 28-pin devices.
SSPxADD and SSPxMSK share the same address.
PMADDRH and PMDOUTH share the same address and PMADDRL and PMDOUTL share the same address.
PMADDRx is used in Master modes and PMDOUTx is used in Slave modes.
Reserved: Do not write to this location.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 87
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 6-3:
Address
NON-ACCESS BANK SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
F5Fh
PMCONH(1)
F3Fh
RTCCFG
F1Fh
—
EFFh
PPSCON
EDFh
—
F5Eh
PMCONL(1)
F3Eh
RTCCAL
F1Eh
—
EFEh
RPINR24
EDEh
RPOR24(1)
F5Dh
PMMODEH(1)
F3Dh
REFOCON
F1Dh
—
EFDh
RPINR23
EDDh
RPOR23(1)
F5Ch
(1)
F3Ch
PADCFG1
F1Ch
—
EFCh
RPINR22
EDCh
RPOR22(1)
(1)
F3Bh
—
F1Bh
—
EFBh
RPINR21
EDBh
RPOR21(1)
(1)
PMMODEL
F5Bh PMDOUT2H
F5Ah
F59h
F3Ah
—
F1Ah
—
EFAh
—
EDAh
RPOR20(1)
(1)
F39h
—
F19h
—
EF9h
—
ED9h
RPOR19(1)
(1)
PMDOUT2L
PMDIN2H
F58h
PMDIN2L
F38h
—
F18h
—
EF8h
—
ED8h
RPOR18
F57h
PMEH(1)
F37h
—
F17h
—
EF7h
RPINR17
ED7h
RPOR17
F56h
PMEL(1)
F36h
—
F16h
—
EF6h
RPINR16
ED6h
RPOR16
F55h
PMSTATH(1)
F35h
—
F15h
—
EF5h
—
ED5h
RPOR15
F54h
PMSTATL(1)
F34h
—
F14h
—
EF4h
—
ED4h
RPOR14
F53h
CVRCON
F33h
—
F13h
—
EF3h
—
ED3h
RPOR13
F52h
TCLKCON
F32h
—
F12h
—
EF2h
—
ED2h
RPOR12
F51h
—
F31h
—
F11h
—
EF1h
—
ED1h
RPOR11
F50h
—
F30h
—
F10h
—
EF0h
—
ED0h
RPOR10
F4Fh
DSGPR1(2)
F2Fh
—
F0Fh
—
EEFh
—
ECFh
RPOR9
F4Eh
DSGPR0(2)
F2Eh
—
F0Eh
—
EEEh
RPINR8
ECEh
RPOR8
F4Dh
DSCONH(2)
F2Dh
—
F0Dh
—
EEDh
RPINR7
ECDh
RPOR7
F4Ch
DSCONL(2)
F2Ch
—
F0Ch
—
EECh
RPINR6
ECCh
RPOR6
F4Bh
DSWAKEH(2)
F2Bh
—
F0Bh
—
EEBh
—
ECBh
RPOR5
F4Ah
DSWAKEL(2)
F2Ah
—
F0Ah
—
EEAh
RPINR4
ECAh
RPOR4
F49h
ANCON1
F29h
—
F09h
—
EE9h
RPINR3
EC9h
RPOR3
F48h
ANCON0
F28h
—
F08h
—
EE8h
RPINR2
EC8h
RPOR2
F47h
—
F27h
—
F07h
—
EE7h
RPINR1
EC7h
RPOR1
F46h
—
F26h
—
F06h
—
EE6h
—
EC6h
RPOR0
F45h
—
F25h
—
F05h
—
EE5h
—
EC5h
—
F44h
—
F24h
—
F04h
—
EE4h
—
EC4h
—
F43h
—
F23h
—
F03h
—
EE3h
—
EC3h
—
F42h
ODCON1
F22h
—
F02h
—
EE2h
—
EC2h
—
F41h
ODCON2
F21h
—
F01h
—
EE1h
—
EC1h
—
F40h
ODCON3
F20h
—
F00h
—
EE0h
—
EC0h
—
Note 1:
2:
This register is not available on 28-pin devices.
Deep Sleep registers are not available on LF devices.
DS39932D-page 88
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.3.4.1
Context Defined SFRs
There are several registers that share the same
address in the SFR space. The register’s definition and
usage depends on the operating mode of its associated
peripheral. These registers are:
• SSPxADD and SSPxMSK: These are two
separate hardware registers, accessed through a
single SFR address. The operating mode of the
MSSP modules determines which register is
being accessed. See Section 19.5.3.4 “7-Bit
Address Masking Mode” for additional details.
• PMADDRH/L and PMDOUT2H/L: In this case,
these named buffer pairs are actually the same
physical registers. The Parallel Master Port (PMP)
module’s operating mode determines what function the registers take on. See Section 11.1.2
“Data Registers” for additional details.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 89
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 6-4:
File Name
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F46J11 FAMILY)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
—
—
—
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Details
on
Page:
---0 0000
69, 81
TOSH
Top-of-Stack High Byte (TOS)
0000 0000
69, 79
TOSL
Top-of-Stack Low Byte (TOS)
0000 0000
69, 79
00-0 0000
69, 80
TOSU
STKPTR
PCLATU
STKFUL
STKUNF
—
—
—
bit 21(1)
Top-of-Stack Upper Byte (TOS)
Value on
POR, BOR
SP4
SP3
SP2
SP1
SP0
---0 0000
69, 79
PCLATH
Holding Register for PC
0000 0000
69, 79
PCL
PC Low Byte (PC)
0000 0000
69, 79
--00 0000
69, 112
TBLPTRU
—
—
bit 21
Holding Register for PC
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte (TBLPTR)
TBLPTRH
Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR)
0000 0000
69, 112
TBLPTRL
Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR)
0000 0000
69, 112
TABLAT
Program Memory Table Latch
0000 0000
69, 112
PRODH
Product Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
69, 69
PRODL
Product Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
69, 113
RBIF
0000 000x
69, 117
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
1111 1111
69, 118
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
1100 0000
69, 119
INDF0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 not changed (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 98
POSTINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 99
POSTDEC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 post-decremented (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 99
PREINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 99
PLUSW0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory – value of FSR0 pre-incremented (not a physical register) – value
of FSR0 offset by W
N/A
69, 99
FSR0H
---- 0000
69, 98
FSR0L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 Low Byte
—
—
—
—
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 High Byte
xxxx xxxx
69, 98
WREG
Working Register
xxxx xxxx
69, 81
INDF1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 not changed (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 98
POSTINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 99
POSTDEC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 post-decremented (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 99
PREINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 99
PLUSW1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory – value of FSR1 pre-incremented (not a physical register) – value
of FSR1 offset by W
N/A
69, 99
---- 0000
69, 98
FSR1H
—
FSR1L
—
—
—
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 High Byte
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 Low Byte
BSR
—
—
—
—
Bank Select Register
xxxx xxxx
69, 98
---- 0000
69, 84
INDF2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 not changed (not a physical register)
N/A
69, 98
POSTINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
70, 99
POSTDEC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 post-decremented (not a physical register)
N/A
70, 99
PREINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
70, 99
PLUSW2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory – value of FSR2 pre-incremented (not a physical register) – value
of FSR2 offset by W
N/A
70, 99
---- 0000
70, 98
xxxx xxxx
70, 98
FSR2H
—
FSR2L
—
—
—
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 Low Byte
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 High Byte
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved. Bold indicates shared access SFRs.
Bit 21 of the PC is only available in Serial Programming (SP) modes.
Reset value is ‘0’ when Two-Speed Start-up is enabled and ‘1’ if disabled.
The SSPxMSK registers are only accessible when SSPxCON2 = 1001.
Alternate names and definitions for these bits when the MSSP module is operating in I2C™ Slave mode. See Section 19.5.3.2 “Address
Masking Modes” for details.
These bits and/or registers are only available in 44-pin devices; otherwise, they are unimplemented and read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown for
44-pin devices.
The PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L register pairs share the same physical registers and addresses, but have different
functions determined by the module’s operating mode. See Section 11.1.2 “Data Registers” for more information.
DS39932D-page 90
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 6-4:
File Name
STATUS
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F46J11 FAMILY)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on
Page:
—
—
—
N
OV
Z
DC
C
---x xxxx
70, 96
TMR0H
Timer0 Register High Byte
0000 0000
70
TMR0L
Timer0 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
70
70, 197
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
1111 1111
OSCCON
T0CON
IDLEN
IRCF2
IRCF1
IRCF0
OSTS(2)
—
SCS1
SCS0
0110 q-00
70, 44
CM1CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
0001 1111
70, 362
CM2CON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
0001 1111
70, 362
RCON
IPEN
—
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
0-11 1100
70, 129
70
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
70
0000 0000
70, 201
70
T1CON
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
TMR2
Timer2 Register
0000 0000
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
1111 1111
70
-000 0000
70, 213
70
T2CON
—
T2OUTPS3
T2OUTPS2
T2OUTPS1
T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
SSP1BUF
MSSP1 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
xxxx xxxx
SSP1ADD
MSSP1 Address Register (I2C™ Slave mode), MSSP1 Baud Rate Reload Register (I2C Master mode)
0000 0000
70
MSK0
1111 1111
70, 295
70, 292
SSP1MSK(4)
MSK7
MSK6
MSK5
MSK4
MSK3
MSK2
MSK1
SSP1STAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000
SSP1CON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000
70, 293
SSP1CON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
0000 0000
70, 294
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ADMSK5(4)
ADMSK4(4)
ADMSK3(4)
ADMSK2(4)
ADMSK1(4)
SEN
70
ADRESH
A/D Result Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
ADRESL
A/D Result Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
70
ADON
0000 0000
70, 351
70, 352
ADCON0
VCFG1
VCFG0
CHS3
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
ADCON1
ADFM
ADCAL
ACQT2
ACQT1
ACQT0
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
0000 0000
WDTCON
REGSLP
LVDSTAT
ULPLVL
—
DS
ULPEN
ULPSINK
SWDTEN
1qq- q00
70, 406
CMPL1
CMPL0
—
STRSYNC
STRD
STRC
STRB
STRA
00-0 0001
70, 267
PSS1AC1
PSS1AC0
PSS1BD1
PSS1BD0
0000 0000
70
P1DC3
P1DC2
P1DC1
P1DC0
0000 0000
71
PSTR1CON
ECCP1AS
ECCP1DEL
ECCP1ASE ECCP1AS2
P1RSEN
P1DC6
ECCP1AS1 ECCP1AS0
P1DC5
P1DC4
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 HIgh Byte
xxxx xxxx
71
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
71
CCP1CON
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
0000 0000
71
PSTR2CON
CMPL1
CMPL0
—
STRSYNC
STRD
STRC
STRB
STRA
00-0 0001
71, 267
PSS2AC1
PSS2AC0
PSS2BD1
PSS2BD0
0000 0000
71
P2DC3
P2DC2
P2DC1
P2DC0
0000 0000
71
ECCP2AS
ECCP2DEL
ECCP2ASE ECCP2AS2
P2RSEN
P2DC6
ECCP2AS1 ECCP2AS0
P2DC5
P2DC4
CCPR2H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 High Byte
xxxx xxxx
71
CCPR2L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
71
CCP2CON
P2M1
P2M0
DC2B1
DC2B0
CCP2M3
CCP2M2
CCP2M1
CCP2M0
0000 0000
71
CTMUCONH
CTMUEN
—
CTMUSIDL
TGEN
EDGEN
EDGSEQEN
IDISSEN
—
0-00 000-
71
CTMUCONL
EDG2POL
EDG2SEL1
EDG2SEL0
EDG1POL
EDG1SEL1
EDG1SEL0
EDG2STAT
EDG1STAT
0000 00xx
71
CTMUICON
ITRIM5
ITRIM4
ITRIM3
ITRIM2
ITRIM1
ITRIM0
IRNG1
IRNG0
0000 0000
71
0000 0000
71
SPBRG1
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register Low Byte
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved. Bold indicates shared access SFRs.
Bit 21 of the PC is only available in Serial Programming (SP) modes.
Reset value is ‘0’ when Two-Speed Start-up is enabled and ‘1’ if disabled.
The SSPxMSK registers are only accessible when SSPxCON2 = 1001.
Alternate names and definitions for these bits when the MSSP module is operating in I2C™ Slave mode. See Section 19.5.3.2 “Address
Masking Modes” for details.
These bits and/or registers are only available in 44-pin devices; otherwise, they are unimplemented and read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown for
44-pin devices.
The PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L register pairs share the same physical registers and addresses, but have different
functions determined by the module’s operating mode. See Section 11.1.2 “Data Registers” for more information.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 91
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 6-4:
File Name
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F46J11 FAMILY)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on
Page:
RCREG1
EUSART1 Receive Register
0000 0000
71
TXREG1
EUSART1 Transmit Register
0000 0000
71
TXSTA1
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
71, 328
RCSTA1
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 0000
71, 329
71
SPBRG2
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register Low Byte
0000 0000
RCREG2
EUSART2 Receive Register
0000 0000
71
TXREG2
EUSART2 Transmit Register
0000 0000
71
0000 0010
71, 328
TXSTA2
EECON2
EECON1
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
Program Memory Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
---- ----
71
--00 x00-
71, 105
—
—
WPROG
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
—
IPR3
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
RC2IP
TX2IP
TMR4IP
CTMUIP
TMR3GIP
RTCCIP
1111 1111
71, 128
PIR3
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
RC2IF
TX2IF
TMR4IF
CTMUIF
TMR3GIF
RTCCIF
0000 0000
71, 122
PIE3
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
RC2IE
TX2IE
TMR4IE
CTMUIE
TMR3GIE
RTCCIE
0000 0000
71, 125
IPR2
OSCFIP
CM2IP
CM1IP
—
BCL1IP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
111- 1111
71, 127
PIR2
OSCFIF
CM2IF
CM1IF
—
BCL1IF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
000- 0000
71, 121
PIE2
OSCFIE
CM2IE
CM1IE
—
BCL1IE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
000- 0000
71, 124
IPR1
PMPIP(5)
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
71, 126
PIR1
PMPIF(5)
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
71, 120
PIE1
PMPIE(5)
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
71, 123
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 0000
72, 329
OSCTUNE
INTSRC
PLLEN
TUN5
TUN4
TUN3
TUN2
TUN1
TUN0
0000 0000
72, 42
T1GCON
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
T1DONE
T1GVAL
T1GSS1
T1GSS0
0000 0x00
72, 202
RCSTA2
RTCVALH
RTCC Value Register Window High Byte, Based on RTCPTR
0xxx xxxx
72
RTCVALL
RTCC Value Register Window Low Byte, Based on RTCPTR
0xxx xxxx
72
0000 0x00
72, 216
T3GCON
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GTM
T3GSPM
T3GGO/
T3DONE
T3GVAL
T3GSS1
T3GSS0
TRISE
—
—
—
—
—
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
---- -111
72
TRISD
TRISD7
TRISD6
TRISD5
TRISD4
TRISD3
TRISD2
TRISD1
TRISD0
1111 1111
72
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
1111 1111
72
TRISB
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
1111 1111
72
TRISA
TRISA7
TRISA6
TRISA5
—
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
111- 1111
72
ALRMEN
CHIME
AMASK3
AMASK2
AMASK1
AMASK0
ALRMPTR1
ALRMPTR0
0000 0000
72, 231
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
0000 0000
72, 232
ALRMCFG
ALRMRPT
ALRMVALH
Alarm Value Register Window High Byte, Based on ALRMPTR
xxxx xxxx
72
ALRMVALL
Alarm Value Register Window Low Byte, Based on ALRMPTR
xxxx xxxx
72
LATE
—
—
—
—
—
LATE2
LATE1
LATE0
---- -xxx
72
LATD
LATD7
LATD6
LATD5
LATD4
LATD3
LATD2
LATD1
LATD0
xxxx xxxx
72
LATC
LATC7
LATC6
LATC5
LATC4
LATC3
LATC2
LATC1
LATC0
xxxx xxxx
72
LATB
LATB7
LATB6
LATB5
LATB4
LATB3
LATB2
LATB1
LATB0
xxxx xxxx
72
LATA
DMACON1
DMATXBUF
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
LATA7
LATA6
LATA5
—
LATA3
LATA2
LATA1
LATA0
xxx- xxxx
72
SSCON1
SSCON0
TXINC
RXINC
DUPLEX1
DUPLEX0
DLYINTEN
DMAEN
0000 0000
72, 284
xxxx xxxx
72
SPI DMA Transmit Buffer
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved. Bold indicates shared access SFRs.
Bit 21 of the PC is only available in Serial Programming (SP) modes.
Reset value is ‘0’ when Two-Speed Start-up is enabled and ‘1’ if disabled.
The SSPxMSK registers are only accessible when SSPxCON2 = 1001.
Alternate names and definitions for these bits when the MSSP module is operating in I2C™ Slave mode. See Section 19.5.3.2 “Address
Masking Modes” for details.
These bits and/or registers are only available in 44-pin devices; otherwise, they are unimplemented and read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown for
44-pin devices.
The PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L register pairs share the same physical registers and addresses, but have different
functions determined by the module’s operating mode. See Section 11.1.2 “Data Registers” for more information.
DS39932D-page 92
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 6-4:
File Name
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F46J11 FAMILY)
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on
Page:
INTLVL0
0000 0000
72, 285
HLVDL0
0000 0000
72
RE1
RE0
00-- -xxx
72
RD2
RD1
RD0
xxxx xxxx
72
RC4
RC2
RC1
RC0
xxxx xxxx
72
RB4
RB3
RB2
RB1
RB0
xxxx xxxx
72
—
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
xxx- xxxx
72
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
DMACON2
DLYCYC3
DLYCYC2
DLYCYC1
DLYCYC0
INTLVL3
INTLVL2
INTLVL1
HLVDCON
VDIRMAG
BGVST
IRVST
HLVDEN
HLVDL3
HLVDL2
HLVDL1
PORTE
RDPU
REPU
—
—
—
RE2
PORTD
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
PORTC
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
PORTB
RB7
RB6
RB5
PORTA
RA7
RA6
RA5
SPBRGH1
EUSART1 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
BAUDCON1
ABDOVF
SPBRGH2
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
BRG16
—
WUE
ABDEN
EUSART2 Baud Rate Generator Register High Byte
BAUDCON2
ABDOVF
RCIDL
RXDTP
TXCKP
0000 0000
72
0100 0-00
72, 330
0000 0000
72
0100 0-00
72, 330
73
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
73
0000 -000
73, 215
73
T3CON
TMR3CS1
TMR3CS0
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
—
T3SYNC
RD16
TMR3ON
TMR4
Timer4 Register
0000 0000
PR4
Timer4 Period Register
1111 1111
73
-000 0000
73, 225
T4CON
—
T4OUTPS3
T4OUTPS2
T4OUTPS1
T4OUTPS0
TMR4ON
T4CKPS1
T4CKPS0
SSP2BUF
MSSP2 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
xxxx xxxx
73
SSP2ADD/
SSP2MSK(4)
MSSP2 Address Register (I2C™ Slave mode), MSSP2 Baud Rate Reload Register (I2C Master mode)
0000 0000
73, 295
MSK7
MSK6
MSK5
MSK4
MSK3
MSK2
MSK1
MSK0
1111 1111
73, 295
SSP2STAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000
73, 273
SSP2CON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000
73, 293
SSP2CON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
0000 0000
73, 294
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ADMSK5(4)
ADMSK4(4)
ADMSK3(4)
ADMSK2(4)
ADMSK1(4)
SEN
CMSTAT
—
—
—
—
—
—
COUT2
COUT1
PMADDRH/
—
CS1
Parallel Master Port Address High Byte
---- --11
73, 363
-000 0000
73, 179
PMDOUT1H(5) Parallel Port Out Data High Byte (Buffer 1)
0000 0000
73, 179
PMADDRL/
Parallel Master Port Address Low Byte
0000 0000
73, 179
PMDOUT1L(5)
Parallel Port Out Data Low Byte (Buffer 0)
0000 0000
73, 179
PMDIN1H(5)
Parallel Port In Data High Byte (Buffer 1)
0000 0000
73
PMDIN1L(5)
Parallel Port In Data Low Byte (Buffer 0)
0000 0000
73
TXADDRL
SPI DMA Transit Data Pointer Low Byte
0000 0000
73
---- 0000
73
0000 0000
73
---- 0000
73
0000 0000
73
---- --00
73
—
TXADDRH
RXADDRL
—
—
—
SPI DMA Transit Data Pointer High Byte
SPI DMA Receive Data Pointer Low Byte
RXADDRH
—
DMABCL
—
—
—
SPI DMA Receive Data Pointer High Byte
SPI DMA Byte Count Low Byte
DMABCH
—
—
—
—
—
—
SPI DMA Receive Data
Pointer High Byte
PMCONH(5)
PMPEN
—
—
ADRMUX1
ADRMUX0
PTBEEN
PTWREN
PTRDEN
0--0 0000
73, 172
PMCONL(5)
CSF1
CSF0
ALP
—
CS1P
BEP
WRSP
RDSP
000- 0000
73, 173
PMMODEH(5)
BUSY
IRQM1
IRQM0
INCM1
INCM0
MODE16
MODE1
MODE0
0000 0000
73, 174
PMMODEL(5)
WAITB1
WAITB0
WAITM3
WAITM2
WAITM1
WAITM0
WAITE1
WAITE0
0000 0000
73, 175
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved. Bold indicates shared access SFRs.
Bit 21 of the PC is only available in Serial Programming (SP) modes.
Reset value is ‘0’ when Two-Speed Start-up is enabled and ‘1’ if disabled.
The SSPxMSK registers are only accessible when SSPxCON2 = 1001.
Alternate names and definitions for these bits when the MSSP module is operating in I2C™ Slave mode. See Section 19.5.3.2 “Address
Masking Modes” for details.
These bits and/or registers are only available in 44-pin devices; otherwise, they are unimplemented and read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown for
44-pin devices.
The PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L register pairs share the same physical registers and addresses, but have different
functions determined by the module’s operating mode. See Section 11.1.2 “Data Registers” for more information.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 93
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 6-4:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F46J11 FAMILY)
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on
Page:
PMDOUT2H(5) Parallel Port Out Data High Byte (Buffer 3)
0000 0000
73
PMDOUT2L(5)
Parallel Port Out Data Low Byte (Buffer 2)
0000 0000
73
PMDIN2H(5)
Parallel Port In Data High Byte (Buffer 3)
0000 0000
73
PMDIN2L(5)
Parallel Port In Data Low Byte (Buffer 2)
0000 0000
73
0000 0000
73, 176
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
PMEH(5)
PTEN15
PTEN14
PTEN13
PTEN12
PTEN11
PTEN10
PTEN9
PTEN8
PMEL(5)
PTEN7
PTEN6
PTEN5
PTEN4
PTEN3
PTEN2
PTEN1
PTEN0
0000 0000
73, 176
IBF
IBOV
—
—
IB3F
IB2F
IB1F
IB0F
00-- 0000
73, 177
PMSTATH(5)
PMSTATL(5)
CVRCON
TCLKCON
OBE
OBUF
—
—
OB3E
OB2E
OB1E
OB0E
10-- 1111
73, 177
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000
73, 370
—
—
—
T1RUN
—
—
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
---0 --00
203
DSGPR1
Deep Sleep Persistent General Purpose Register (contents retained even in Deep Sleep)
uuuu uuuu
59
DSGPR0
Deep Sleep Persistent General Purpose Register (contents retained even in Deep Sleep)
uuuu uuuu
59
DSCONH
DSEN
—
—
—
—
(Reserved)
DSULPEN
RTCWDIS
0--- -000
58
DSCONL
—
—
—
—
—
ULPWDIS
DSBOR
RELEASE
---- -000
58
DSWAKEH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DSINT0
---- ---0
60
DSWAKEL
DSFLT
—
DSULP
DSWDT
DSRTC
DSMCLR
—
DSPOR
0-00 00-1
60
ANCON1
VBGEN
r
—
PCFG12
PCFG11
PCFG10
PCFG9
PCFG8
00-0 0000
73, 353
ANCON0
PCFG7(5)
PCFG6(5)
PCFG5(5)
PCFG4
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
0000 0000
73, 353
ODCON1
—
—
—
—
—
—
ECCP20D
ECCP10D
---- --00
73, 133
ODCON2
—
—
—
—
—
—
U2OD
U1OD
---- --00
73, 133
ODCON3
—
—
—
—
—
—
SPI2OD
SPI1OD
---- --00
73, 134
RTCCFG
RTCEN
—
RTCWREN
RTCSYNC
HALFSEC
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
0-00 0000
73, 229
RTCCAL
CAL7
CAL6
CAL5
CAL4
CAL3
CAL2
CAL1
CAL0
0000 0000
73, 230
REFOCON
ROON
—
ROSSLP
ROSEL
RODIV3
RODIV2
RODIV1
RODIV0
0-00 0000
73, 45
PADCFG1
—
—
—
—
—
RTSECSEL1
RTSECSEL0
PMPTTL
---- -000
73, 134
PPSCON
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
IOLOCK
RPINR24
—
—
—
---- ---0
155
Input Function FLT0 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
74, 160
RPINR23
—
—
—
Input Function SS2 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
74, 160
RPINR22
—
—
—
Input Function SCK2 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
74, 160
RPINR21
—
—
—
Input Function SDI2 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
74, 159
RPINR17
—
—
—
Input Function CK2 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
74, 159
RPINR16
—
—
—
Input Function RX2DT2 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
159
RPINR13
—
—
—
Input Function T3G to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 158
RPINR12
—
—
—
Input Function T1G to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 158
RPINR8
—
—
—
Input Function IC2 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 158
RPINR7
—
—
—
Input Function IC1 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 157
RPINR6
—
—
—
Input Function T3CKI to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 157
RPINR4
—
—
—
Input Function T0CKI to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 157
RPINR3
—
—
—
Input Function INT3 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 156
RPINR2
—
—
—
Input Function INT2 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75
RPINR1
—
—
—
Input Function INT1 to Input Pin Mapping Bits
---1 1111
75, 156
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP24 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
74, 169
RPOR24(5)
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved. Bold indicates shared access SFRs.
Bit 21 of the PC is only available in Serial Programming (SP) modes.
Reset value is ‘0’ when Two-Speed Start-up is enabled and ‘1’ if disabled.
The SSPxMSK registers are only accessible when SSPxCON2 = 1001.
Alternate names and definitions for these bits when the MSSP module is operating in I2C™ Slave mode. See Section 19.5.3.2 “Address
Masking Modes” for details.
These bits and/or registers are only available in 44-pin devices; otherwise, they are unimplemented and read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown for
44-pin devices.
The PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L register pairs share the same physical registers and addresses, but have different
functions determined by the module’s operating mode. See Section 11.1.2 “Data Registers” for more information.
DS39932D-page 94
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 6-4:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (PIC18F46J11 FAMILY)
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on
Page:
Remappable Pin RP23 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
74, 169
Remappable Pin RP22 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
74, 168
—
Remappable Pin RP21 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
74, 168
—
—
Remappable Pin RP20 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
74, 168
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP19 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
74, 167
RPOR18
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP18 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
74, 167
RPOR17
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP17 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 167
RPOR16
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP16 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 166
RPOR15
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP15 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 166
RPOR14
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP14 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 166
RPOR13
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP13 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 165
RPOR12
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP12 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 165
RPOR11
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP11 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 165
RPOR10
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP10 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 164
RPOR9
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP9 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 164
RPOR8
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP8 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 163
RPOR7
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP7 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 163
RPOR6
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP6 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 163
RPOR5
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP5 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 162
RPOR4
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP4 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 162
RPOR3
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP3 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 162
RPOR2
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP2 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 161
RPOR1
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP1 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 161
RPOR0
—
—
—
Remappable Pin RP0 Output Signal Select Bits
---0 0000
75, 161
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
RPOR23(5)
—
—
—
RPOR22(5)
—
—
—
RPOR21(5)
—
—
RPOR20(5)
—
RPOR19(5)
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, q = value depends on condition, r = reserved. Bold indicates shared access SFRs.
Bit 21 of the PC is only available in Serial Programming (SP) modes.
Reset value is ‘0’ when Two-Speed Start-up is enabled and ‘1’ if disabled.
The SSPxMSK registers are only accessible when SSPxCON2 = 1001.
Alternate names and definitions for these bits when the MSSP module is operating in I2C™ Slave mode. See Section 19.5.3.2 “Address
Masking Modes” for details.
These bits and/or registers are only available in 44-pin devices; otherwise, they are unimplemented and read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown for
44-pin devices.
The PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L register pairs share the same physical registers and addresses, but have different
functions determined by the module’s operating mode. See Section 11.1.2 “Data Registers” for more information.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 95
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.3.5
STATUS REGISTER
The STATUS register in Register 6-2, contains the
arithmetic status of the ALU. The STATUS register can
be the operand for any instruction, as with any other
register. If the STATUS register is the destination for an
instruction that affects the Z, DC, C, OV or N bits, then
the write to these five bits is disabled.
These bits are set or cleared according to the device
logic. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the
STATUS register as destination may be different than
intended. For example, CLRF STATUS will set the Z bit
but leave the other bits unchanged. The STATUS
REGISTER 6-2:
U-0
For other instructions not affecting any Status bits, see
the instruction set summary in Table 27-2 and
Table 27-3.
Note:
The C and DC bits operate as a borrow
and digit borrow bits respectively, in
subtraction.
STATUS REGISTER (ACCESS FD8h)
U-0
—
register then reads back as ‘000u u1uu’. It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF, SWAPF, MOVFF
and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the STATUS
register because these instructions do not affect the Z,
C, DC, OV or N bits in the STATUS register.
—
U-0
—
R/W-x
N
R/W-x
OV
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
Z
DC(1)
C(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
N: Negative bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2’s complement). It indicates whether the result was negative
(ALU MSB = 1).
1 = Result was negative
0 = Result was positive
bit 3
OV: Overflow bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2’s complement). It indicates an overflow of the 7-bit magnitude,
which causes the sign bit (bit 7) to change state.
1 = Overflow occurred for signed arithmetic (in this arithmetic operation)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 2
Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1
DC: Digit carry/borrow bit(1)
For ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW and SUBWF instructions:
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result
bit 0
C: Carry/borrow bit(1)
For ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW and SUBWF instructions:
1 = A carry-out from the MSb of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the MSb of the result occurred
Note 1:
For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the 2’s complement of the second
operand.
DS39932D-page 96
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.4
Data Addressing Modes
Note:
The execution of some instructions in the
core PIC18 instruction set is changed
when the PIC18 extended instruction set is
enabled. See Section 6.6 “Data Memory
and the Extended Instruction Set” for
more information.
While the program memory can be addressed in only
one way, through the PC, information in the data
memory space can be addressed in several ways. For
most instructions, the addressing mode is fixed. Other
instructions may use up to three modes, depending on
which operands are used and whether or not the
extended instruction set is enabled.
The addressing modes are:
•
•
•
•
Inherent
Literal
Direct
Indirect
An additional addressing mode, Indexed Literal Offset,
is available when the extended instruction set is
enabled (XINST Configuration bit = 1). Its operation is
discussed in more detail in Section 6.6.1 “Indexed
Addressing with Literal Offset”.
6.4.1
INHERENT AND LITERAL
ADDRESSING
Many PIC18 control instructions do not need any
argument at all; they either perform an operation that
globally affects the device, or they operate implicitly on
one register. This addressing mode is known as
Inherent Addressing. Examples include SLEEP, RESET
and DAW.
Other instructions work in a similar way, but require an
additional explicit argument in the opcode. This is
known as Literal Addressing mode, because they
require some literal value as an argument. Examples
include ADDLW and MOVLW, which respectively, add or
move a literal value to the W register. Other examples
include CALL and GOTO, which include a 20-bit
program memory address.
6.4.2
DIRECT ADDRESSING
Direct Addressing specifies all or part of the source
and/or destination address of the operation within the
opcode itself. The options are specified by the
arguments accompanying the instruction.
In the core PIC18 instruction set, bit-oriented and
byte-oriented instructions use some version of Direct
Addressing by default. All of these instructions include
some 8-bit Literal Address as their LSB. This address
specifies either a register address in one of the banks
of data RAM (Section 6.3.3 “General Purpose
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Register File”), or a location in the Access Bank
(Section 6.3.2 “Access Bank”) as the data source for
the instruction.
The Access RAM bit, ‘a’, determines how the address
is interpreted. When ‘a’ is ‘1’, the contents of the BSR
(Section 6.3.1 “Bank Select Register”) are used with
the address to determine the complete 12-bit address
of the register. When ‘a’ is ‘0’, the address is interpreted
as being a register in the Access Bank. Addressing that
uses the Access RAM is sometimes also known as
Direct Forced Addressing mode.
A few instructions, such as MOVFF, include the entire
12-bit address (either source or destination) in their
opcodes. In these cases, the BSR is ignored entirely.
The destination of the operation’s results is determined
by the destination bit, ‘d’. When ‘d’ is ‘1’, the results are
stored back in the source register, overwriting its
original contents. When ‘d’ is ‘0’, the results are stored
in the W register. Instructions without the ‘d’ argument
have a destination that is implicit in the instruction; their
destination is either the target register being operated
on or the W register.
6.4.3
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
Indirect Addressing allows the user to access a location
in data memory without giving a fixed address in the
instruction. This is done by using File Select Registers
(FSRs) as pointers to the locations to be read or written
to. Since the FSRs are themselves located in RAM as
SFRs, they can also be directly manipulated under
program control. This makes FSRs very useful in
implementing data structures such as tables and arrays
in data memory.
The registers for Indirect Addressing are also
implemented with Indirect File Operands (INDFs) that
permit automatic manipulation of the pointer value with
auto-incrementing, auto-decrementing or offsetting
with another value. This allows for efficient code using
loops, such as the example of clearing an entire RAM
bank in Example 6-5. It also enables users to perform
Indexed Addressing and other Stack Pointer
operations for program memory in data memory.
EXAMPLE 6-5:
NEXT
LFSR
CLRF
BTFSS
BRA
CONTINUE
HOW TO CLEAR RAM
(BANK 1) USING INDIRECT
ADDRESSING
FSR0, 0x100 ;
POSTINC0
;
;
;
FSR0H, 1
;
;
NEXT
;
;
Clear INDF
register then
inc pointer
All done with
Bank1?
NO, clear next
YES, continue
DS39932D-page 97
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.4.3.1
FSR Registers and the INDF
Operand (INDF)
SFR space but are not physically implemented. Reading or writing to a particular INDF register actually
accesses its corresponding FSR register pair. A read
from INDF1, for example, reads the data at the address
indicated by FSR1H:FSR1L. Instructions that use the
INDF registers as operands actually use the contents
of their corresponding FSR as a pointer to the instruction’s target. The INDF operand is just a convenient
way of using the pointer.
At the core of Indirect Addressing are three sets of
registers: FSR0, FSR1 and FSR2. Each represents a
pair of 8-bit registers, FSRnH and FSRnL. The four
upper bits of the FSRnH register are not used, so each
FSR pair holds a 12-bit value. This represents a value
that can address the entire range of the data memory
in a linear fashion. The FSR register pairs, then, serve
as pointers to data memory locations.
Because Indirect Addressing uses a full 12-bit address,
data RAM banking is not necessary. Thus, the current
contents of the BSR and the Access RAM bit have no
effect on determining the target address.
Indirect Addressing is accomplished with a set of INDF
operands, INDF0 through INDF2. These can be presumed to be “virtual” registers: they are mapped in the
FIGURE 6-8:
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
000h
Using an instruction with one of the
Indirect Addressing registers as the
operand....
Bank 0
ADDWF, INDF1, 1
100h
Bank 1
200h
...uses the 12-bit address stored in
the FSR pair associated with that
register....
300h
FSR1H:FSR1L
7
0
x x x x 1 1 1 1
7
0
Bank 2
Bank 3
through
Bank 13
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
...to determine the data memory
location to be used in that operation.
In this case, the FSR1 pair contains
FCCh. This means the contents of
location FCCh will be added to that
of the W register and stored back in
FCCh.
E00h
Bank 14
F00h
FFFh
Bank 15
Data Memory
DS39932D-page 98
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.4.3.2
FSR Registers and POSTINC,
POSTDEC, PREINC and PLUSW
In addition to the INDF operand, each FSR register pair
also has four additional indirect operands. Like INDF,
these are “virtual” registers that cannot be indirectly
read or written to. Accessing these registers actually
accesses the associated FSR register pair, but also
performs a specific action on its stored value. They are:
• POSTDEC: accesses the FSR value, then
automatically decrements it by ‘1’ thereafter
• POSTINC: accesses the FSR value, then
automatically increments it by ‘1’ thereafter
• PREINC: increments the FSR value by ‘1’, then
uses it in the operation
• PLUSW: adds the signed value of the W register
(range of -128 to 127) to that of the FSR and uses
the new value in the operation
In this context, accessing an INDF register uses the
value in the FSR registers without changing them.
Similarly, accessing a PLUSW register gives the FSR
value offset by the value in the W register; neither value
is actually changed in the operation. Accessing the
other virtual registers changes the value of the FSR
registers.
Operations on the FSRs with POSTDEC, POSTINC
and PREINC affect the entire register pair; that is, rollovers of the FSRnL register from FFh to 00h carry over
to the FSRnH register. On the other hand, results of
these operations do not change the value of any flags
in the STATUS register (e.g., Z, N, OV, etc.).
The PLUSW register can be used to implement a form
of Indexed Addressing in the data memory space. By
manipulating the value in the W register, users can
reach addresses that are fixed offsets from pointer
addresses. In some applications, this can be used to
implement some powerful program control structure,
such as software stacks, inside of data memory.
6.4.3.3
Operations by FSRs on FSRs
Since the FSRs are physical registers mapped in the
SFR space, they can be manipulated through all direct
operations. Users should proceed cautiously when
working on these registers, particularly if their code
uses Indirect Addressing.
Similarly, operations by Indirect Addressing are generally permitted on all other SFRs. Users should exercise
appropriate caution that they do not inadvertently
change settings that might affect the operation of the
device.
6.5
Program Memory and the
Extended Instruction Set
The operation of program memory is unaffected by the
use of the extended instruction set.
Enabling the extended instruction set adds five
additional two-word commands to the existing PIC18
instruction set: ADDFSR, CALLW, MOVSF, MOVSS and
SUBFSR. These instructions are executed as described
in Section 6.2.4 “Two-Word Instructions”.
6.6
Data Memory and the Extended
Instruction Set
Enabling the PIC18 extended instruction set (XINST
Configuration bit = 1) significantly changes certain
aspects of data memory and its addressing. Specifically,
the use of the Access Bank for many of the core PIC18
instructions is different. This is due to the introduction of
a new addressing mode for the data memory space.
This mode also alters the behavior of Indirect
Addressing using FSR2 and its associated operands.
What does not change is just as important. The size of
the data memory space is unchanged, as well as its
linear addressing. The SFR map remains the same.
Core PIC18 instructions can still operate in both Direct
and Indirect Addressing mode; inherent and literal
instructions do not change at all. Indirect Addressing
with FSR0 and FSR1 also remains unchanged.
Indirect Addressing operations that target other FSRs
or virtual registers represent special cases. For
example, using an FSR to point to one of the virtual
registers will not result in successful operations. As a
specific case, assume that FSR0H:FSR0L contains
FE7h, the address of INDF1. Attempts to read the
value of the INDF1, using INDF0 as an operand, will
return 00h. Attempts to write to INDF1, using INDF0 as
the operand, will result in a NOP.
On the other hand, using the virtual registers to write to
an FSR pair may not occur as planned. In these cases,
the value will be written to the FSR pair but without any
incrementing or decrementing. Thus, writing to INDF2
or POSTDEC2 will write the same value to
FSR2H:FSR2L.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 99
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.6.1
INDEXED ADDRESSING WITH
LITERAL OFFSET
Enabling the PIC18 extended instruction set changes
the behavior of Indirect Addressing using the FSR2
register pair and its associated file operands. Under
proper conditions, instructions that use the Access
Bank, that is, most bit and byte-oriented instructions,
can invoke a form of Indexed Addressing using an
offset specified in the instruction. This special addressing mode is known as Indexed Addressing with Literal
Offset, or Indexed Literal Offset mode.
When using the extended instruction set, this
addressing mode requires the following:
• The use of the Access Bank is forced (‘a’ = 0);
and
• The file address argument is less than or equal to
5Fh.
Under these conditions, the file address of the instruction is not interpreted as the lower byte of an address
(used with the BSR in Direct Addressing) or as an 8-bit
address in the Access Bank. Instead, the value is interpreted as an offset value to an Address Pointer
specified by FSR2. The offset and the contents of
FSR2 are added to obtain the target address of the
operation.
DS39932D-page 100
6.6.2
INSTRUCTIONS AFFECTED BY
INDEXED LITERAL OFFSET MODE
Any of the core PIC18 instructions that can use Direct
Addressing are potentially affected by the Indexed
Literal Offset Addressing mode. This includes all byte
and bit-oriented instructions, or almost one-half of the
standard PIC18 instruction set. Instructions that only
use Inherent or Literal Addressing modes are
unaffected.
Additionally, byte and bit-oriented instructions are not
affected if they do not use the Access Bank (Access
RAM bit is ‘1’) or include a file address of 60h or above.
Instructions meeting these criteria will continue to
execute as before. A comparison of the different possible addressing modes when the extended instruction set
is enabled is provided in Figure 6-9.
Those who desire to use byte or bit-oriented instructions in the Indexed Literal Offset mode should note the
changes to assembler syntax for this mode. This is
described in more detail in Section 27.2.1 “Extended
Instruction Syntax”.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 6-9:
COMPARING ADDRESSING OPTIONS FOR BIT-ORIENTED AND BYTE-ORIENTED
INSTRUCTIONS (EXTENDED INSTRUCTION SET ENABLED)
EXAMPLE INSTRUCTION: ADDWF, f, d, a (Opcode: 0010 01da ffff ffff)
When a = 0 and f 60h:
The instruction executes in
Direct Forced mode. ‘f’ is
interpreted as a location in the
Access RAM between 060h
and FFFh. This is the same as
locations F60h to FFFh
(Bank 15) of data memory.
Locations below 060h are not
available in this addressing
mode.
000h
060h
Bank 0
100h
00h
Bank 1
through
Bank 14
60h
Valid range
for ‘f’
FFh
F00h
Access RAM
Bank 15
F60h
SFRs
FFFh
Data Memory
When a = 0 and f5Fh:
The instruction executes in
Indexed Literal Offset mode. ‘f’
is interpreted as an offset to the
address value in FSR2. The
two are added together to
obtain the address of the target
register for the instruction. The
address can be anywhere in
the data memory space.
Note that in this mode, the
correct syntax is:
ADDWF [k], d
where ‘k’ is same as ‘f’.
000h
Bank 0
060h
100h
001001da ffffffff
Bank 1
through
Bank 14
FSR2H
FSR2L
F00h
Bank 15
F60h
SFRs
FFFh
Data Memory
When a = 1 (all values of f):
The instruction executes in
Direct mode (also known as
Direct Long mode). ‘f’ is
interpreted as a location in
one of the 16 banks of the data
memory space. The bank is
designated by the Bank Select
Register (BSR). The address
can be in any implemented
bank in the data memory
space.
BSR
00000000
000h
Bank 0
060h
100h
Bank 1
through
Bank 14
001001da ffffffff
F00h
Bank 15
F60h
SFRs
FFFh
Data Memory
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 101
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
6.6.3
MAPPING THE ACCESS BANK IN
INDEXED LITERAL OFFSET MODE
The use of Indexed Literal Offset Addressing mode
effectively changes how the lower part of Access RAM
(00h to 5Fh) is mapped. Rather than containing just the
contents of the bottom part of Bank 0, this mode maps
the contents from Bank 0 and a user-defined “window”
that can be located anywhere in the data memory
space. The value of FSR2 establishes the lower
boundary of the addresses mapped to the window,
while the upper boundary is defined by FSR2 plus 95
(5Fh). Addresses in the Access RAM above 5Fh are
mapped as previously described (see Section 6.3.2
“Access Bank”). Figure 6-10 provides an example of
Access Bank remapping in this addressing mode.
FIGURE 6-10:
Remapping of the Access Bank applies only to operations using the Indexed Literal Offset mode. Operations
that use the BSR (Access RAM bit is ‘1’) will continue
to use Direct Addressing as before. Any Indirect or
Indexed Addressing operation that explicitly uses any
of the indirect file operands (including FSR2) will continue to operate as standard Indirect Addressing. Any
instruction that uses the Access Bank, but includes a
register address of greater than 05Fh, will use Direct
Addressing and the normal Access Bank map.
6.6.4
BSR IN INDEXED LITERAL OFFSET
MODE
Although the Access Bank is remapped when the
extended instruction set is enabled, the operation of the
BSR remains unchanged. Direct Addressing, using the
BSR to select the data memory bank, operates in the
same manner as previously described.
REMAPPING THE ACCESS BANK WITH INDEXED LITERAL OFFSET ADDRESSING
Example Situation:
ADDWF f, d, a
FSR2H:FSR2L = 120h
Locations in the region
from the FSR2 Pointer
(120h) to the pointer plus
05Fh (17Fh) are mapped
to the bottom of the
Access RAM (000h-05Fh).
000h
05Fh
Bank 0
100h
120h
17Fh
200h
Window
Bank 1
00h
Bank 1 “Window”
5Fh
60h
Special Function Registers
at F60h through FFFh are
mapped to 60h through
FFh, as usual.
Bank 0 addresses below
5Fh are not available in
this mode. They can still
be addressed by using the
BSR.
Not Accessible
Bank 2
through
Bank 14
SFRs
FFh
Access Bank
F00h
Bank 15
F60h
FFFh
SFRs
Data Memory
DS39932D-page 102
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
7.0
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
7.1
Table Reads and Table Writes
The Flash program memory is readable, writable and
erasable during normal operation over the entire VDD
range.
In order to read and write program memory, there are
two operations that allow the processor to move bytes
between the program memory space and the data RAM:
A read from program memory is executed on 1 byte at
a time. A write to program memory is executed on
blocks of 64 bytes at a time or 2 bytes at a time.
Program memory is erased in blocks of 1024 bytes at
a time. A bulk erase operation may not be issued from
user code.
• Table Read (TBLRD)
• Table Write (TBLWT)
Writing or erasing program memory will cease
instruction fetches until the operation is complete. The
program memory cannot be accessed during the write
or erase, therefore, code cannot execute. An internal
programming timer terminates program memory writes
and erases.
A value written to program memory does not need to be
a valid instruction. Executing a program memory
location that forms an invalid instruction results in a
NOP.
The program memory space is 16 bits wide, while the
data RAM space is 8 bits wide. Table reads and table
writes move data between these two memory spaces
through an 8-bit register (TABLAT).
Table read operations retrieve data from program
memory and place it into the data RAM space.
Figure 7-1 illustrates the operation of a table read with
program memory and data RAM.
Table write operations store data from the data memory
space into holding registers in program memory. The
procedure to write the contents of the holding registers
into program memory is detailed in Section 7.5 “Writing
to Flash Program Memory”. Figure 7-2 illustrates the
operation of a table write with program memory and data
RAM.
Table operations work with byte entities. A table block
containing data, rather than program instructions, is not
required to be word-aligned. Therefore, a table block can
start and end at any byte address. If a table write is being
used to write executable code into program memory,
program instructions will need to be word-aligned.
FIGURE 7-1:
TABLE READ OPERATION
Instruction: TBLRD*
Program Memory
Table Pointer(1)
TBLPTRU
TBLPTRH
Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
Note 1:
Table Pointer register points to a byte in program memory.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 103
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 7-2:
TABLE WRITE OPERATION
Instruction: TBLWT*
Program Memory
Holding Registers
Table Pointer(1)
TBLPTRU
TBLPTRH
Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
Note 1:
7.2
Table Pointer actually points to one of 64 holding registers, the address of which is determined by
TBLPTRL. The process for physically writing data to the program memory array is discussed in
Section 7.5 “Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
Control Registers
Several control registers are used in conjunction with
the TBLRD and TBLWT instructions. Those are:
•
•
•
•
EECON1 register
EECON2 register
TABLAT register
TBLPTR registers
7.2.1
EECON1 AND EECON2 REGISTERS
The EECON1 register (Register 7-1) is the control
register for memory accesses. The EECON2 register is
not a physical register; it is used exclusively in the
memory write and erase sequences. Reading
EECON2 will read all ‘0’s.
The WPROG bit, when set, will allow programming
two bytes per word on the execution of the WR
command. If this bit is cleared, the WR command will
result in programming on a block of 64 bytes.
DS39932D-page 104
The FREE bit, when set, will allow a program memory
erase operation. When FREE is set, the erase
operation is initiated on the next WR command. When
FREE is clear, only writes are enabled.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.
On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is
set in hardware when the WR bit is set, and cleared
when the internal programming timer expires and the
write operation is complete.
Note:
During normal operation, the WRERR is
read as ‘1’. This can indicate that a write
operation was prematurely terminated by
a Reset, or a write operation was
attempted improperly.
The WR control bit initiates write operations. The bit
cannot be cleared, only set, in software. It is cleared in
hardware at the completion of the write operation.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 7-1:
EECON1: EEPROM CONTROL REGISTER 1 (ACCESS FA6h)
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
R/W-0
R/S-0
U-0
—
—
WPROG
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
S = Settable bit (cannot be cleared in software)
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
WPROG: One Word-Wide Program bit
1 = Program 2 bytes on the next WR command
0 = Program 64 bytes on the next WR command
bit 4
FREE: Flash Erase Enable bit
1 = Perform an erase operation on the next WR command (cleared by hardware after completion of
erase)
0 = Perform write only
bit 3
WRERR: Flash Program Error Flag bit
1 = A write operation is prematurely terminated (any Reset during self-timed programming in normal
operation, or an improper write attempt)
0 = The write operation completed
bit 2
WREN: Flash Program Write Enable bit
1 = Allows write cycles to Flash program memory
0 = Inhibits write cycles to Flash program memory
bit 1
WR: Write Control bit
1 = Initiates a program memory erase cycle or write cycle
(The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The WR bit
can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0 = Write cycle is complete
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 105
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
7.2.2
TABLE LATCH REGISTER (TABLAT)
7.2.4
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES
The Table Latch (TABLAT) is an 8-bit register mapped
into the Special Function Register (SFR) space. The
Table Latch register is used to hold 8-bit data during
data transfers between program memory and data
RAM.
TBLPTR is used in reads, writes and erases of the
Flash program memory.
7.2.3
When a TBLWT is executed, the seven Least Significant
bits (LSbs) of the Table Pointer register (TBLPTR)
determine which of the 64 program memory holding
registers is written to. When the timed write to program
memory begins (via the WR bit), the 12 Most Significant
bits (MSbs) of the TBLPTR (TBLPTR)
determine which program memory block of 1024 bytes
is written to. For more information, see Section 7.5
“Writing to Flash Program Memory”.
When a TBLRD is executed, all 22 bits of the TBLPTR
determine which byte is read from program memory
into TABLAT.
TABLE POINTER REGISTER
(TBLPTR)
The Table Pointer (TBLPTR) register addresses a byte
within the program memory. The TBLPTR is comprised
of three SFR registers: Table Pointer Upper Byte, Table
Pointer High Byte and Table Pointer Low Byte
(TBLPTRU:TBLPTRH:TBLPTRL). These three registers
join to form a 22-bit wide pointer. The low-order 21 bits
allow the device to address up to 2 Mbytes of program
memory space. The 22nd bit allows access to the device
ID, the user ID and the Configuration bits.
When an erase of program memory is executed, the
12 MSbs of the Table Pointer register point to the
1024-byte block that will be erased. The LSbs are
ignored.
The Table Pointer register, TBLPTR, is used by the
TBLRD and TBLWT instructions. These instructions can
update the TBLPTR in one of four ways based on the
table operation.
Figure 7-3 illustrates the relevant boundaries of
TBLPTR based on Flash program memory operations.
Table 7-1 provides these operations. These operations
on the TBLPTR only affect the low-order 21 bits.
TABLE 7-1:
TABLE POINTER OPERATIONS WITH TBLRD AND TBLWT INSTRUCTIONS
Example
Operation on Table Pointer
TBLRD*
TBLWT*
TBLPTR is not modified
TBLRD*+
TBLWT*+
TBLPTR is incremented after the read/write
TBLRD*TBLWT*-
TBLPTR is decremented after the read/write
TBLRD+*
TBLWT+*
TBLPTR is incremented before the read/write
FIGURE 7-3:
21
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES BASED ON OPERATION
TBLPTRU
16
15
TBLPTRH
8
7
TBLPTRL
0
ERASE: TBLPTR
TABLE WRITE: TBLPTR
TABLE READ: TBLPTR
DS39932D-page 106
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
7.3
TBLPTR points to a byte address in program space.
Executing TBLRD places the byte pointed to into
TABLAT. In addition, TBLPTR can be modified
automatically for the next table read operation.
Reading the Flash Program
Memory
The TBLRD instruction is used to retrieve data from
program memory and places it into data RAM. Table
reads from program memory are performed one byte at
a time.
The internal program memory is typically organized by
words. The LSb of the address selects between the high
and low bytes of the word.
Figure 7-4 illustrates the interface between the internal
program memory and the TABLAT.
FIGURE 7-4:
READS FROM FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
Program Memory
(Even Byte Address)
(Odd Byte Address)
TBLPTR = xxxxx1
Instruction Register
(IR)
EXAMPLE 7-1:
FETCH
TBLRD
TBLPTR = xxxxx0
TABLAT
Read Register
READING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WORD
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
TBLPTRL
; Load TBLPTR with the base
; address of the word
READ_WORD
TBLRD*+
MOVF
MOVWF
TBLRD*+
MOVF
MOVWF
TABLAT, W
WORD_EVEN
TABLAT, W
WORD_ODD
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
; read into TABLAT and increment
; get data
; read into TABLAT and increment
; get data
DS39932D-page 107
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
7.4
Erasing Flash Program Memory
The minimum erase block is 512 words or 1024 bytes.
Only through the use of an external programmer, or
through ICSP control, can larger blocks of program
memory be bulk erased. Word erase in the Flash array
is not supported.
When initiating an erase sequence from the microcontroller itself, a block of 1024 bytes of program
memory is erased. The Most Significant 12 bits of the
TBLPTR point to the block being erased.
TBLPTR are ignored.
The EECON1 register commands the erase operation.
The WREN bit must be set to enable write operations.
The FREE bit is set to select an erase operation. For
protection, the write initiate sequence for EECON2
must be used.
7.4.1
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
ERASE SEQUENCE
The sequence of events for erasing a block of internal
program memory location is:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Load Table Pointer register with address of row
being erased.
Set the WREN and FREE bits (EECON1)
to enable the erase operation.
Disable interrupts.
Write 55h to EECON2.
Write 0AAh to EECON2.
Set the WR bit; this will begin the erase cycle.
The CPU will stall for the duration of the erase
for TIE (see parameter D133B).
Re-enable interrupts.
A long write is necessary for erasing the internal Flash.
Instruction execution is halted while in a long write
cycle. The long write will be terminated by the internal
programming timer.
EXAMPLE 7-2:
ERASING FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
TBLPTRL
; load TBLPTR with the base
; address of the memory block
BSF
BSF
BCF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BSF
EECON1,
EECON1,
INTCON,
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1,
INTCON,
; enable write to memory
; enable Erase operation
; disable interrupts
ERASE_ROW
Required
Sequence
DS39932D-page 108
WREN
FREE
GIE
; write 55h
WR
GIE
; write 0AAh
; start erase (CPU stall)
; re-enable interrupts
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
7.5
The on-chip timer controls the write time. The
write/erase voltages are generated by an on-chip
charge pump, rated to operate over the voltage range
of the device.
Writing to Flash Program Memory
The programming block is 32 words or 64 bytes.
Programming one word or 2 bytes at a time is also
supported.
Note 1: Unlike previous PIC® devices, devices of
the PIC18F46J11 family do not reset the
holding registers after a write occurs. The
holding registers must be cleared or
overwritten before a programming
sequence.
Table writes are used internally to load the holding
registers needed to program the Flash memory. There
are 64 holding registers used by the table writes for
programming.
Since the Table Latch (TABLAT) is only a single byte, the
TBLWT instruction may need to be executed 64 times for
each programming operation (if WPROG = 0). All of the
table write operations will essentially be short writes
because only the holding registers are written. At the
end of updating the 64 holding registers, the EECON1
register must be written to in order to start the
programming operation with a long write.
2: To maintain the endurance of the program memory cells, each Flash byte
should not be programmed more than
once between erase operations. Before
attempting to modify the contents of the
target cell a second time, an erase of the
target page, or a bulk erase of the entire
memory, must be performed.
The long write is necessary for programming the
internal Flash. Instruction execution is halted while in a
long write cycle. The long write will be terminated by
the internal programming timer.
FIGURE 7-5:
TABLE WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
TABLAT
Write Register
8
8
TBLPTR = xxxxx0
8
TBLPTR = xxxxx2
TBLPTR = xxxxx1
Holding Register
Holding Register
8
TBLPTR = xxxx3F
Holding Register
Holding Register
Program Memory
7.5.1
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE
SEQUENCE
The sequence of events for programming an internal
program memory location should be:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Read 1024 bytes into RAM.
Update data values in RAM as necessary.
Load Table Pointer register with address being
erased.
Execute the erase procedure.
Load Table Pointer register with address of first
byte being written, minus 1.
Write the 64 bytes into the holding registers with
auto-increment.
Set the WREN bit (EECON1) to enable byte
writes.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Disable interrupts.
Write 55h to EECON2.
Write 0AAh to EECON2.
Set the WR bit. This will begin the write cycle.
The CPU will stall for the duration of the write for
TIW (see parameter D133A).
13. Re-enable interrupts.
14. Repeat steps 6 through 13 until all 1024 bytes
are written to program memory.
15. Verify the memory (table read).
An example of the required code is provided in
Example 7-3 on the following page.
Note:
Before setting the WR bit, the Table
Pointer address needs to be within the
intended address range of the 64 bytes in
the holding register.
DS39932D-page 109
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
EXAMPLE 7-3:
WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
TBLPTRL
; Load TBLPTR with the base address
; of the memory block, minus 1
BSF
BSF
BCF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BSF
MOVLW
MOVWF
EECON1, WREN
EECON1, FREE
INTCON, GIE
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1, WR
INTCON, GIE
D'16'
WRITE_COUNTER
; enable write to memory
; enable Erase operation
; disable interrupts
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
D'64'
COUNTER
BUFFER_ADDR_HIGH
FSR0H
BUFFER_ADDR_LOW
FSR0L
ERASE_BLOCK
; write 55h
; write 0AAh
; start erase (CPU stall)
; re-enable interrupts
; Need to write 16 blocks of 64 to write
; one erase block of 1024
RESTART_BUFFER
; point to buffer
FILL_BUFFER
...
; read the new data from I2C, SPI,
; PSP, USART, etc.
WRITE_BUFFER
MOVLW
MOVWF
WRITE_BYTE_TO_HREGS
MOVFF
MOVWF
TBLWT+*
D’64’
COUNTER
; number of bytes in holding register
POSTINC0, WREG
TABLAT
;
;
;
;
;
DECFSZ COUNTER
BRA
WRITE_BYTE_TO_HREGS
get low byte of buffer data
present data to table latch
write data, perform a short write
to internal TBLWT holding register.
loop until buffers are full
PROGRAM_MEMORY
Required
Sequence
BSF
BCF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BSF
BCF
EECON1,
INTCON,
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1,
INTCON,
EECON1,
WREN
GIE
; write 55h
WR
GIE
WREN
DECFSZ WRITE_COUNTER
BRA
RESTART_BUFFER
DS39932D-page 110
; enable write to memory
; disable interrupts
;
;
;
;
write 0AAh
start program (CPU stall)
re-enable interrupts
disable write to memory
; done with one write cycle
; if not done replacing the erase block
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
7.5.2
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE
SEQUENCE (WORD PRORAMMING).
3.
The PIC18F46J11 family of devices has a feature that
allows programming a single word (two bytes). This
feature is enabled when the WPROG bit is set. If the
memory location is already erased, the following
sequence is required to enable this feature:
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Load the Table Pointer register with the address
of the data to be written. (It must be an even
address.)
Write the 2 bytes into the holding registers by
performing table writes. (Do not post-increment
on the second table write.)
EXAMPLE 7-4:
9.
Set the WREN bit (EECON1) to enable
writes and the WPROG bit (EECON1) to
select Word Write mode.
Disable interrupts.
Write 55h to EECON2.
Write 0AAh to EECON2.
Set the WR bit; this will begin the write cycle.
The CPU will stall for the duration of the write for
TIW (see parameter D133A).
Re-enable interrupts.
SINGLE-WORD WRITE TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
TBLPTRU
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
TBLPTRH
CODE_ADDR_LOW
; Load TBLPTR with the base address
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
MOVLW
MOVWF
TBLWT*+
MOVLW
MOVWF
TBLWT*
DATA0
TABLAT
; LSB of word to be written
DATA1
TABLAT
; MSB of word to be written
BSF
BSF
BCF
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
MOVWF
BSF
BSF
BCF
BCF
EECON1,
EECON1,
INTCON,
0x55
EECON2
0xAA
EECON2
EECON1,
INTCON,
EECON1,
EECON1,
; The table pointer must be loaded with an even
address
; The last table write must not increment the table
pointer! The table pointer needs to point to the
MSB before starting the write operation.
PROGRAM_MEMORY
Required
Sequence
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
WPROG
WREN
GIE
; enable single word write
; enable write to memory
; disable interrupts
; write 55h
WR
GIE
WPROG
WREN
;
;
;
;
;
write AAh
start program (CPU stall)
re-enable interrupts
disable single word write
disable write to memory
DS39932D-page 111
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
7.5.3
WRITE VERIFY
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the
memory should be verified against the original value.
This should be used in applications where excessive
writes can stress bits near the specification limit.
7.5.4
UNEXPECTED TERMINATION OF
WRITE OPERATION
If a write is terminated by an unplanned event, such as
loss of power or an unexpected Reset, the memory
location just programmed should be verified and
TABLE 7-2:
reprogrammed if needed. If the write operation is
interrupted by a MCLR Reset or a WDT time-out Reset
during normal operation, the user can check the
WRERR bit and rewrite the location(s) as needed.
7.6
Flash Program Operation During
Code Protection
See Section 26.6 “Program Verification and Code
Protection” for details on code protection of Flash
program memory.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
TBLPTRU
—
—
bit 21
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values on
Page:
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte (TBLPTR)
69
TBPLTRH Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR)
69
TBLPTRL Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR)
69
TABLAT
69
Program Memory Table Latch
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
EECON2
Program Memory Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
EECON1
—
—
WPROG
INT0IE
FREE
RBIE
WRERR
TMR0IF
WREN
INT0IF
RBIF
69
71
WR
—
71
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used during Flash program memory access.
DS39932D-page 112
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
8.0
8 x 8 HARDWARE MULTIPLIER
8.1
Introduction
EXAMPLE 8-1:
MOVF
MULWF
All PIC18 devices include an 8 x 8 hardware multiplier
as part of the ALU. The multiplier performs an unsigned
operation and yields a 16-bit result that is stored in the
product register pair, PRODH:PRODL. The multiplier’s
operation does not affect any flags in the STATUS
register.
ARG1, W
ARG2
EXAMPLE 8-2:
Making multiplication a hardware operation allows it to
be completed in a single instruction cycle. This has the
advantages of higher computational throughput and
reduced code size for multiplication algorithms and
allows the PIC18 devices to be used in many applications previously reserved for digital signal processors.
Table 8-1 provides a comparison of various hardware
and software multiply operations, along with the
savings in memory and execution time.
8.2
8 x 8 UNSIGNED MULTIPLY
ROUTINE
;
; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
; PRODH:PRODL
8 x 8 SIGNED MULTIPLY
ROUTINE
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1, W
ARG2
BTFSC
SUBWF
ARG2, SB
PRODH, F
MOVF
BTFSC
SUBWF
ARG2, W
ARG1, SB
PRODH, F
;
;
;
;
;
ARG1 * ARG2 ->
PRODH:PRODL
Test Sign Bit
PRODH = PRODH
- ARG1
; Test Sign Bit
; PRODH = PRODH
;
- ARG2
Operation
Example 8-1 provides the instruction sequence for an
8 x 8 unsigned multiplication. Only one instruction is
required when one of the arguments is already loaded
in the WREG register.
Example 8-2 provides the instruction sequence for an
8 x 8 signed multiplication. To account for the sign bits
of the arguments, each argument’s Most Significant bit
(MSb) is tested and the appropriate subtractions are
done.
TABLE 8-1:
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON FOR VARIOUS MULTIPLY OPERATIONS
Routine
8 x 8 unsigned
8 x 8 signed
16 x 16 unsigned
16 x 16 signed
Program
Memory
(Words)
Cycles
(Max)
Without hardware multiply
13
Hardware multiply
1
Without hardware multiply
33
Hardware multiply
6
Without hardware multiply
Multiply Method
Time
@ 48 MHz
@ 10 MHz
@ 4 MHz
69
5.7 s
27.6 s
69 s
1
83.3 ns
400 ns
1 s
91
7.5 s
36.4 s
91 s
6
500 ns
2.4 s
6 s
21
242
20.1 s
96.8 s
242 s
Hardware multiply
28
28
2.3 s
11.2 s
28 s
Without hardware multiply
52
254
21.6 s
102.6 s
254 s
Hardware multiply
35
40
3.3 s
16.0 s
40 s
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 113
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Example 8-3 provides the instruction sequence for a
16 x 16 unsigned multiplication. Equation 8-1 provides
the algorithm that is used. The 32-bit result is stored in
four registers (RES).
EQUATION 8-1:
RES3:RES0
=
=
EXAMPLE 8-3:
EQUATION 8-2:
RES3:RES0
=
=
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
ARG1H:ARG1L · ARG2H:ARG2L
(ARG1H · ARG2H · 216) +
(ARG1H · ARG2L · 28) +
(ARG1L · ARG2H · 28) +
(ARG1L · ARG2L)
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L, W
ARG2L
MOVFF
MOVFF
PRODH, RES1
PRODL, RES0
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2H
MOVFF
MOVFF
PRODH, RES3
PRODL, RES2
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L, W
ARG2H
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2L
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
; ARG1L * ARG2L->
; PRODH:PRODL
;
;
; ARG1H * ARG2H->
; PRODH:PRODL
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
ARG1L * ARG2H->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
ARG1H * ARG2L->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
Example 8-4 provides the sequence to do a 16 x 16
signed multiply. Equation 8-2 provides the algorithm
used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers
(RES). To account for the sign bits of the
arguments, the MSb for each argument pair is tested
and the appropriate subtractions are done.
EXAMPLE 8-4:
16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
ARG1H:ARG1L · ARG2H:ARG2L
(ARG1H · ARG2H · 216) +
(ARG1H · ARG2L · 28) +
(ARG1L · ARG2H · 28) +
(ARG1L · ARG2L) +
(-1 · ARG2H · ARG1H:ARG1L · 216) +
(-1 · ARG1H · ARG2H:ARG2L · 216)
16 x 16 SIGNED MULTIPLY
ROUTINE
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L, W
ARG2L
MOVFF
MOVFF
PRODH, RES1
PRODL, RES0
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2H
MOVFF
MOVFF
PRODH, RES3
PRODL, RES2
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1L, W
ARG2H
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
MOVF
MULWF
ARG1H, W
ARG2L
MOVF
ADDWF
MOVF
ADDWFC
CLRF
ADDWFC
PRODL, W
RES1, F
PRODH, W
RES2, F
WREG
RES3, F
BTFSS
BRA
MOVF
SUBWF
MOVF
SUBWFB
ARG2H, 7
SIGN_ARG1
ARG1L, W
RES2
ARG1H, W
RES3
; ARG2H:ARG2L neg?
; no, check ARG1
;
;
;
SIGN_ARG1
BTFSS
BRA
MOVF
SUBWF
MOVF
SUBWFB
ARG1H, 7
CONT_CODE
ARG2L, W
RES2
ARG2H, W
RES3
; ARG1H:ARG1L neg?
; no, done
;
;
;
; ARG1L * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
;
;
; ARG1H * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
ARG1L * ARG2H ->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
ARG1H * ARG2L ->
PRODH:PRODL
Add cross
products
CONT_CODE
:
DS39932D-page 114
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
9.0
INTERRUPTS
Devices of the PIC18F46J11 family have multiple interrupt sources and an interrupt priority feature that allows
most interrupt sources to be assigned a high-priority
level or a low-priority level. The high-priority interrupt
vector is at 0008h and the low-priority interrupt vector
is at 0018h. High-priority interrupt events will interrupt
any low-priority interrupts that may be in progress.
There are 13 registers, which are used to control
interrupt operation. These registers are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RCON
INTCON
INTCON2
INTCON3
PIR1, PIR2, PIR3
PIE1, PIE2, PIE3
IPR1, IPR2, IPR3
It is recommended that the Microchip header files
supplied with MPLAB® IDE be used for the symbolic bit
names in these registers. This allows the
assembler/compiler to automatically take care of the
placement of these bits within the specified register.
In general, interrupt sources have three bits to control
their operation. They are:
• Flag bit to indicate that an interrupt event
occurred
• Enable bit that allows program execution to
branch to the interrupt vector address when the
flag bit is set
• Priority bit to select high priority or low priority
The interrupt priority feature is enabled by setting the
IPEN bit (RCON). When interrupt priority is
enabled, there are two bits which enable interrupts
globally. Setting the GIEH bit (INTCON) enables all
interrupts that have the priority bit set (high priority).
Setting the GIEH and GIEL bits (INTCON)
enables interrupts that have the priority bit cleared (low
priority). When the interrupt flag, enable bit and
appropriate Global Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit are set,
the interrupt will vector immediately to address 0008h
or 0018h, depending on the priority bit setting.
Individual interrupts can be disabled through their
corresponding enable bits.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
When the IPEN bit is cleared (default state), the
interrupt priority feature is disabled and interrupts are
compatible with PIC® mid-range devices. In
Compatibility mode, the interrupt priority bits for each
source have no effect. INTCON is the PEIE bit,
which enables/disables all peripheral interrupt sources.
INTCON is the GIE bit, which enables/disables all
interrupt sources. All interrupts branch to address
0008h in Compatibility mode.
When an interrupt is responded to, the Global Interrupt
Enable bit is cleared to disable further interrupts. If the
IPEN bit is cleared, this is the GIE bit. If interrupt priority
levels are used, this will be either the GIEH or GIEL bit.
High-priority interrupt sources can interrupt a
low-priority interrupt. Low-priority interrupts are not
processed while high-priority interrupts are in progress.
The return address is pushed onto the stack and the
PC is loaded with the interrupt vector address (0008h
or 0018h). Once in the Interrupt Service Routine, the
source(s) of the interrupt can be determined by polling
the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bits must be
cleared in software before re-enabling interrupts to
avoid recursive interrupts.
The “return from interrupt” instruction, RETFIE, exits
the interrupt routine and sets the GIE bit (GIEH or GIEL
if priority levels are used), which re-enables interrupts.
For external interrupt events, such as the INTx pins or
the PORTB input change interrupt, the interrupt latency
will be three to four instruction cycles. The exact
latency is the same for one or two-cycle instructions.
Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the
status of their corresponding enable bit or the GIE bit.
Note:
Do not use the MOVFF instruction to modify any of the interrupt control registers
while any interrupt is enabled. Doing so
may cause erratic microcontroller behavior.
DS39932D-page 115
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 9-1:
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY INTERRUPT LOGIC
Wake-up if in
Idle or Sleep modes
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
TMR0IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
INT0IF
INT0IE
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
INT3IF
INT3IE
INT3IP
PIR1
PIE1
IPR1
PIR2
PIE2
IPR2
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
0008h
GIE/GIEH
IPEN
PIR3
PIE3
IPR3
IPEN
PEIE/GIEL
IPEN
High-Priority Interrupt Generation
Low-Priority Interrupt Generation
PIR1
PIE1
IPR1
PIR2
PIE2
IPR2
PIR3
PIE3
IPR3
DS39932D-page 116
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
TMR0IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
INT3IF
INT3IE
INT3IP
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
0018h
IPEN
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
9.1
INTCON Registers
Note:
The INTCON registers are readable and writable
registers, which contain various enable, priority and
flag bits.
REGISTER 9-1:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Interrupt Enable bit. User software should
ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits
are clear prior to enabling an interrupt.
This feature allows for software polling.
INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FF2h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF(1)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
GIE/GIEH: Global Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN = 0:
1 = Enables all unmasked interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
When IPEN = 1:
1 = Enables all high-priority interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
bit 6
PEIE/GIEL: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN = 0:
1 = Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts
When IPEN = 1 and GIEH = 1:
1 = Enables all low-priority peripheral interrupts
0 = Disables all low-priority peripheral interrupts
bit 5
TMR0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
bit 4
INT0IE: INT0 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT0 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT0 external interrupt
bit 3
RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt
0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt
bit 2
TMR0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 1
INT0IF: INT0 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT0 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT0 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = At least one of the RB pins changed state (must be cleared in software)
0 = None of the RB pins have changed state
Note 1:
A mismatch condition will continue to set this bit. Reading PORTB and waiting 1 TCY will end the mismatch
condition and allow the bit to be cleared.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 117
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-2:
INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 2 (ACCESS FF1h)
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit
1 = All PORTB pull-ups are disabled
0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port tri-state values
bit 6
INTEDG0: External Interrupt 0 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 5
INTEDG1: External Interrupt 1 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 4
INTEDG2: External Interrupt 2 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 3
INTEDG3: External Interrupt 3 Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge
0 = Interrupt on falling edge
bit 2
TMR0IP: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
INT3IP: INT3 External Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
RBIP: RB Port Change Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Note:
x = Bit is unknown
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state of its corresponding
enable bit or the Global Interrupt Enable bit. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits
are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature allows for software polling.
DS39932D-page 118
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-3:
INTCON3: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 3 (ACCESS FF0h)
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
INT2IP: INT2 External Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
INT1IP: INT1 External Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5
INT3IE: INT3 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT3 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT3 external interrupt
bit 4
INT2IE: INT2 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT2 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT2 external interrupt
bit 3
INT1IE: INT1 External Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the INT1 external interrupt
0 = Disables the INT1 external interrupt
bit 2
INT3IF: INT3 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT3 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT3 external interrupt did not occur
bit 1
INT2IF: INT2 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT2 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT2 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
INT1IF: INT1 External Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The INT1 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = The INT1 external interrupt did not occur
Note:
x = Bit is unknown
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state of its corresponding
enable bit or the Global Interrupt Enable bit. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits
are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature allows for software polling.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 119
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
9.2
PIR Registers
Note 1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the
state of its corresponding enable bit or the
Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE (INTCON).
The PIR registers contain the individual flag bits for the
peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of peripheral
interrupt sources, there are three Peripheral Interrupt
Request (Flag) registers (PIR1, PIR2, PIR3).
2: User software should ensure the
appropriate interrupt flag bits are cleared
prior to enabling an interrupt and after
servicing that interrupt.
REGISTER 9-4:
PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 1 (ACCESS F9Eh)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PMPIF(1)
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
PMPIF: Parallel Master Port Read/Write Interrupt Flag bit(1)
1 = A read or a write operation has taken place (must be cleared in software)
0 = No read or write has occurred
bit 6
ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit
1 = An A/D conversion completed (must be cleared in software)
0 = The A/D conversion is not complete
bit 5
RC1IF: EUSART1 Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART1 receive buffer, RCREG1, is full (cleared when RCREG1 is read)
0 = The EUSART1 receive buffer is empty
bit 4
TX1IF: EUSART1 Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART1 transmit buffer, TXREG1, is empty (cleared when TXREG1 is written)
0 = The EUSART1 transmit buffer is full
bit 3
SSP1IF: Master Synchronous Serial Port 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The transmission/reception is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = Waiting to transmit/receive
bit 2
CCP1IF: ECCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1 = A TMR1/TMR3 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1/TMR3 register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1 = A TMR1/TMR3 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1/TMR3 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1
TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred
bit 0
TMR1IF: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR1 register did not overflow
Note 1:
These bits are unimplemented on 28-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 120
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-5:
R/W-0
PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 2 (ACCESS FA1h)
R/W-0
OSCFIF
R/W-0
CM2IF
CM1IF
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
BCL1IF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
OSCFIF: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Device oscillator failed, clock input has changed to INTOSC (must be cleared in software)
0 = Device clock operating
bit 6
CM2IF: Comparator 2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Comparator input has changed (must be cleared in software)
0 = Comparator input has not changed
bit 5
CM1IF: Comparator 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Comparator input has changed (must be cleared in software)
0 = Comparator input has not changed
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3
BCL1IF: Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit (MSSP1 module)
1 = A bus collision occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No bus collision occurred
bit 2
LVDIF: High/Low-Voltage Detect (HLVD) Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A high/low-voltage condition occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = An HLVD event has not occurred
bit 1
TMR3IF: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR3 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR3 register did not overflow
bit 0
CCP2IF: ECCP2 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1 = A TMR1/TMR3 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1/TMR3 register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1 = A TMR1/TMR3 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR1/TMR3 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 121
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-6:
PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 3 (ACCESS FA4h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
RC2IF
TX2IF
TMR4IF
CTMUIF
TMR3GIF
RTCCIF
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
SSP2IF: Master Synchronous Serial Port 2 Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The transmission/reception is complete (must be cleared in software)
0 = Waiting to transmit/receive
bit 6
BCL2IF: Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit (MSSP2 module)
1 = A bus collision occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No bus collision occurred
bit 5
RC2IF: EUSART2 Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART2 receive buffer, RCREG2, is full (cleared when RCREG2 is read)
0 = The EUSART2 receive buffer is empty
bit 4
TX2IF: EUSART2 Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The EUSART2 transmit buffer, TXREG2, is empty (cleared when TXREG2 is written)
0 = The EUSART2 transmit buffer is full
bit 3
TMR4IF: TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1 = TMR4 to PR4 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No TMR4 to PR4 match occurred
bit 2
CTMUIF: Charge Time Measurement Unit Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A CTMU event has occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = CTMU event has not occurred
bit 1
TMR3GIF: Timer3 Gate Event Interrupt Flag bit
1 = A Timer3 gate event completed (must be cleared in software)
0 = No Timer3 gate event completed
bit 0
RTCCIF: RTCC Interrupt Flag bit
1 = RTCC interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No RTCC interrupt occurred
DS39932D-page 122
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
9.3
PIE Registers
The PIE registers contain the individual enable bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of
peripheral interrupt sources, there are three Peripheral
Interrupt Enable registers (PIE1, PIE2, PIE3). When
IPEN = 0, the PEIE bit must be set to enable any of
these peripheral interrupts.
REGISTER 9-7:
R/W-0
PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1 (ACCESS F9Dh)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
(1)
PMPIE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
PMPIE: Parallel Master Port Read/Write Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Enables the PMP read/write interrupt
0 = Disables the PMP read/write interrupt
bit 6
ADIE: A/D Converter Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the A/D interrupt
0 = Disables the A/D interrupt
bit 5
RC1IE: EUSART1 Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the EUSART1 receive interrupt
0 = Disables the EUSART1 receive interrupt
bit 4
TX1IE: EUSART1 Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the EUSART1 transmit interrupt
0 = Disables the EUSART1 transmit interrupt
bit 3
SSP1IE: Master Synchronous Serial Port 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the MSSP1 interrupt
0 = Disables the MSSP1 interrupt
bit 2
CCP1IE: ECCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the ECCP1 interrupt
0 = Disables the ECCP1 interrupt
bit 1
TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0
TMR1IE: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
These bits are unimplemented on 28-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 123
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-8:
PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2 (ACCESS FA0h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
OSCFIE
CM2IE
CM1IE
—
BCL1IE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
OSCFIE: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 6
CM2IE: Comparator 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 5
CM1IE: Comparator 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3
BCL1IE: Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit (MSSP1 module)
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 2
LVDIE: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 1
TMR3IE: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 0
CCP2IE: ECCP2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
DS39932D-page 124
x = Bit is unknown
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-9:
PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3 (ACCESS FA3h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
RC2IE
TX2IE
TMR4IE
CTMUIE
TMR3GIE
RTCCIE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
SSP2IE: Master Synchronous Serial Port 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 6
BCL2IE: Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit (MSSP2 module)
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 5
RC2IE: EUSART2 Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 4
TX2IE: EUSART2 Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 3
TMR4IE: TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 2
CTMUIE: Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 1
TMR3GIE: Timer3 Gate Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
bit 0
RTCCIE: RTCC Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enabled
0 = Disabled
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39932D-page 125
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
9.4
IPR Registers
The IPR registers contain the individual priority bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of
peripheral interrupt sources, there are three Peripheral
Interrupt Priority registers (IPR1, IPR2, IPR3). Using
the priority bits requires that the Interrupt Priority
Enable (IPEN) bit be set.
REGISTER 9-10:
IPR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 1 (ACCESS F9Fh)
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
PMPIP(1)
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
PMPIP: Parallel Master Port Read/Write Interrupt Priority bit(1)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
ADIP: A/D Converter Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5
RC1IP: EUSART1 Receive Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4
TX1IP: EUSART1 Transmit Interrupt Priority bit
x = Bit is unknown
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3
SSP1IP: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Priority bit (MSSP1 module)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2
CCP1IP: ECCP1 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
TMR2IP: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
TMR1IP: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
Note 1:
These bits are unimplemented on 28-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 126
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-11:
IPR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 2 (ACCESS FA2h)
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
OSCFIP
CM2IP
CM1IP
—
BCL1IP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
OSCFIP: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
CM2IP: Comparator 2 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5
C12IP: Comparator 1 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3
BCL1IP: Bus Collision Interrupt Priority bit (MSSP1 module)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2
LVDIP: High/Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
TMR3IP: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
CCP2IP: ECCP2 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39932D-page 127
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 9-12:
IPR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 3 (ACCESS FA5h)
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
RC2IP
TX2IP
TMR4IP
CTMUIP
TMR3GIP
RTCCIP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
SSP2IP: Master Synchronous Serial Port 2 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 6
BCL2IP: Bus Collision Interrupt Priority bit (MSSP2 module)
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 5
RC2IP: EUSART2 Receive Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 4
TX2IP: EUSART2 Transmit Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 3
TMR4IE: TMR4 to PR4 Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 2
CTMUIP: Charge Time Measurement Unit (CTMU) Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 1
TMR3GIP: Timer3 Gate Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
bit 0
RTCCIP: RTCC Interrupt Priority bit
1 = High priority
0 = Low priority
DS39932D-page 128
x = Bit is unknown
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
9.5
RCON Register
The RCON register contains bits used to determine the
cause of the last Reset or wake-up from Idle or Sleep
mode. RCON also contains the bit that enables
interrupt priorities (IPEN).
REGISTER 9-13:
RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FD0h)
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R-1
R-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
—
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1 = Enable priority levels on interrupts
0 = Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
CM: Configuration Mismatch Flag bit
For details on bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 4
RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit
For details on bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit
For details on bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 2
PD: Power-Down Detection Flag bit
For details on bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
For details on bit operation, see Register 5-1.
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
For details on bit operation, see Register 5-1.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39932D-page 129
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
9.6
INTx Pin Interrupts
External interrupts on the INT0, INT1, INT2 and INT3
pins are edge-triggered. If the corresponding INTEDGx
bit in the INTCON2 register is set (= 1), the interrupt is
triggered by a rising edge; if the bit is clear, the trigger
is on the falling edge. When a valid edge appears on
the INTx pin, the corresponding flag bit and INTxIF are
set. This interrupt can be disabled by clearing the
corresponding enable bit, INTxIE. Flag bit, INTxIF,
must be cleared in software in the Interrupt Service
Routine before re-enabling the interrupt.
All external interrupts (INT0, INT1, INT2 and INT3) can
wake-up the processor from the Sleep and Idle modes
if bit, INTxIE, was set prior to going into the power-managed modes. After waking from Sleep or Idle mode, the
processor will branch to the interrupt vector if the
Global Interrupt Enable bit (GIE) is set. Deep Sleep
mode can wake up from INT0, but the processor will
start execution from the Power-on Reset vector rather
than branch to the interrupt vector.
Interrupt priority for INT1, INT2 and INT3 is determined
by the value contained in the Interrupt Priority bits,
INT1IP (INTCON3), INT2IP (INTCON3) and
INT3IP (INTCON2). There is no priority bit
associated with INT0. It is always a high-priority
interrupt source.
9.7
TMR0 Interrupt
pair (FFFFh 0000h) will set TMR0IF. The interrupt
can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit,
TMR0IE (INTCON). Interrupt priority for Timer0 is
determined by the value contained in the interrupt priority bit, TMR0IP (INTCON2). See Section 12.0
“Timer0 Module” for further details on the Timer0
module.
9.8
PORTB Interrupt-on-Change
An input change on PORTB sets flag bit, RBIF
(INTCON). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled
by setting/clearing enable bit, RBIE (INTCON).
Interrupt priority for PORTB interrupt-on-change is
determined by the value contained in the interrupt
priority bit, RBIP (INTCON2).
9.9
Context Saving During Interrupts
During interrupts, the return PC address is saved on
the stack. Additionally, the WREG, STATUS and BSR
registers are saved on the Fast Return Stack. If a fast
return from interrupt is not used (see Section 6.3
“Data Memory Organization”), the user may need to
save the WREG, STATUS and BSR registers on entry
to the Interrupt Service Routine. Depending on the
user’s application, other registers may also need to be
saved. Example 9-1 saves and restores the WREG,
STATUS and BSR registers during an Interrupt Service
Routine.
In 8-bit mode (which is the default), an overflow in the
TMR0 register (FFh 00h) will set flag bit, TMR0IF. In
16-bit mode, an overflow in the TMR0H:TMR0L register
EXAMPLE 9-1:
MOVWF
MOVFF
MOVFF
;
; USER
;
MOVFF
MOVF
MOVFF
SAVING STATUS, WREG AND BSR REGISTERS IN RAM
W_TEMP
STATUS, STATUS_TEMP
BSR, BSR_TEMP
; W_TEMP is in access bank
; STATUS_TEMP located anywhere
; BSR_TEMP located anywhere
ISR CODE
BSR_TEMP, BSR
W_TEMP, W
STATUS_TEMP, STATUS
DS39932D-page 130
; Restore BSR
; Restore WREG
; Restore STATUS
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.0
I/O PORTS
10.1
I/O Port Pin Capabilities
Depending on the device selected and features
enabled, there are up to five ports available. Some pins
of the I/O ports are multiplexed with an alternate
function from the peripheral features on the device. In
general, when a peripheral is enabled, that pin may not
be used as a general purpose I/O pin.
When developing an application, the capabilities of the
port pins must be considered. Outputs on some pins
have higher output drive strength than others. Similarly,
some pins can tolerate higher than VDD input levels.
Each port has three registers for its operation. These
registers are:
The output pin drive strengths vary for groups of pins
intended to meet the needs for a variety of applications.
PORTB and PORTC are designed to drive higher
loads, such as LEDs. All other ports are designed for
small loads, typically indication only. Table 10-1 summarizes the output capabilities. Refer to Section 29.0
“Electrical Characteristics” for more details.
• TRIS register (Data Direction register)
• PORT register (reads the levels on the pins of the
device)
• LAT register (Data Latch)
The Data Latch (LAT register) is useful for read-modifywrite operations on the value that the I/O pins are
driving.
Figure 10-1 displays a simplified model of a generic I/O
port, without the interfaces to other peripherals.
FIGURE 10-1:
10.1.1
PIN OUTPUT DRIVE
TABLE 10-1:
Port
Drive
PORTA
(except RA6)
PORTD
GENERIC I/O PORT
OPERATION
OUTPUT DRIVE LEVELS
Minimum Intended for indication.
PORTE
PORTB
PORTC
RD LAT
Data
Bus
WR LAT
or PORT
10.1.2
Q
(1)
I/O pin
CK
Data Latch
D
WR TRIS
High
PORTA
D
Q
CK
TRIS Latch
Input
Buffer
RD TRIS
Q
Description
D
ENEN
Suitable for direct LED
drive levels.
INPUT PINS AND VOLTAGE
CONSIDERATIONS
The voltage tolerance of pins used as device inputs is
dependent on the pin’s input function. Pins that are used
as digital only inputs are able to handle DC voltages up
to 5.5V; a level typical for digital logic circuits. In contrast,
pins that also have analog input functions of any kind
can only tolerate voltages up to VDD. Voltage excursions
beyond VDD on these pins should be avoided. Table 102 summarizes the input capabilities. Refer to
Section 29.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for more
details.
TABLE 10-2:
Port or Pin
RD PORT
INPUT VOLTAGE LEVELS
Tolerated
Input
Description
PORTA
Note 1:
I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and
VSS.
PORTB
PORTC
VDD
Only VDD input levels
tolerated.
5.5V
Tolerates input levels
above VDD, useful for
most standard logic.
PORTE
PORTB
PORTC
PORTD
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 131
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.1.3
INTERFACING TO A 5V SYSTEM
Though the VDDMAX of the PIC18F46J11 family is 3.6V,
these devices are still capable of interfacing with 5V
systems, even if the VIH of the target system is above
3.6V. This is accomplished by adding a pull-up resistor
to the port pin (Figure 10-2), clearing the LAT bit for that
pin and manipulating the corresponding TRIS bit
(Figure 10-1) to either allow the line to be pulled high or
to drive the pin low. Only port pins that are tolerant of
voltages up to 5.5V can be used for this type of
interface (refer to Section 10.1.2 “Input Pins and
Voltage Considerations”).
FIGURE 10-2:
+5V SYSTEM HARDWARE
INTERFACE
PIC18F46J11
+5V
The open-drain option is implemented on port pins
specifically associated with the data and clock outputs
of the EUSARTs, the MSSP modules (in SPI mode) and
the ECCP modules. It is selectively enabled by setting
the open-drain control bit for the corresponding module
in the ODCON registers (Register 10-1, Register 10-2
and Register 10-3). Their configuration is discussed in
more detail with the individual port where these
peripherals are multiplexed.
When the open-drain option is required, the output pin
must also be tied through an external pull-up resistor
provided by the user to a higher voltage level, up to
5.5V (Figure 10-3). When a digital logic high signal is
output, it is pulled up to the higher voltage level.
FIGURE 10-3:
+5V Device
USING THE OPEN-DRAIN
OUTPUT (USART SHOWN
AS EXAMPLE)
+5V
3.3V
PIC18F46J11
RD7
VDD
EXAMPLE 10-1:
BCF
BCF
BSF
10.1.4
LATD, 7
TRISD, 7
TRISD, 7
TXX
(at logic ‘1’)
5V
COMMUNICATING WITH
THE +5V SYSTEM
;
;
;
;
;
set up LAT register so
changing TRIS bit will
drive line low
send a 0 to the 5V system
send a 1 to the 5V system
OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUTS
The output pins for several peripherals are also
equipped with a configurable open-drain output option.
This allows the peripherals to communicate with
external digital logic operating at a higher voltage level,
without the use of level translators.
DS39932D-page 132
10.1.5
TTL INPUT BUFFER OPTION
Many of the digital I/O ports use Schmitt Trigger (ST)
input buffers. While this form of buffering works well
with many types of input, some applications may
require TTL level signals to interface with external logic
devices. This is particularly true for the Parallel Master
Port (PMP), which is likely to be interfaced to TTL level
logic or memory devices.
The inputs for the PMP can be optionally configured for
TTL buffers with the PMPTTL bit in the PADCFG1 register (Register 10-4). Setting this bit configures all data
and control input pins for the PMP to use TTL buffers.
By default, these PMP inputs use the port’s ST buffers.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-1:
ODCON1: PERIPHERAL OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER 1 (BANKED F42h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
—
—
—
ECCP2OD
ECCP1OD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1
ECCP2OD: ECCP2 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability enabled
0 = Open-drain capability disabled
bit 0
ECCP1OD: ECCP1 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability enabled
0 = Open-drain capability disabled
REGISTER 10-2:
x = Bit is unknown
ODCON2: PERIPHERAL OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER 2 (BANKED F41h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
—
—
—
U2OD
U1OD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1
U2OD: USART2 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability enabled
0 = Open-drain capability disabled
bit 0
U1OD: USART1 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability enabled
0 = Open-drain capability disabled
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39932D-page 133
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-3:
ODCON3: PERIPHERAL OPEN-DRAIN CONTROL REGISTER 3 (BANKED F40h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
—
—
—
SPI2OD
SPI1OD
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1
SPI2OD: SPI2 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability enabled
0 = Open-drain capability disabled
bit 0
SPI1OD: SPI1 Open-Drain Output Enable bit
1 = Open-drain capability enabled
0 = Open-drain capability disabled
REGISTER 10-4:
U-0
PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER 1 (BANKED F3Ch)
U-0
—
x = Bit is unknown
—
U-0
—
U-0
—
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
RTSECSEL1(1)
RTSECSEL0(1)
PMPTTL
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-1
RTSECSEL: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bits(1)
11 = Reserved; do not use
10 = RTCC source clock is selected for the RTCC pin (can be INTRC or T1OSC, depending on the
RTCOSC (CONFIG3L) setting)
01 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin
00 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin
bit 0
PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit
1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers
0 = PMP module uses Schmitt Trigger input buffers
Note 1:
To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RTCCFG) bit needs to be set.
DS39932D-page 134
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.2
PORTA, TRISA and LATA Registers
PORTA is a 7-bit wide, bidirectional port. It may
function as a 5-bit port, depending on the oscillator
mode selected. Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., put the
corresponding output driver in a high-impedance
mode). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the
corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., put the
contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the
pins, whereas writing to it, will write to the port latch.
EXAMPLE 10-2:
CLRF
LATA
MOVLB
0x0F
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
0x0F
ANCON0
0xCF
MOVWF
TRISA
INITIALIZING PORTA
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize LATA
to clear output
data latches
ANCONx register not in
Access Bank
Configure A/D
for digital inputs
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RA as inputs
RA as outputs
The Data Latch (LATA) register is also memory mapped.
Read-modify-write operations on the LATA register read
and write the latched output value for PORTA.
The other PORTA pins are multiplexed with analog
inputs, the analog VREF+ and VREF- inputs and the comparator voltage reference output. The operation of pins,
RA and RA5, as A/D converter inputs is selected
by clearing or setting the control bits in the ANCON0
register (A/D Port Configuration Register 0).
Pins, RA0 and RA3, may also be used as comparator
inputs by setting the appropriate bits in the CMCON register. To use RA as digital inputs, it is also
necessary to turn off the comparators.
Note:
On a Power-on Reset (POR), RA5 and
RA are configured as analog inputs
and read as ‘0’.
All PORTA pins have TTL input levels and full CMOS
output drivers.
The TRISA register controls the direction of the PORTA
pins, even when they are being used as analog inputs.
The user must ensure the bits in the TRISA register are
maintained set when using them as analog inputs.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 135
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-3:
PORTA I/O SUMMARY
Pin
Function
TRIS
Setting
RA0/AN0/C1INA/
ULPWU/PMA6/
RP0
RA0
RA1/AN1/C2INA/
PMA7/RP1
I/O
I/O
Type
1
I
TTL
PORTA data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
0
O
DIG
LATA data output; not affected by analog input.
AN0
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 0 and Comparator C1- input. Default input
configuration on POR; does not affect digital output.
C1INA
1
I
ANA
Comparator 1 input A.
ULPWU
1
I
ANA
Ultra low-power wake-up input.
PMA6(1)
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
RP0
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 0 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 0 output.
1
I
TTL
PORTA data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
RA1
0
O
DIG
LATA data output; not affected by analog input.
AN1
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 1 and Comparator C2- input. Default input
configuration on POR; does not affect digital output.
C2INA
1
I
ANA
Comparator 1 input A.
RA3/AN3/VREF+/
C1INB
(1)
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
RP1
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 1 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 1 output.
RA2
0
O
DIG
LATA data output; not affected by analog input. Disabled
when CVREF output enabled.
1
I
TTL
PORTA data input. Disabled when analog functions
enabled; disabled when CVREF output enabled.
AN2
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 2 and Comparator C2+ input. Default input
configuration on POR; not affected by analog output.
VREF-
1
I
ANA
A/D and comparator voltage reference low input.
CVREF
x
O
ANA
Comparator voltage reference output. Enabling this feature
disables digital I/O.
C2INB
I
I
ANA
Comparator 2 input B.
0
O
ANA
CTMU pulse generator charger for the C2INB comparator
input.
0
O
DIG
LATA data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTA data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 3 and Comparator C1+ input. Default input
configuration on POR.
VREF+
1
I
ANA
A/D and comparator voltage reference high input.
C1INB
1
I
ANA
Comparator 1 input B.
PMA7
RA2/AN2/
VREF-/CVREF/
C2INB
Description
RA3
AN3
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; ANA = Analog level
input/output; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option)
Note 1: This bit is only available on 44-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 136
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-3:
PORTA I/O SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Pin
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RA5
0
O
DIG
LATA data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTA data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
AN4
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 4. Default configuration on POR.
SS1
1
I
TTL
Slave select input for MSSP1.
High/Low-Voltage Detect external trip point reference input.
RA5/AN4/SS1/
HLVDIN/RP2
OSC2/CLKO/
RA6
OSC1/CLKI/RA7
Description
HLVDIN
1
I
ANA
RP2
1
I
ST
0
O
DIG
Remappable Peripheral pin 2 output.
OSC2
x
O
ANA
Main oscillator feedback output connection (HS mode).
CLKO
x
O
DIG
System cycle clock output (FOSC/4) in RC and EC Oscillator
modes.
RA6
1
I
TTL
PORTA data input.
0
O
DIG
LATA data output.
1
I
ANA
Main oscillator input connection.
OSC1
Remappable Peripheral pin 2 input.
CLKI
1
I
ANA
Main clock input connection.
RA7
1
I
TTL
PORTA data input.
0
O
DIG
LATA data output.
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; ANA = Analog level
input/output; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option)
Note 1: This bit is only available on 44-pin devices.
TABLE 10-4:
Name
PORTA
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on page
RA7
RA6
RA5
—
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
87
LATA
LAT7
LAT6
LAT5
—
LAT3
LAT2
LAT1
LAT0
87
TRISA
TRIS7
TRIS6
TRISA5
—
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
87
PCFG4
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
88
ANCON0
PCFG7(1) PCFG6(1) PCFG5(1)
CMxCON
CON
COE
CPOL
EVPOL1
EVPOL0
CREF
CCH1
CCH0
87
CVRCON
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
88
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
Note 1: These bits are only available in 44-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 137
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.3
PORTB, TRISB and LATB
Registers
PORTB is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding Data Direction register is TRISB. Setting a
TRISB bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTB
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISB bit (= 0)
will make the corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATB) is also memory
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATB
register read and write the latched output value for
PORTB.
EXAMPLE 10-3:
CLRF
LATB
MOVLB
0x0F
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
0x17
ANCON1
0xCF
MOVWF
TRISB
INITIALIZING PORTB
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize LATB
to clear output
data latches
ANCON1 not in Access
Bank
Configure as digital I/O
pins in this example
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RB as inputs
RB as outputs
RB as inputs
Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is
performed by clearing bit, RBPU (INTCON2). The
weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port
pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on a POR.
Note:
Four of the PORTB pins (RB) have an interrupton-change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can
cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any RB pin
configured as an output is excluded from the interrupton-change comparison). The input pins (of RB)
are compared with the old value latched on the last
read of PORTB. The “mismatch” outputs of RB
are ORed together to generate the RB Port Change
Interrupt with Flag bit, RBIF (INTCON).
This interrupt can wake the device from Sleep mode or
any of the Idle modes. The user, in the Interrupt Service
Routine (ISR), can clear the interrupt using the following
steps:
1.
2.
3.
Any read or write of PORTB (except with the
MOVFF (ANY), PORTB instruction).
Wait one instruction cycle (such as executing a
NOP instruction).
Clear flag bit, RBIF.
A mismatch condition continues to set flag bit, RBIF.
Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition and
allow flag bit, RBIF, to be cleared after one instruction
cycle of delay.
The interrupt-on-change feature is recommended for
wake-up on key depression operation and operations
where PORTB is only used for the interrupt-on-change
feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while
using the interrupt-on-change feature.
The RB5 pin is multiplexed with the Timer0 module
clock input and one of the comparator outputs to
become the RB5/KBI1/SDI1/SDA1/RP8 pin.
On a POR, the RB bits are
configured as analog inputs by default and
read as ‘0’; RB bits are configured
as digital inputs.
DS39932D-page 138
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-5:
Pin
RB0/AN12/
INT0/RP3
PORTB I/O SUMMARY
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RB0
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared. Disabled when analog input enabled.(1)
0
O
DIG
LATB data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 12.(1)
AN12
RB1/AN10/
PMBE/RTCC/
RP4
RB2/AN8/
CTED1/PMA3/
REFO/RP5
INT0
1
I
ST
External interrupt 0 input.
RP3
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 3 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 3 output.
RB1
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared. Disabled when analog input enabled.(1)
0
O
DIG
LATB data output; not affected by analog input.
AN10
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 10.(1)
PMBE(3)
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port byte enable output.
RTCC
0
O
DIG
Real Time Clock Calendar output.
RP4
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 4 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 4 output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared. Disabled when analog input enabled.(1)
0
O
DIG
LATB data output; not affected by analog input.
AN8
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 8.(1)
CTED1
1
I
ST
CTMU Edge 1 input.
(3)
RB2
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
REFO
0
O
DIG
Reference output clock.
RP5
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 5 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 5 output.
0
O
DIG
LATB data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared. Disabled when analog input enabled.(1)
AN9
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 9.(1)
CTED2
1
I
ST
CTMU edge 2 input.
PMA2(3)
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
RP6
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 6 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 6 output.
PMA3
RB3/AN9/
CTED2/PMA2/
RP6
Description
RB3
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; ANA = Analog level
input/output; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option)
Note 1: Pins are configured as analog inputs by default on POR. Using these pins for digital inputs requires setting
the appropriate bits in ANCON1 first.
2: All other pin functions are disabled when ICSP™ or ICD are enabled.
3: This bit is not available on 28-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 139
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-5:
Pin
PORTB I/O SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RB4
0
O
DIG
LATB data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared. Disabled when analog input enabled.(1)
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
RB4/PMA1/
KBI0/RP7
PMA1(3)
RB5/PMA0/
KBI1/RP8
1
I
KBI0
1
I
RP7
1
0
0
RB5
PMA0(3)
RB6/KBI2/
PGC/RP9
RB7/KBI3/
PGD/RP10
Description
ST/TTL Parallel Slave Port address input.
TTL
Interrupt-on-change pin.
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 7 input.
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 7 output.
O
DIG
LATB data output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared.
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
1
I
ST/TTL Parallel Slave Port address input.
KBI1
1
I
TTL
Interrupt-on-change pin.
RP8
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 8 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 8 output.
RB6
0
O
DIG
LATB data output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared.
KBI2
1
I
TTL
Interrupt-on-change pin.
PGC
x
I
ST
Serial execution (ICSP™) clock input for ICSP and ICD
operation.(2)
RP9
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 9 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 9 output.
RB7
0
O
DIG
LATB data output.
1
I
TTL
PORTB data input; weak pull-up when RBPU bit is
cleared.
KBI3
1
I
TTL
Interrupt-on-change pin.
PGD
x
O
DIG
Serial execution data output for ICSP and ICD operation.(2)
x
I
ST
Serial execution data input for ICSP and ICD operation.(2)
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 10 input.
0
O
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 10 output.
RP10
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; ANA = Analog level
input/output; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option)
Note 1: Pins are configured as analog inputs by default on POR. Using these pins for digital inputs requires setting
the appropriate bits in ANCON1 first.
2: All other pin functions are disabled when ICSP™ or ICD are enabled.
3: This bit is not available on 28-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 140
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-6:
Name
PORTB
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on page
RB7
RB6
RB5
RB4
RB3
RB2
RB1
RB0
87
LATB
LATB7
LATB6
LATB5
LATB4
LATB3
LATB2
LATB1
LATB0
87
TRISB
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
87
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
87
INTEDG0 INTEDG1 INTEDG2 INTEDG3 TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
87
INTCON
INTCON2
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
RBPU
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
87
ANCON0
PCFG7
PCFG6
PCFG5
PCFG4
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
87
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 141
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.4
PORTC, TRISC and LATC
Registers
PORTC is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding Data Direction register is TRISC. Setting a
TRISC bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTC
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0)
will make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATC) is also memory
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATC
register read and write the latched output value for
PORTC.
PORTC is multiplexed with several peripheral functions
(see Table 10-7). The pins have Schmitt Trigger input
buffers.
When enabling peripheral functions, care should be
taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTC pin. Some
peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an output,
while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a
pin an input. The user should refer to the corresponding
peripheral section for additional information.
DS39932D-page 142
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, PORTC pins
(except RC2) are configured as digital
inputs. RC2 will default as an analog input
(controlled by the ANCON1 register).
The contents of the TRISC register are affected by
peripheral overrides. Reading TRISC always returns
the current contents, even though a peripheral device
may be overriding one or more of the pins.
EXAMPLE 10-4:
CLRF
LATC
INITIALIZING PORTC
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize PORTC by
clearing output
data latches
MOVLW 0x3F
Value used to
initialize data
direction
MOVWF TRISC
Set RC as inputs
RC as outputs
MOVLB 0x0F
ANCON register is not in
Access Bank
BSF
ANCON1,PCFG11
;Configure RC2/AN11 as
digital input
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-7:
Pin
RC0/T1OSO/
T1CKI/RP11
RC1/T1OSI/
RP12
RC2/AN11/
CTPLS/RP13
RC3/SCK1/
SCL1/RP14
PORTC I/O SUMMARY
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RC0
1
I
ST
PORTC data input.
0
O
DIG
LATC data output.
T1OSO
x
O
ANA
Timer1 oscillator output; enabled when Timer1 oscillator
enabled. Disables digital I/O.
T1CKI
1
I
ST
Timer1 counter input.
RP11
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 11 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 11 output.
RC1
1
I
ST
PORTC data input.
0
O
DIG
LATC data output.
T1OSI
x
I
ANA
Timer1 oscillator input; enabled when Timer1 oscillator
enabled. Disables digital I/O.
RP12
1
I
ST
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 12 output.
1
I
ST
PORTC data input.
RC2
Remappable peripheral pin 12 input.
0
O
DIG
LATC data output.
AN11
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 11.
CTPLS
0
O
DIG
CTMU pulse generator output.
RP13
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 13 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 13 output.
1
I
ST
PORTC data input.
0
O
DIG
LATC data output.
1
I
ST
SPI clock input (MSSP1 module).
0
O
DIG
SPI clock output (MSSP1 module).
1
I
0
O
RC3
SCK1
SCL1
RP14
RC4/SDI1/
SDA1/RP15
Description
RC4
I2C™ clock input (MSSP1 module).
I2C/
SMBus
DIG
I2C clock output (MSSP1 module).
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 14 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 14 output.
1
I
ST
PORTC data input.
0
O
DIG
LATC data output.
SDI1
1
I
ST
SPI data input (MSSP1 module).
SDA1
1
I
0
O
DIG
I2C/SMBus.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 15 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 15 output.
RP15
I2C data input (MSSP1 module).
I2C/
SMBus
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; ANA = Analog level
input/output; I2C/SMB = I2C/SMBus input buffer; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or
is overridden for this option)
Note 1: This bit is only available on 44-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 143
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-7:
Pin
PORTC I/O SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RC5
1
I
ST
0
O
DIG
LATC data output.
0
O
DIG
SPI data output (MSSP1 module).
RC5/SDO1/
RP16
SDO1
RP16
RC6/PMA5/
TX1/CK1/RP17
RC6
PORTC data input.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 16 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 16 output.
1
I
ST
PORTC data input.
0
O
DIG
LATC data output.
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
TX1
0
O
DIG
Asynchronous serial transmit data output (EUSART
module); takes priority over port data. User must configure
as output.
CK1
1
I
ST
Synchronous serial clock input (EUSART module).
0
O
DIG
Synchronous serial clock output (EUSART module); takes
priority over port data.
Remappable peripheral pin 17 input.
PMA5
(1)
RP17
RC7/PMA4/
RX1/DT1/RP18
Description
RC7
1
I
ST
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 17 output.
1
I
ST
PORTC data input.
LATC data output.
0
O
DIG
PMA4(1)
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port address.
RX1
1
I
ST
Asynchronous serial receive data input (EUSART module).
DT1
1
1
ST
Synchronous serial data input (EUSART module). User
must configure as an input.
0
O
DIG
Synchronous serial data output (EUSART module); takes
priority over port data.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 18 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 18 output.
RP18
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; ANA = Analog level
input/output; I2C/SMB = I2C/SMBus input buffer; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or
is overridden for this option)
Note 1: This bit is only available on 44-pin devices.
TABLE 10-8:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on page:
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
87
LATC
LATC7
LATC6
LATC5
LATC4
LATC3
LATC2
LATC1
LATC0
87
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
87
Name
PORTC
DS39932D-page 144
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.5
Note:
PORTD, TRISD and LATD
Registers
PORTD is available only in 44-pin
devices.
PORTD is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding Data Direction register is TRISD. Setting a
TRISD bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTD
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISD bit (= 0)
will make the corresponding PORTD pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATD) is also memory
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATD
register read and write the latched output value for
PORTD.
All pins on PORTD are implemented with Schmitt Trigger
input buffers. Each pin is individually configurable as an
input or output.
Note:
On a POR, these pins are configured as
digital inputs.
EXAMPLE 10-5:
CLRF
LATD
MOVLW 0xCF
MOVWF TRISD
INITIALIZING PORTD
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize LATD
to clear output
data latches
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RD as inputs
RD as outputs
RD as inputs
Each of the PORTD pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is performed by setting bit, RDPU (PORTE). The weak
pull-up is automatically turned off when the port pin is
configured as an output. The pull-ups are disabled on a
POR.
Note that the pull-ups can be used for any set of
features, similar to the pull-ups found on PORTB.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 145
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-9:
Pin
PORTD I/O SUMMARY
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RD0
1
I
ST
PORTD data input.
0
O
DIG
LATD data output.
1
I
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port data out.
1
I
I2C/
SMB
I2C™ clock input (MSSP2 module); input type depends on
module setting.
0
O
DIG
I2C™ clock output (MSSP2 module); takes priority over port
data.
RD0/PMD0/
SCL2
PMD0
SCL2
RD1/PMD1/
SDA2
RD1
PMD1
ST
PORTD data input.
O
DIG
LATD data output.
I
DIG
1
I
2C/
I
SMB
I2C data input (MSSP2 module); input type depends on
module setting.
0
O
DIG
I2C data output (MSSP2 module); takes priority over port
data.
RD2
1
I
ST
PORTD data input.
0
O
DIG
LATD data output.
PMD2
1
I
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port data out.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 19 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 19 output.
1
I
DIG
PORTD data input.
0
O
DIG
LATD data output.
1
I
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port data out.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 20 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 20 output.
1
I
ST
PORTD data input.
0
O
DIG
LATD data output.
1
I
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port data out.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 21 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 21 output.
1
I
ST
PORTD data input.
0
O
DIG
LATD data output.
1
I
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port data out.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 22 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 22 output.
RD3
RP20
RD4
PMD4
RP21
RD5/PMD5/
RP22
I
0
O
PMD3
RD4/PMD4/
RP21
1
0
RP19
RD3/PMD3/
RP20
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
1
SDA2
RD2/PMD2/
RP19
Description
RD5
PMD5
RP22
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
Parallel Master Port data out.
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; I2C/SMB = I2C/SMBus
input buffer; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
DS39932D-page 146
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-9:
Pin
PORTD I/O SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RD6
1
I
ST
PORTD data input.
0
O
DIG
LATD data output.
1
I
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port data out.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 23 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 23 output.
RD6/PMD6/
RP23
PMD6
RP23
RD7/PMD7/
RP24
RD7
PMD7
RP24
Description
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
1
I
ST
PORTD data input.
0
O
DIG
LATD data output.
1
I
0
O
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port data in.
DIG
Parallel Master Port data out.
1
I
ST
Remappable peripheral pin 24 input.
0
O
DIG
Remappable peripheral pin 24 output.
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; I2C/SMB = I2C/SMBus
input buffer; x = Don’t care (TRIS bit does not affect port direction or is overridden for this option).
TABLE 10-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD
Name
PORTD(1)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on page
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
93
LATD(1)
LATD7
LATD6
LATD5
LATD4
LATD3
LATD2
LATD1
LATD0
92
TRISD(1)
TRISD7
TRISD6
TRISD5
TRISD4
TRISD3
TRISD2
TRISD1
TRISD0
92
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD.
Note 1: These registers are not available in 28-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 147
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.6
Note:
PORTE, TRISE and LATE
Registers
PORTE is available only in 44-pin
devices.
Depending on the particular PIC18F46J11 family
device selected, PORTE is implemented in two
different ways.
For 44-pin devices, PORTE is a 3-bit wide port. Three
pins (RE0/AN5/PMRD, RE1/AN6/PMWR and RE2/
AN7/PMCS) are individually configurable as inputs or
outputs. These pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers.
When selected as analog inputs, these pins will read as
‘0’s.
The corresponding Data Direction register is TRISE.
Setting a TRISE bit (= 1) will make the corresponding
PORTE pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output
driver in a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISE bit
(= 0) will make the corresponding PORTE pin an output
(i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the selected
pin).
TRISE controls the direction of the RE pins, even when
they are being used as analog inputs. The user must
make sure to keep the pins configured as inputs when
using them as analog inputs.
Note:
The Data Latch register (LATE) is also memory
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATE
register read and write the latched output value for
PORTE.
EXAMPLE 10-6:
CLRF
LATE
MOVLW
MOVWF
MOVLW
0xE0
ANCON0
0x03
MOVWF
TRISE
INITIALIZING PORTE
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Initialize LATE
to clear output
data latches
Configure REx
for digital inputs
Value used to
initialize data
direction
Set RE as inputs
RE as outputs
RE as inputs
Each of the PORTE pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is performed by setting bit, REPU (PORTE). The weak
pull-up is automatically turned off when the port pin is
configured as an output. The pull-ups are disabled on a
POR.
Note that the pull-ups can be used for any set of
features, similar to the pull-ups found on PORTB.
On a POR, RE are configured as
analog inputs.
DS39932D-page 148
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 10-11: PORTE I/O SUMMARY
Pin
Function
TRIS
Setting
I/O
I/O
Type
RE0
1
I
ST
0
O
DIG
LATE data output; not affected by analog input.
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 5; default input configuration on POR.
RE0/AN5/
PMRD
AN5
PMRD
RE1/AN6/
PMWR
RE1
1
I
0
O
Description
PORTE data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port io_rd_in.
DIG
Parallel Master Port read strobe.
1
I
ST
PORTE data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
0
O
DIG
LATE data output; not affected by analog input.
AN6
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 6; default input configuration on POR.
PMWR
1
I
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port write strobe.
1
I
ST
PORTE data input; disabled when analog input enabled.
RE2/AN7/
PMCS
RE2
ST/TTL Parallel Master Port io_wr_in.
0
O
DIG
LATE data output; not affected by analog input.
AN7
1
I
ANA
A/D input channel 7; default input configuration on POR.
PMCS
0
O
DIG
Parallel Master Port byte enable.
Legend: DIG = Digital level output; TTL = TTL input buffer; ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer; ANA = Analog level
I = Input; O = Output; P = Power
TABLE 10-12: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE
Name
PORTE(1)
(1)
LATE
TRISE(1)
ANCON0
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
Reset
Values
on page
RE1
RE0
93
LATE1
LATE0
92
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
RDPU(3)
REPU(4)
—
—
—
RE2
—
—
—
—
—
LATE2
—
—
—
—
—
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
92
PCFG4
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
94
PCFG7(2) PCFG6(2) PCFG5(2)
Bit 2
Bit 0
Bit 7
Bit 1
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
These registers are not available in 28-pin devices.
These bits are only available in 44-pin devices.
PORTD Pull-up Enable bit
0 = All PORTD pull-ups are disabled
1 = PORTD pull-ups are enabled for any input pad
PORTE Pull-up Enable bit
0 = All PORTE pull-ups are disabled
1 = PORTE pull-ups are enabled for any input pad
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 149
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.7
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)
A major challenge in general purpose devices is providing the largest possible set of peripheral features while
minimizing the conflict of features on I/O pins. The
challenge is even greater on low pin count devices
similar to the PIC18F46J11 family. In an application
that needs to use more than one peripheral multiplexed
on single pin, inconvenient workarounds in application
code or a complete redesign may be the only option.
The Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) feature provides an
alternative to these choices by enabling the user’s
peripheral set selection and their placement on a wide
range of I/O pins. By increasing the pinout options
available on a particular device, users can better tailor
the microcontroller to their entire application, rather than
trimming the application to fit the device.
The PPS feature operates over a fixed subset of digital
I/O pins. Users may independently map the input and/
or output of any one of the many digital peripherals to
any one of these I/O pins. PPS is performed in software
and generally does not require the device to be
reprogrammed. Hardware safeguards are included that
prevent accidental or spurious changes to the
peripheral mapping once it has been established.
10.7.1
AVAILABLE PINS
The PPS feature is used with a range of up to 22 pins;
the number of available pins is dependent on the
particular device and its pin count. Pins that support the
PPS feature include the designation “RPn” in their full
pin designation, where “RP” designates a remappable
peripheral and “n” is the remappable pin number. See
Table 1-2 for pinout options in each package offering.
10.7.2
AVAILABLE PERIPHERALS
The peripherals managed by the PPS are all digital
only peripherals. These include general serial communications (UART and SPI), general purpose timer clock
inputs, timer-related peripherals (input capture and
output compare) and external interrupt inputs. Also
included are the outputs of the comparator module,
since these are discrete digital signals.
The PPS module is not applied to I2C, change notification inputs, RTCC alarm outputs or peripherals with
analog inputs. Additionally, the MSSP1 and EUSART1
modules are not routed through the PPS module.
A key difference between pin select and non-pin select
peripherals is that pin select peripherals are not associated with a default I/O pin. The peripheral must
always be assigned to a specific I/O pin before it can be
used. In contrast, non PPS peripherals are always
available on a default pin, assuming that the peripheral
is active and not conflicting with another peripheral.
10.7.2.1
Peripheral Pin Select Function
Priority
When a pin selectable peripheral is active on a given I/O
pin, it takes priority over all other digital I/O and digital
communication peripherals associated with the pin.
Priority is given regardless of the type of peripheral that
is mapped. Pin select peripherals never take priority
over any analog functions associated with the pin.
10.7.3
CONTROLLING PERIPHERAL PIN
SELECT
PPS features are controlled through two sets of Special
Function Registers (SFRs): one to map peripheral
inputs and the other to map outputs. Because they are
separately controlled, a particular peripheral’s input
and output (if the peripheral has both) can be placed on
any selectable function pin without constraint.
The association of a peripheral to a peripheral selectable
pin is handled in two different ways, depending on
whether an input or an output is being mapped.
DS39932D-page 150
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.7.3.1
Input Mapping
The inputs of the PPS options are mapped on the basis
of the peripheral; that is, a control register associated
with a peripheral dictates the pin it will be mapped to.
The RPINRx registers are used to configure peripheral
input mapping (see Register 10-6 through Register 1020). Each register contains a 5-bit field, which is associ-
TABLE 10-13:
ated with one of the pin selectable peripherals. Programming a given peripheral’s bit field with an appropriate 5bit value maps the RPn pin with that value to that
peripheral. For any given device, the valid range of
values for any of the bit fields corresponds to the
maximum number of peripheral pin selections supported
by the device.
SELECTABLE INPUT SOURCES (MAPS INPUT TO FUNCTION)(1)
Input Name
Function Name
Register
External Interrupt 1
INT1
RPINR1
External Interrupt 2
INT2
RPINR2
External Interrupt 3
INT3
RPINR3
Timer0 External Clock Input
T0CKI
RPINR4
Timer3 External Clock Input
T3CKI
RPINR6
Input Capture 1
CCP1
RPINR7
Input Capture 2
CCP2
RPINR8
Timer1 Gate Input
T1G
RPINR12
Timer3 Gate Input
T3G
RPINR13
EUSART2 Asynchronous Receive/Synchronous
RX2/DT2
RPINR16
Receive
EUSART2 Asynchronous Clock Input
CK2
RPINR17
SPI2 Data Input
SDI2
RPINR21
SPI2 Clock Input
SCK2IN
RPINR22
SPI2 Slave Select Input
SS2IN
RPINR23
PWM Fault Input
FLT0
RPINR24
Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, all inputs use the Schmitt Trigger input buffers.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Configuration
Bits
INTR1R
INTR2R
INTR3R
T0CKR
T3CKR
IC1R
IC2R
T1GR
T3GR
RX2DT2R
CK2R
SDI2R
SCK2R
SS2R
OCFAR
DS39932D-page 151
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.7.3.2
Output Mapping
In contrast to inputs, the outputs of the PPS options are
mapped on the basis of the pin. In this case, a control
register associated with a particular pin dictates the
peripheral output to be mapped. The RPORx registers
are used to control output mapping. The value of the bit
field corresponds to one of the peripherals and that
peripheral’s output is mapped to the pin (see Table 1014).
Because of the mapping technique, the list of
peripherals for output mapping also includes a null
value of ‘00000’. This permits any given pin to remain
disconnected from the output of any of the pin
selectable peripherals.
TABLE 10-14: SELECTABLE OUTPUT SOURCES (MAPS FUNCTION TO OUTPUT)
Function
Output Function
Number(1)
Output Name
NULL
0
NULL(2)
C1OUT
1
Comparator 1 Output
C2OUT
2
Comparator 2 Output
TX2/CK2
5
EUSART2 Asynchronous Transmit/Asynchronous Clock Output
DT2
6
EUSART2 Synchronous Transmit
SDO2
9
SPI2 Data Output
SCK2
10
SPI2 Clock Output
SSDMA
12
SPI DMA Slave Select
ULPOUT
13
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Event
CCP1/P1A
14
ECCP1 Compare or PWM Output Channel A
P1B
15
ECCP1 Enhanced PWM Output, Channel B
P1C
16
ECCP1 Enhanced PWM Output, Channel C
P1D
17
ECCP1 Enhanced PWM Output, Channel D
CCP2/P2A
18
ECCP2 Compare or PWM Output
P2B
19
ECCP2 Enhanced PWM Output, Channel B
P2C
20
ECCP2 Enhanced PWM Output, Channel C
P2D
21
ECCP2 Enhanced PWM Output, Channel D
Note 1: Value assigned to the RPn pins corresponds to the peripheral output function number.
2: The NULL function is assigned to all RPn outputs at device Reset and disables the RPn output function.
DS39932D-page 152
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.7.3.3
Mapping Limitations
The control schema of the PPS is extremely flexible.
Other than systematic blocks that prevent signal contention caused by two physical pins being configured
as the same functional input or two functional outputs
configured as the same pin, there are no hardware
enforced lock outs. The flexibility extends to the point of
allowing a single input to drive multiple peripherals or a
single functional output to drive multiple output pins.
10.7.4
CONTROLLING CONFIGURATION
CHANGES
Because peripheral remapping can be changed during
run time, some restrictions on peripheral remapping
are needed to prevent accidental configuration
changes. PIC18F devices include three features to
prevent alterations to the peripheral map:
• Control register lock sequence
• Continuous state monitoring
• Configuration bit remapping lock
10.7.4.1
Control Register Lock
Under normal operation, writes to the RPINRx and
RPORx registers are not allowed. Attempted writes will
appear to execute normally, but the contents of the
registers will remain unchanged. To change these registers, they must be unlocked in hardware. The register
lock is controlled by the IOLOCK bit (PPSCON).
Setting IOLOCK prevents writes to the control
registers; clearing IOLOCK allows writes.
To set or clear IOLOCK, a specific command sequence
must be executed:
1.
2.
3.
Write 55h to EECON2.
Write AAh to EECON2.
Clear (or set) IOLOCK as a single operation.
IOLOCK remains in one state until changed. This
allows all of the PPS registers to be configured with a
single unlock sequence followed by an update to all
control registers, then locked with a second lock
sequence.
10.7.4.2
Continuous State Monitoring
In addition to being protected from direct writes, the
contents of the RPINRx and RPORx registers are
constantly monitored in hardware by shadow registers.
If an unexpected change in any of the registers occurs
(such as cell disturbances caused by ESD or other
external events), a Configuration Mismatch Reset will
be triggered.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.7.4.3
Configuration Bit Pin Select Lock
As an additional level of safety, the device can be configured to prevent more than one write session to the
RPINRx and RPORx registers. The IOL1WAY
(CONFIG3H) Configuration bit blocks the IOLOCK
bit from being cleared after it has been set once. If
IOLOCK remains set, the register unlock procedure will
not execute and the PPS control registers cannot be
written to. The only way to clear the bit and re-enable
peripheral remapping is to perform a device Reset.
In the default (unprogrammed) state, IOL1WAY is set,
restricting users to one write session. Programming
IOL1WAY allows users unlimited access (with the
proper use of the unlock sequence) to the PPS
registers.
10.7.5
CONSIDERATIONS FOR
PERIPHERAL PIN SELECTION
The ability to control peripheral pin selection introduces
several considerations into application design that
could be overlooked. This is particularly true for several
common peripherals that are available only as
remappable peripherals.
The main consideration is that the PPS is not available
on default pins in the device’s default (Reset) state.
Since all RPINRx registers reset to ‘11111’ and all
RPORx registers reset to ‘00000’, all PPS inputs are
tied to RP31 and all PPS outputs are disconnected.
Note:
In tying PPS inputs to RP31, RP31 does
not have to exist on a device for the
registers to be reset to it.
This situation requires the user to initialize the device
with the proper peripheral configuration before any
other application code is executed. Since the IOLOCK
bit resets in the unlocked state, it is not necessary to
execute the unlock sequence after the device has
come out of Reset.
For application safety, however, it is best to set
IOLOCK and lock the configuration after writing to the
control registers.
Because the unlock sequence is timing critical, it must
be executed as an assembly language routine. If the
bulk of the application is written in C or another highlevel language, the unlock sequence should be
performed by writing in-line assembly.
DS39932D-page 153
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Choosing the configuration requires the review of all
PPSs and their pin assignments, especially those that
will not be used in the application. In all cases, unused
pin selectable peripherals should be disabled completely. Unused peripherals should have their inputs
assigned to an unused RPn pin function. I/O pins with
unused RPn functions should be configured with the
null peripheral output.
The assignment of a peripheral to a particular pin does
not automatically perform any other configuration of the
pin’s I/O circuitry. In theory, this means adding a pin
selectable output to a pin may mean inadvertently driving an existing peripheral input when the output is
driven. Users must be familiar with the behavior of
other fixed peripherals that share a remappable pin and
know when to enable or disable them. To be safe, fixed
digital peripherals that share the same pin should be
disabled when not in use.
Along these lines, configuring a remappable pin for a
specific peripheral does not automatically turn that
feature on. The peripheral must be specifically configured for operation and enabled, as if it were tied to a
fixed pin. Where this happens in the application code
(immediately following device Reset and peripheral
configuration or inside the main application routine)
depends on the peripheral and its use in the
application.
A final consideration is that the PPS functions neither
override analog inputs nor reconfigure pins with analog
functions for digital I/O. If a pin is configured as an
analog input on device Reset, it must be explicitly
reconfigured as digital I/O when used with a PPS.
Example 10-7 provides a configuration for bidirectional
communication with flow control using EUSART2. The
following input and output functions are used:
• Input Function RX2
• Output Function TX2
EXAMPLE 10-7:
CONFIGURING EUSART2
INPUT AND OUTPUT
FUNCTIONS
;*************************************
; Unlock Registers
;*************************************
; PPS registers are in BANK 14
MOVLB
0x0E
BCF
INTCON, GIE ; Disable interrupts
MOVLW
0x55
MOVWF
EECON2, 0
MOVLW
0xAA
MOVWF
EECON2, 0
; Turn off PPS Write Protect
BCF
PPSCON, IOLOCK, BANKED
;***************************
; Configure Input Functions
; (See Table 9-13)
;***************************
;***************************
; Assign RX2 To Pin RP0
;***************************
MOVLW
0x00
MOVWF
RPINR16, BANKED
;***************************
; Configure Output Functions
; (See Table 9-14)
;***************************
;***************************
; Assign TX2 To Pin RP1
;***************************
MOVLW
0x05
MOVWF
RPOR1, BANKED
;*************************************
; Lock Registers
;*************************************
MOVLW
0x55
MOVWF
EECON2, 0
MOVLW
0xAA
MOVWF
EECON2, 0
; Write Protect PPS
BSF PPSCON, IOLOCK, BANKED
Note:
DS39932D-page 154
If the Configuration bit, IOL1WAY = 1,
once the IOLOCK bit is set, it cannot be
cleared, preventing any future RP register
changes. The IOLOCK bit is cleared back
to ‘0’ on any device Reset.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
10.7.6
PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT
REGISTERS
Note:
The PIC18F46J11 family of devices implements a total
of 37 registers for remappable peripheral configuration
of 44-pin devices. The 28-pin devices have 31 registers
for remappable peripheral configuration.
REGISTER 10-5:
Input and output register values can only
be changed if PPS = 0. See
Example 10-7 for a specific command
sequence.
PPSCON: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 0 (BANKED EFFh)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
IOLOCK
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-1
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 0
IOLOCK: I/O Lock Enable bit
1 = I/O lock active, RPORx and RPINRx registers are write-protected
0 = I/O lock not active, pin configurations can be changed
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
Register values can only be changed if PPSCON = 0.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 155
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-6:
RPINR1: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 1 (BANKED EE7h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
INTR1R4
INTR1R3
INTR1R2
INTR1R1
INTR1R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
INTR1R: Assign External Interrupt 1 (INT1) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-7:
RPINR2: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 2 (BANKED EE8h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
INTR2R4
INTR2R3
INTR2R2
INTR2R1
INTR2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
INTR2R: Assign External Interrupt 2 (INT2) to the Corresponding RPn pin bits
REGISTER 10-8:
RPINR3: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 3 (BANKED EE9h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
INTR3R4
INTR3R3
INTR3R2
INTR3R1
INTR3R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
INTR3R: Assign External Interrupt 3 (INT3) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
DS39932D-page 156
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-9:
RPINR4: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 4 (BANKED EEAh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
T0CKR4
T0CKR3
T0CKR2
T0CKR1
T0CKR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
T0CKR: Timer0 External Clock Input (T0CKI) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-10: RPINR6: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 6 (BANKED EECh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
T3CKR4
T3CKR3
T3CKR2
T3CKR1
T3CKR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
T3CKR: Timer 3 External Clock Input (T3CKI) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-11: RPINR7: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 7 (BANKED EEDh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
IC1R4
IC1R3
IC1R2
IC1R1
IC1R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
IC1R: Assign Input Capture 1 (ECCP1) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 157
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-12: RPINR8: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 8 (BANKED EEEh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
IC2R4
IC2R3
IC2R2
IC2R1
IC2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
IC2R: Assign Input Capture 2 (ECCP2) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-13: RPINR12: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 12 (BANKED EF2h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
T1GR4
T1GR3
T1GR2
T1GR1
T1GR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
T1GR: Timer1 Gate Input (T1G) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-14: RPINR13: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 13 (BANKED EF3h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
T3GR4
T3GR3
T3GR2
T3GR1
T3GR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
T3GR: Timer3 Gate Input (T3G) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
DS39932D-page 158
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-15: RPINR16: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 16 (BANKED EF6h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
RX2DT2R4
RX2DT2R3
RX2DT2R2
RX2DT2R1
RX2DT2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RX2DT2R: EUSART2 Synchronous/Asynchronous Receive (RX2/DT2) to the Corresponding
RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-16: RPINR17: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 17 (BANKED EF7h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
CK2R4
CK2R3
CK2R2
CK2R1
CK2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
CK2R: EUSART2 Clock Input (CK2) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-17: RPINR21: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 21 (BANKED EFBh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
SDI2R4
SDI2R3
SDI2R2
SDI2R1
SDI2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
SDI2R: Assign SPI2 Data Input (SDI2) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 159
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-18: RPINR22: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 22 (BANKED EFCh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
SCK2R4
SCK2R3
SCK2R2
SCK2R1
SCK2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
SCK2R: Assign SPI2 Clock Input (SCLK2) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-19: RPINR23: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 23 (BANKED EFDh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
SS2R4
SS2R3
SS2R2
SS2R1
SS2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
SS2R: Assign SPI2 Slave Select Input (SS2IN) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
REGISTER 10-20: RPINR24: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 24 (BANKED EFEh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
—
—
—
OCFAR4
OCFAR3
OCFAR2
OCFAR1
OCFAR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
OCFAR: Assign PWM Fault Input (FLT0) to the Corresponding RPn Pin bits
DS39932D-page 160
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-21: RPOR0: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 0 (BANKED EC6h)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP0R4
RP0R3
RP0R2
RP0R1
RP0R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP0R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP0 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
Note 1:
Register values can be changed only if PPSCON = 0.
REGISTER 10-22: RPOR1: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 1 (BANKED EC7h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP1R4
RP1R3
RP1R2
RP1R1
RP1R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP1R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP1 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-23: RPOR2: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 2 (BANKED EC8h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP2R4
RP2R3
RP2R2
RP2R1
RP2R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP2R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP2 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 161
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-24: RPOR3: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 3 (BANKED EC9h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP3R4
RP3R3
RP3R2
RP3R1
RP3R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP3R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP3 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-25: RPOR4: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 4 (BANKED ECAh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP4R4
RP4R3
RP4R2
RP4R1
RP4R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP4R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP4 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-26: RPOR5: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 5 (BANKED ECBh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP5R4
RP5R3
RP5R2
RP5R1
RP5R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP5R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP5 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
DS39932D-page 162
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-27: RPOR6: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 6 (BANKED ECCh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP6R4
RP6R3
RP6R2
RP6R1
RP6R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP6R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP6 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-28: RPOR7: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 7 (BANKED ECDh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP7R4
RP7R3
RP7R2
RP7R1
RP7R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP7R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP7 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-29: RPOR8: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 8 (BANKED ECEh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP8R4
RP8R3
RP8R2
RP8R1
RP8R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP8R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP8 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 163
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-30: RPOR9: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 9 (BANKED ECFh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP9R4
RP9R3
RP9R2
RP9R1
RP9R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP9R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP9 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-31: RPOR10: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 10 (BANKED ED0h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP10R4
RP10R3
RP10R2
RP10R1
RP10R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP10R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP10 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-32: RPOR11: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 11 (BANKED ED1h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP11R4
RP11R3
RP11R2
RP11R1
RP11R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP11R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP11 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
DS39932D-page 164
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-33: RPOR12: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 12 (BANKED ED2h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP12R4
RP12R3
RP12R2
RP12R1
RP12R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP12R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP12 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-34: RPOR13: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 13 (BANKED ED3h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP13R4
RP13R3
RP13R2
RP13R1
RP13R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP13R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP13 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-35: RPOR14: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 14 (BANKED ED4h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP14R4
RP14R3
RP14R2
RP14R1
RP14R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP14R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP14 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 165
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-36: RPOR15: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 15 (BANKED ED5h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP15R4
RP15R3
RP15R2
RP15R1
RP15R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP15R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP15 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-37: RPOR16: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 16 (BANKED ED6h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP16R4
RP16R3
RP16R2
RP16R1
RP16R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP16R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP16 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-38: RPOR17: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 17 (BANKED ED7h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP17R4
RP17R3
RP17R2
RP17R1
RP17R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP17R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP17 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
DS39932D-page 166
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-39: RPOR18: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 18 (BANKED ED8h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP18R4
RP18R3
RP18R2
RP18R1
RP18R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP18R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP18 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
REGISTER 10-40: RPOR19: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 19 (BANKED ED9h)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP19R4
RP19R3
RP19R2
RP19R1
RP19R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP19R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP19 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
Note 1:
RP19 pins are not available on 28-pin devices.
REGISTER 10-41: RPOR20: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 20 (BANKED EDAh)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP20R4
RP20R3
RP20R2
RP20R1
RP20R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP20R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP20 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
Note 1:
RP20 pins are not available on 28-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 167
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-42: RPOR21: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 21 (BANKED EDBh)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP21R4
RP21R3
RP21R2
RP21R1
RP21R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP21R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP21 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
Note 1:
RP21 pins are not available on 28-pin devices.
REGISTER 10-43: RPOR22: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 22 (BANKED EDCh)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP22R4
RP22R3
RP22R2
RP22R1
RP22R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP22R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP22 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
Note 1:
RP22 pins are not available on 28-pin devices.
REGISTER 10-44: RPOR23: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 23 (BANKED EDDh)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP23R4
RP23R3
RP23R2
RP23R1
RP23R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP23R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP23 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
Note 1:
RP23 pins are not available on 28-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 168
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 10-45: RPOR24: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 24 (BANKED EDEh)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
RP24R4
RP24R3
RP24R2
RP24R1
RP24R0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R/W = Readable, Writable if IOLOCK = 0
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-0
RP24R: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP24 Output Pin bits
(see Table 10-14 for peripheral function numbers)
Note 1:
RP24 pins are not available on 28-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 169
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 170
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.0
PARALLEL MASTER PORT
(PMP)
The Parallel Master Port module (PMP) is an 8-bit
parallel I/O module, specifically designed to communicate with a wide variety of parallel devices, such as
communication peripherals, LCDs, external memory
devices and microcontrollers. Because the interface to
parallel peripherals varies significantly, the PMP is
highly configurable. The PMP module can be
configured to serve as either a PMP or as a Parallel
Slave Port (PSP).
FIGURE 11-1:
Key features of the PMP module are:
• Up to 16 bits of Addressing when Using
Data/Address Multiplexing
• Up to 8 Programmable Address Lines
• One Chip Select Line
• Programmable Strobe Options:
- Individual Read and Write Strobes or;
- Read/Write Strobe with Enable Strobe
• Address Auto-Increment/Auto-Decrement
• Programmable Address/Data Multiplexing
• Programmable Polarity on Control Signals
• Legacy Parallel Slave Port Support
• Enhanced Parallel Slave Support:
- Address Support
- 4-Byte Deep, Auto-Incrementing Buffer
• Programmable Wait States
• Selectable Input Voltage Levels
PMP MODULE OVERVIEW
Address Bus
Data Bus
PIC18
Parallel Master Port
PMA
PMALL
Control Lines
PMA
PMALH
Up to 8-Bit Address
PMA
EEPROM
PMCS
PMBE
PMRD
PMRD/PMWR
Microcontroller
LCD
FIFO
Buffer
PMWR
PMENB
PMD
PMA
PMA
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
8-Bit Data
DS39932D-page 171
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.1
The
PMCON
registers
(Register 11-1
and
Register 11-2) control basic module operations, including turning the module on or off. They also configure
address multiplexing and control strobe configuration.
Module Registers
The PMP module has a total of 14 Special Function
Registers (SFRs) for its operation, plus one additional
register to set configuration options. Of these, eight
registers are used for control and six are used for PMP
data transfer.
11.1.1
The
PMMODE
registers
(Register 11-3
and
Register 11-4) configure the various Master and Slave
modes, the data width and interrupt generation.
CONTROL REGISTERS
The PMEH and PMEL registers (Register 11-5 and
Register 11-6) configure the module’s operation at the
hardware (I/O pin) level.
The eight PMP Control registers are:
• PMCONH and PMCONL
• PMEH and PMEL
The
PMSTAT
registers
(Register 11-5
and
Register 11-6) provide status flags for the module’s
input and output buffers, depending on the operating
mode.
REGISTER 11-1:
PMCONH: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER HIGH BYTE (BANKED F5Fh)(1)
• PMMODEH and PMMODEL
• PMSTATL and PMSTATH
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PMPEN
—
—
ADRMUX1
ADRMUX0
PTBEEN
PTWREN
PTRDEN
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
PMPEN: Parallel Master Port Enable bit
1 = PMP enabled
0 = PMP disabled, no off-chip access performed
bit 6-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4-3
ADRMUX: Address/Data Multiplexing Selection bits
11 = Reserved
10 = All 16 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD pins
01 = Lower 8 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD pins (only eight bits of address are
available in this mode)
00 = Address and data appear on separate pins (only eight bits of address are available in this mode)
bit 2
PTBEEN: Byte Enable Port Enable bit (16-Bit Master mode)
1 = PMBE port enabled
0 = PMBE port disabled
bit 1
PTWREN: Write Enable Strobe Port Enable bit
1 = PMWR/PMENB port enabled
0 = PMWR/PMENB port disabled
bit 0
PTRDEN: Read/Write Strobe Port Enable bit
1 = PMRD/PMWR port enabled
0 = PMRD/PMWR port disabled
Note 1:
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 172
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-2:
PMCONL: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER LOW BYTE (BANKED F5Eh)(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0(2)
U-0
R/W-0(2)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CSF1
CSF0
ALP
—
CS1P
BEP
WRSP
RDSP
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
CSF: Chip Select Function bits
11 = Reserved
10 = Chip select function is enabled and PMCS acts as chip select (in Master mode). Up to 13 address
bits only can be generated.
01 = Reserved
00 = Chip select function is disabled (in Master mode). All 16 address bits can be generated.
bit 5
ALP: Address Latch Polarity bit(2)
1 = Active-high (PMALL and PMALH)
0 = Active-low (PMALL and PMALH)
bit 4
Unimplemented: Maintain as ‘0’
bit 3
CS1P: Chip Select Polarity bit(2)
1 = Active-high (PMCS)
0 = Active-low (PMCS)
bit 2
BEP: Byte Enable Polarity bit
1 = Byte enable active-high (PMBE)
0 = Byte enable active-low (PMBE)
bit 1
WRSP: Write Strobe Polarity bit
For Slave modes and Master Mode 2 (PMMODEH = 00,01,10):
1 = Write strobe active-high (PMWR)
0 = Write strobe active-low (PMWR)
For Master Mode 1 (PMMODEH = 11):
1 = Enable strobe active-high (PMENB)
0 = Enable strobe active-low (PMENB)
bit 0
RDSP: Read Strobe Polarity bit
For Slave modes and Master Mode 2 (PMMODEH = 00,01,10):
1 = Read strobe active-high (PMRD)
0 = Read strobe active-low (PMRD)
For Master Mode 1 (PMMODEH = 11):
1 = Read/write strobe active-high (PMRD/PMWR)
0 = Read/write strobe active-low (PMRD/PMWR)
Note 1:
2:
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
These bits have no effect when their corresponding pins are used as address lines.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 173
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-3:
PMMODEH: PARALLEL PORT MODE REGISTER HIGH BYTE (BANKED F5Dh)(1)
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
BUSY
IRQM1
IRQM0
INCM1
INCM0
MODE16
MODE1
MODE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
BUSY: Busy bit (Master mode only)
1 = Port is busy
0 = Port is not busy
bit 6-5
IRQM: Interrupt Request Mode bits
11 = Interrupt generated when Read Buffer 3 is read or Write Buffer 3 is written (Buffered PSP mode)
or on a read or write operation when PMA = 11 (Addressable PSP mode only)
10 = No interrupt generated, processor stall activated
01 = Interrupt generated at the end of the read/write cycle
00 = No interrupt generated
bit 4-3
INCM: Increment Mode bits
11 = PSP read and write buffers auto-increment (Legacy PSP mode only)
10 = Decrement ADDR by 1 every read/write cycle
01 = Increment ADDR by 1 every read/write cycle
00 = No increment or decrement of address
bit 2
MODE16: 8/16-Bit Mode bit
1 = 16-bit mode: Data register is 16 bits, a read or write to the Data register invokes two 8-bit transfers
0 = 8-bit mode: Data register is 8 bits, a read or write to the Data register invokes one 8-bit transfer
bit 1-0
MODE: Parallel Port Mode Select bits
11 = Master Mode 1 (PMCS, PMRD/PMWR, PMENB, PMBE, PMA and PMD)
10 = Master Mode 2 (PMCS, PMRD, PMWR, PMBE, PMA and PMD)
01 = Enhanced PSP, control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS, PMD and PMA)
00 = Legacy Parallel Slave Port, control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS and PMD)
Note 1:
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 174
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-4:
R/W-0
WAITB1
PMMODEL: PARALLEL PORT MODE REGISTER LOW BYTE (BANKED F5Ch)(1)
R/W-0
(2)
R/W-0
(2)
WAITB0
WAITM3
R/W-0
WAITM2
R/W-0
WAITM1
R/W-0
WAITM0
R/W-0
WAITE1
(2)
R/W-0
WAITE0(2)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6
WAITB: Data Setup to Read/Write Wait State Configuration bits(2)
11 = Data wait of 4 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 4 TCY
10 = Data wait of 3 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 3 TCY
01 = Data wait of 2 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 2 TCY
00 = Data wait of 1 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 1 TCY
bit 5-2
WAITM: Read to Byte Enable Strobe Wait State Configuration bits
1111 = Wait of additional 15 TCY
.
.
.
0001 = Wait of additional 1 TCY
0000 = No additional Wait cycles (operation forced into one TCY)
bit 1-0
WAITE: Data Hold After Strobe Wait State Configuration bits(2)
11 = Wait of 4 TCY
10 = Wait of 3 TCY
01 = Wait of 2 TCY
00 = Wait of 1 TCY
Note 1:
2:
x = Bit is unknown
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
WAITBx and WAITEx bits are ignored whenever WAITM = 0000.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 175
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-5:
PMEH: PARALLEL PORT ENABLE REGISTER HIGH BYTE (BANKED F57h)(1)
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
—
PTEN14
—
—
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6
PTEN14: PMCS Port Enable bit
1 = PMCS chip select line
0 = PMCS functions as port I/O
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
REGISTER 11-6:
PMEL: PARALLEL PORT ENABLE REGISTER LOW BYTE (BANKED F56h)(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PTEN7
PTEN6
PTEN5
PTEN4
PTEN3
PTEN2
PTEN1
PTEN0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-2
PTEN: PMP Address Port Enable bits
1 = PMA function as PMP address lines
0 = PMA function as port I/O
bit 1-0
PTEN: PMALH/PMALL Strobe Enable bits
1 = PMA function as either PMA or PMALH and PMALL
0 = PMA pads functions as port I/O
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 176
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-7:
PMSTATH: PARALLEL PORT STATUS REGISTER HIGH BYTE (BANKED F55h)(1)
R-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
IBF
IBOV
—
—
IB3F
IB2F
IB1F
IB0F
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit
1 = All writable input buffer registers are full
0 = Some or all of the writable input buffer registers are empty
bit 6
IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Status bit
1 = A write attempt to a full input byte register occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0
IB3F:IB0F: Input Buffer x Status Full bits
1 = Input buffer contains data that has not been read (reading buffer will clear this bit)
0 = Input buffer does not contain any unread data
Note 1:
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
REGISTER 11-8:
PMSTATL: PARALLEL PORT STATUS REGISTER LOW BYTE (BANKED F54h)(1)
R-1
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R-1
R-1
R-1
R-1
OBE
OBUF
—
—
OB3E
OB2E
OB1E
OB0E
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
OBE: Output Buffer Empty Status bit
1 = All readable output buffer registers are empty
0 = Some or all of the readable output buffer registers are full
bit 6
OBUF: Output Buffer Underflow Status bit
1 = A read occurred from an empty output byte register (must be cleared in software)
0 = No underflow occurred
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 3-0
OB3E:OB0E: Output Buffer x Status Empty bits
1 = Output buffer is empty (writing data to the buffer will clear this bit)
0 = Output buffer contains data that has not been transmitted
Note 1:
This register is only available in 44-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 177
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.1.2
DATA REGISTERS
The PMP module uses eight registers for transferring
data into and out of the microcontroller. They are
arranged as four pairs to allow the option of 16-bit data
operations:
•
•
•
•
PMDIN1H and PMDIN1L
PMDIN2H and PMDIN2L
PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L
PMDOUT2H and PMDOUT2L
The PMDIN1 register is used for incoming data in Slave
modes and both input and output data in Master
modes. The PMDIN2 register is used for buffering input
data in select Slave modes.
The PMADDR/PMDOUT1 registers are actually a
single register pair; the name and function are dictated
by the module’s operating mode. In Master modes, the
registers function as the PMADDRH and PMADDRL
registers and contain the address of any incoming or
outgoing data. In Slave modes, the registers function
as PMDOUT1H and PMDOUT1L and are used for
outgoing data.
DS39932D-page 178
PMADDRH differs from PMADDRL in that it can also
have limited PMP control functions. When the module is
operating in select Master mode configurations, the
upper two bits of the register can be used to determine
the operation of chip select signals. If these are not
used, PMADDR simply functions to hold the upper 8 bits
of the address. Register 11-9 provides the function of
the individual bits in PMADDRH.
The PMDOUT2H and PMDOUT2L registers are only
used in Buffered Slave modes and serve as a buffer for
outgoing data.
11.1.3
PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL
REGISTER
In addition to the module level configuration options,
the PMP module can also be configured at the I/O pin
for electrical operation. This option allows users to
select either the normal Schmitt Trigger input buffer on
digital I/O pins shared with the PMP, or use TTL level
compatible buffers instead. Buffer configuration is
controlled by the PMPTTL bit in the PADCFG1 register.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 11-9:
PMADDRH: PARALLEL PORT ADDRESS REGISTER HIGH BYTE –
MASTER MODES ONLY (ACCESS F6Fh)(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
CS1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
Parallel Master Port Address High Byte
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6
CS1: Chip Select bit
If PMCON = 10:
1 = Chip select is active
0 = Chip select is inactive
If PMCON = 11 or 00:
Bit functions as ADDR.
bit 5-0
Parallel Master Port Address: High Byte bits
Note 1:
r = Reserved
x = Bit is unknown
In Enhanced Slave mode, PMADDRH functions as PMDOUT1H, one of the Output Data Buffer registers.
REGISTER 11-10: PMADDRL: PARALLEL PORT ADDRESS REGISTER LOW BYTE –
MASTER MODES ONLY (ACCESS F6Eh)(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
Parallel Master Port Address Low Byte
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
Note 1:
r = Reserved
x = Bit is unknown
Parallel Master Port Address: Low Byte bits
In Enhanced Slave mode, PMADDRL functions as PMDOUT1L, one of the Output Data Buffer registers.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 179
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.2
Slave Port Modes
The primary mode of operation for the module is
configured using the MODE bits in the
PMMODEH register. The setting affects whether the
module acts as a slave or a master, and it determines
the usage of the control pins.
11.2.1
LEGACY MODE (PSP)
In Legacy mode (PMMODEH = 00 and
PMPEN = 1), the module is configured as a Parallel
Slave Port (PSP) with the associated enabled module
FIGURE 11-2:
pins dedicated to the module. In this mode, an external
device, such as another microcontroller or microprocessor, can asynchronously read and write data
using the 8-bit data bus (PMD), the read (PMRD),
write (PMWR) and chip select (PMCS1) inputs. It acts
as a slave on the bus and responds to the read/write
control signals.
Figure 11-2 displays the connection of the PSP.
When chip select is active and a write strobe occurs
(PMCS = 1 and PMWR = 1), the data from
PMD is captured into the PMDIN1L register.
LEGACY PARALLEL SLAVE PORT EXAMPLE
Master
PIC18 Slave
PMD
DS39932D-page 180
PMD
PMCS1
PMCS
PMRD
PMRD
PMWR
PMWR
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.2.2
WRITE TO SLAVE PORT
When chip select is active and a write strobe occurs
(PMCS = 1 and PMWR = 1), the data from PMD
is captured into the lower PMDIN1L register. The
PMPIF and IBF flag bits are set when the write
ends.The timing for the control signals in Write mode is
displayed in Figure 11-3. The polarity of the control
signals are configurable.
FIGURE 11-3:
11.2.3
READ FROM SLAVE PORT
When chip select is active and a read strobe occurs
(PMCS = 1 and PMRD = 1), the data from the
PMDOUT1L register (PMDOUT1L) is presented
onto PMD. Figure 11-4 provides the timing for the
control signals in Read mode.
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS
|
Q4
|
Q1
|
Q2
|
Q3
|
Q4
Q4
|
Q1
|
Q2
|
Q3
|
Q4
PMCS
PMWR
PMRD
PMD
IBF
OBE
PMPIF
FIGURE 11-4:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS
|
PMCS
PMWR
PMRD
PMD
IBF
OBE
PMPIF
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 181
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.2.4
BUFFERED PARALLEL SLAVE
PORT MODE
11.2.4.2
Buffered Parallel Slave Port mode is functionally
identical to the legacy PSP mode with one exception,
the implementation of 4-level read and write buffers.
Buffered PSP mode is enabled by setting the INCM bits
in the PMMODEH register. If the INCM bits are
set to ‘11’, the PMP module will act as the Buffered
PSP.
When the Buffered mode is active, the PMDIN1L,
PMDIN1H, PMDIN2L and PMDIN2H registers become
the write buffers and the PMDOUT1L, PMDOUT1H,
PMDOUT2L and PMDOUT2H registers become the
read buffers. Buffers are numbered 0 through 3, starting with the lower byte of PMDIN1L to PMDIN2H as the
read buffers and PMDOUT1L to PMDOUT2H as the
write buffers.
11.2.4.1
READ FROM SLAVE PORT
For read operations, the bytes will be sent out
sequentially, starting with Buffer 0 (PMDOUT1L)
and ending with Buffer 3 (PMDOUT2H) for every
read strobe. The module maintains an internal pointer
to keep track of which buffer is to be read. Each buffer
has a corresponding read status bit, OBxE, in the
PMSTATL register. This bit is cleared when a buffer
contains data that has not been written to the bus, and
is set when data is written to the bus. If the current buffer location being read from is empty, a buffer underflow
is generated, and the Buffer Overflow flag bit, OBUF, is
set. If all four OBxE status bits are set, then the Output
Buffer Empty flag (OBE) will also be set.
FIGURE 11-5:
WRITE TO SLAVE PORT
For write operations, the data has to be stored
sequentially, starting with Buffer 0 (PMDIN1L)
and ending with Buffer 3 (PMDIN2H). As with
read operations, the module maintains an internal
pointer to the buffer that is to be written next.
The input buffers have their own write status bits, IBxF
in the PMSTATH register. The bit is set when the buffer
contains unread incoming data, and cleared when the
data has been read. The flag bit is set on the write
strobe. If a write occurs on a buffer when its associated
IBxF bit is set, the Buffer Overflow flag, IBOV, is set;
any incoming data in the buffer will be lost. If all four
IBxF flags are set, the Input Buffer Full Flag (IBF) is set.
In Buffered Slave mode, the module can be configured
to generate an interrupt on every read or write strobe
(IRQM = 01). It can be configured to generate an
interrupt on a read from Read Buffer 3 or a write to
Write Buffer 3, which is essentially an interrupt every
fourth read or write strobe (RQM = 11). When
interrupting every fourth byte for input data, all input
buffer registers should be read to clear the IBxF flags.
If these flags are not cleared, then there is a risk of
hitting an overflow condition.
PARALLEL MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION BUFFERED EXAMPLE
PIC18 Slave
Master
PMD
PMD
Write
Address
Pointer
Read
Address
Pointer
PMDOUT1L (0)
PMDIN1L (0)
PMDOUT1H (1)
PMDIN1H (1)
PMCS
PMCS
PMRD
PMRD
PMDOUT2L (2)
PMDIN2L (2)
PMWR
PMDOUT2H (3)
PMDIN2H (3)
PMWR
Data Bus
Control Lines
DS39932D-page 182
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.2.5
ADDRESSABLE PARALLEL SLAVE
PORT MODE
In the Addressable Parallel Slave Port mode
(PMMODEH = 01), the module is configured with
two extra inputs, PMA, which are the address
lines 1 and 0. This makes the 4-byte buffer space
directly addressable as fixed pairs of read and write
buffers. As with Legacy Buffered mode, data is output
from PMDOUT1L, PMDOUT1H, PMDOUT2L and
PMDOUT2H, and is read in on PMDIN1L, PMDIN1H,
PMDIN2L and PMDIN2H. Table 11-1 provides the
buffer addressing for the incoming address to the input
and output registers.
FIGURE 11-6:
TABLE 11-1:
SLAVE MODE BUFFER
ADDRESSING
Output
Register
(Buffer)
PMA
Input Register
(Buffer)
00
PMDOUT1L (0)
PMDIN1L (0)
01
PMDOUT1H (1)
PMDIN1H (1)
10
PMDOUT2L (2)
PMDIN2L (2)
11
PMDOUT2H((3)
PMDIN2H (3)
PARALLEL MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION ADDRESSED BUFFER EXAMPLE
Master
PIC18F Slave
PMA
PMA
PMD
PMD
Write
Address
Decode
Read
Address
Decode
PMDOUT1L (0)
PMDIN1L (0)
PMDOUT1H (1)
PMDIN1H (1)
PMCS
PMCS
PMRD
PMRD
PMDOUT2L (2)
PMDIN2L (2)
PMWR
PMDOUT2H (3)
PMDIN2H (3)
PMWR
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
11.2.5.1
READ FROM SLAVE PORT
When chip select is active and a read strobe occurs
(PMCS = 1 and PMRD = 1), the data from one of the
four output bytes is presented onto PMD. Which
byte is read depends on the 2-bit address placed on
ADDR. Table 11-1 provides the corresponding
FIGURE 11-7:
output registers and their associated address. When an
output buffer is read, the corresponding OBxE bit is set.
The OBxE flag bit is set when all the buffers are empty.
If any buffer is already empty, OBxE = 1, the next read
to that buffer will generate an OBUF event.
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS
|
Q4
|
Q1
|
Q2
|
Q3
|
Q4
PMCS
PMWR
PMRD
PMD
PMA
OBE
PMPIF
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 183
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.2.5.2
WRITE TO SLAVE PORT
When chip select is active and a write strobe occurs
(PMCS = 1 and PMWR = 1), the data from PMD
is captured into one of the four input buffer bytes.
Which byte is written depends on the 2-bit address
placed on ADDRL.
When an input buffer is written, the corresponding IBxF
bit is set. The IBF flag bit is set when all the buffers are
written. If any buffer is already written (IBxF = 1), the
next write strobe to that buffer will generate an OBUF
event and the byte will be discarded.
Table 11-1 provides the corresponding input registers
and their associated address.
FIGURE 11-8:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS
|
Q4
|
Q1
|
Q2
|
Q3
|
Q4
PMCS
PMWR
PMRD
PMD
PMA
IBF
PMPIF
DS39932D-page 184
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.3
MASTER PORT MODES
In its Master modes, the PMP module provides an 8-bit
data bus, up to 16 bits of address, and all the necessary
control signals to operate a variety of external parallel
devices, such as memory devices, peripherals and
slave microcontrollers. To use the PMP as a master,
the module must be enabled (PMPEN = 1) and the
mode must be set to one of the two possible Master
modes (PMMODEH = 10 or 11).
Because there are a number of parallel devices with a
variety of control methods, the PMP module is designed
to be extremely flexible to accommodate a range of
configurations. Some of these features include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8-Bit and 16-Bit Data modes on an 8-bit data bus
Configurable address/data multiplexing
Up to two chip select lines
Up to 16 selectable address lines
Address auto-increment and auto-decrement
Selectable polarity on all control lines
Configurable Wait states at different stages of the
read/write cycle
11.3.1
PMP AND I/O PIN CONTROL
Multiple control bits are used to configure the presence
or absence of control and address signals in the
module. These bits are PTBEEN, PTWREN, PTRDEN
and PTEN. They give the user the ability to conserve pins for other functions and allow flexibility to
control the external address. When any one of these
bits is set, the associated function is present on its
associated pin; when clear, the associated pin reverts
to its defined I/O port function.
Setting a PTENx bit will enable the associated pin as
an address pin and drive the corresponding data
contained in the PMADDR register. Clearing a PTENx
bit will force the pin to revert to its original I/O function.
For the pins configured as chip select (PMCS) with the
corresponding PTENx bit set, the PTEN0 and PTEN1
bits will also control the PMALL and PMALH signals.
When multiplexing is used, the associated address
latch signals should be enabled.
11.3.2
READ/WRITE CONTROL
The PMP module supports two distinct read/write
signaling methods. In Master Mode 1, read and write
strobes are combined into a single control line,
PMRD/PMWR. A second control line, PMENB, determines when a read or write action is to be taken. In
Master Mode 2, separate read and write strobes
(PMRD and PMWR) are supplied on separate pins.
All control signals (PMRD,
PMAL and PMCS) can be
either positive or negative
controlled by separate bits
Note that the polarity of control signals that share the
same output pin (for example, PMWR and PMENB) are
controlled by the same bit; the configuration depends
on which Master Port mode is being used.
11.3.3
DATA WIDTH
The PMP supports data widths of both 8 bits and
16 bits. The data width is selected by the MODE16 bit
(PMMODEH). Because the data path into and out
of the module is only 8 bits wide, 16-bit operations are
always handled in a multiplexed fashion, with the Least
Significant Byte (LSB) of data being presented first. To
differentiate data bytes, the byte enable control strobe,
PMBE, is used to signal when the Most Significant Byte
(MSB) of data is being presented on the data lines.
11.3.4
ADDRESS MULTIPLEXING
In either of the Master modes (PMMODEH = 1x),
the user can configure the address bus to be multiplexed
together with the data bus. This is accomplished by
using the ADRMUX bits (PMCONH). There
are three address multiplexing modes available; typical
pinout configurations for these modes are displayed in
Figure 11-9, Figure 11-10 and Figure 11-11.
In Demultiplexed mode (PMCONH = 00), data and
address information are completely separated. Data bits
are presented on PMD and address bits are
presented on PMADDRH and PMADDRL.
In Partially Multiplexed mode (PMCONH = 01), the
lower eight bits of the address are multiplexed with the
data pins on PMD. The upper eight bits of address
are unaffected and are presented on PMADDRH.
The PMA0 pin is used as an address latch, and presents
the address latch low enable strobe (PMALL). The read
and write sequences are extended by a complete CPU
cycle during which the address is presented on the
PMD pins.
In Fully Multiplexed mode (PMCONH = 10), the
entire 16 bits of the address are multiplexed with the
data pins on PMD. The PMA0 and PMA1 pins are
used to present address latch low enable (PMALL) and
address latch high enable (PMALH) strobes,
respectively. The read and write sequences are
extended by two complete CPU cycles. During the first
cycle, the lower eight bits of the address are presented
on the PMD pins with the PMALL strobe active.
During the second cycle, the upper eight bits of the
address are presented on the PMD pins with the
PMALH strobe active. In the event the upper address
bits are configured as chip select pins, the
corresponding address bits are automatically forced
to ‘0’.
PMWR, PMBE, PMENB,
individually configured as
polarity. Configuration is
in the PMCONL register.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 185
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 11-9:
DEMULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING MODE (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE STROBES
WITH CHIP SELECT)
PIC18F
PMA
PMD
PMCS
PMRD
Address Bus
Data Bus
PMWR
FIGURE 11-10:
Control Lines
PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING MODE (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE
STROBES WITH CHIP SELECT)
PIC18F
PMD
PMA
PMCS
PMALL
PMRD
PMWR
FIGURE 11-11:
Address Bus
Multiplexed
Data and
Address Bus
Control Lines
FULLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING MODE (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE
STROBES WITH CHIP SELECT)
PIC18F
PMD
PMA
PMCS
PMALL
PMALH
DS39932D-page 186
PMRD
Multiplexed
Data and
Address Bus
PMWR
Control Lines
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.3.5
CHIP SELECT FEATURES
One chip select line, PMCS, is available for the Master
modes of the PMP. The chip select line is multiplexed
with the second Most Significant bit (MSb) of the
address bus (PMADDRH). When configured for
chip select, the PMADDRH bits are not included
in any address auto-increment/decrement. The
function of the chip select signal is configured using the
chip select function bits (PMCONL).
11.3.6
AUTO-INCREMENT/DECREMENT
While the module is operating in one of the Master
modes, the INCMx bits (PMMODEH) control the
behavior of the address value. The address can be
made to automatically increment or decrement after
each read and write operation. The address increments
once each operation is completed and the BUSY bit
goes to ‘0’. If the chip select signals are disabled and
configured as address bits, the bits will participate in
the increment and decrement operations; otherwise,
the CS1 bit values will be unaffected.
11.3.7
WAIT STATES
In Master mode, the user has control over the duration
of the read, write and address cycles by configuring the
module Wait states. Three portions of the cycle, the
beginning, middle and end, are configured using the
corresponding WAITBx, WAITMx and WAITEx bits in
the PMMODEL register.
The WAITBx bits (PMMODEL) set the number of
Wait cycles for the data setup prior to the
PMRD/PMWT strobe in Mode 10, or prior to the
PMENB strobe in Mode 11. The WAITMx bits
(PMMODEL) set the number of Wait cycles for
the PMRD/PMWT strobe in Mode 10, or for the PMENB
strobe in Mode 11. When this Wait state setting is ‘0’,
then WAITB and WAITE have no effect. The WAITE
bits (PMMODEL) define the number of Wait
cycles for the data hold time after the PMRD/PMWT
strobe in Mode 10, or after the PMENB strobe in
Mode 11.
11.3.8
Note that the read data obtained from the PMDIN1L
register is actually the read value from the previous
read operation. Hence, the first user read will be a
dummy read to initiate the first bus read and fill the read
register. Also, the requested read value will not be
ready until after the BUSY bit is observed low. Thus, in
a back-to-back read operation, the data read from the
register will be the same for both reads. The next read
of the register will yield the new value.
11.3.9
WRITE OPERATION
To perform a write onto the parallel bus, the user writes
to the PMDIN1L register. This causes the module to
first output the desired values on the chip select lines
and the address bus. The write data from the PMDIN1L
register is placed onto the PMD data bus. Then
the write line (PMWR) is strobed. If the 16-bit mode is
enabled (MODE16 = 1), the write to the PMDIN1L
register will initiate two bus writes. The first write will
consist of the data contained in PMDIN1L and the
second write will contain the PMDIN1H.
11.3.10
11.3.10.1
PARALLEL MASTER PORT STATUS
The BUSY Bit
In addition to the PMP interrupt, a BUSY bit is provided
to indicate the status of the module. This bit is used
only in Master mode. While any read or write operation
is in progress, the BUSY bit is set for all but the very last
CPU cycle of the operation. In effect, if a single-cycle
read or write operation is requested, the BUSY bit will
never be active. This allows back-to-back transfers.
While the bit is set, any request by the user to initiate a
new operation will be ignored (i.e., writing or reading
the lower byte of the PMDIN1L register will neither
initiate a read nor a write).
11.3.10.2
Interrupts
When the PMP module interrupt is enabled for Master
mode, the module will interrupt on every completed
read or write cycle; otherwise, the BUSY bit is available
to query the status of the module.
READ OPERATION
To perform a read on the PMP, the user reads the
PMDIN1L register. This causes the PMP to output the
desired values on the chip select lines and the address
bus. Then the read line (PMRD) is strobed. The read
data is placed into the PMDIN1L register.
If the 16-bit mode is enabled (MODE16 = 1), the read
of the low byte of the PMDIN1L register will initiate two
bus reads. The first read data byte is placed into the
PMDIN1L register, and the second read data is placed
into the PMDIN1H.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 187
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.3.11
MASTER MODE TIMING
This section contains a number of timing examples that
represent the common Master mode configuration
options. These options vary from 8-bit to 16-bit data,
fully demultiplexed to fully multiplexed address and
Wait states.
FIGURE 11-12:
READ AND WRITE TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, DEMULTIPLEXED ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
PMD
PMA
PMWR
PMRD
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-13:
READ TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
Address
PMD
Data
PMWR
PMRD
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-14:
READ TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, WAIT STATES ENABLED, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED
ADDRESS
Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - -
PMCS
PMD
Address
Data
PMRD
PMWR
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
WAITB = 01
DS39932D-page 188
WAITE = 00
WAITM = 0010
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 11-15:
WRITE TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
Address
PMD
Data
PMWR
PMRD
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-16:
WRITE TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, WAIT STATES ENABLED, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED
ADDRESS
Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - - Q1- - -
PMCS
Address
PMD
Data
PMWR
PMRD
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
WAITB = 01
WAITE = 00
WAITM = 0010
FIGURE 11-17:
READ TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS, ENABLE
STROBE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
PMD
Address
Data
PMRD/PMWR
PMENB
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 189
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 11-18:
WRITE TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS, ENABLE
STROBE
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
PMD
Address
Data
PMRD/PMWR
PMENB
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-19:
READ TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, FULLY MULTIPLEXED 16-BIT ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
Address
PMD
Data
Address
PMWR
PMRD
PMALL
PMALH
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-20:
WRITE TIMING, 8-BIT DATA, FULLY MULTIPLEXED 16-BIT ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
PMD
Address
Address
Data
PMWR
PMRD
PMALL
PMALH
PMPIF
BUSY
DS39932D-page 190
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 11-21:
READ TIMING, 16-BIT DATA, DEMULTIPLEXED ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
LSB
PMD
MSB
PMA
PMWR
PMRD
PMBE
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-22:
WRITE TIMING, 16-BIT DATA, DEMULTIPLEXED ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
LSB
PMD
MSB
PMA
PMWR
PMRD
PMBE
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-23:
READ TIMING, 16-BIT MULTIPLEXED DATA, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
PMD
Address
LSB
MSB
PMWR
PMRD
PMBE
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 191
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 11-24:
WRITE TIMING, 16-BIT MULTIPLEXED DATA, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED
ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
PMD
Address
LSB
MSB
PMWR
PMRD
PMBE
PMALL
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-25:
READ TIMING, 16-BIT MULTIPLEXED DATA, FULLY MULTIPLEXED 16-BIT
ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
Address
PMD
Address
LSB
MSB
PMWR
PMRD
PMBE
PMALL
PMALH
PMPIF
BUSY
FIGURE 11-26:
WRITE TIMING, 16-BIT MULTIPLEXED DATA, FULLY MULTIPLEXED 16-BIT
ADDRESS
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PMCS
PMD
Address
Address
LSB
MSB
PMWR
PMRD
PMBE
PMALL
PMALH
PMPIF
BUSY
DS39932D-page 192
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.4
11.4.1
Application Examples
This section introduces some potential applications for
the PMP module.
FIGURE 11-27:
Figure 11-27 demonstrates the hookup of a memory or
another addressable peripheral in Full Multiplex mode.
Consequently, this mode achieves the best pin saving
from the microcontroller perspective. However, for this
configuration, there needs to be some external latches
to maintain the address.
EXAMPLE – MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING APPLICATION
PIC18F
PMD
PMALL
A
373
A
D
373
PMALH
11.4.2
MULTIPLEXED MEMORY OR
PERIPHERAL
D
CE
A
OE
WR
PMCS
Address Bus
PMRD
Data Bus
PMWR
Control Lines
PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED
MEMORY OR PERIPHERAL
an external latch. If the peripheral has internal latches,
as displayed in Figure 11-29, then no extra circuitry is
required except for the peripheral itself.
Partial multiplexing implies using more pins; however,
for a few extra pins, some extra performance can be
achieved. Figure 11-28 provides an example of a
memory or peripheral that is partially multiplexed with
FIGURE 11-28:
EXAMPLE OF A PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING APPLICATION
PIC18F
PMD
373
PMALL
A
D
A
D
CE
PMCS
OE
WR
Address Bus
PMRD
Data Bus
PMWR
Control Lines
FIGURE 11-29:
EXAMPLE OF AN 8-BIT MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS AND DATA APPLICATION
PIC18F
PMD
PMALL
Parallel Peripheral
AD
ALE
PMCS
CS
Address Bus
PMRD
RD
Data Bus
PMWR
WR
Control Lines
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 193
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
11.4.3
PARALLEL EEPROM EXAMPLE
Figure 11-30 provides an example connecting parallel
EEPROM to the PMP. Figure 11-31 demonstrates a
slight variation to this, configuring the connection for
16-bit data from a single EEPROM.
FIGURE 11-30:
PARALLEL EEPROM EXAMPLE (UP TO 15-BIT ADDRESS, 8-BIT DATA)
PIC18F
Parallel EEPROM
PMA
A
PMD
D
PMCS
CE
PMRD
OE
PMWR
WR
FIGURE 11-31:
Data Bus
Control Lines
PARALLEL EEPROM EXAMPLE (UP TO 15-BIT ADDRESS, 16-BIT DATA)
PIC18F
Parallel EEPROM
PMA
A
PMD
D
PMBE
11.4.4
Address Bus
A0
PMCS
CE
PMRD
OE
PMWR
WR
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
LCD CONTROLLER EXAMPLE
The PMP module can be configured to connect to a
typical LCD controller interface, as displayed in
Figure 11-32. In this case, the PMP module is configured for active-high control signals since common LCD
displays require active-high control.
FIGURE 11-32:
LCD CONTROL EXAMPLE (BYTE MODE OPERATION)
PIC18F
PM
PMA0
PMRD/PMWR
PMCS
LCD Controller
D
RS
R/W
E
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
DS39932D-page 194
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 11-2:
Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PMP MODULE
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
69
PIR1
PMPIF(2)
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
72
PIE1
PMPIE(2)
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
72
IPR1
PMPIP
(2)
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
PMCONH(2)
PMPEN
—
—
PMCONL(2)
CSF1
CSF0
ALP
—
CS1
PMADDRH(1,2)
/
ADRMUX1 ADRMUX0
—
CS1P
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
72
PTBEEN
PTWREN
PTRDEN
73
BEP
WRSP
RDSP
73
Parallel Master Port Address High Byte
73
PMDOUT1H(1,2) Parallel Port Out Data High Byte (Buffer 1)
PMADDRL(1,2)/
73
Parallel Master Port Address Low Byte
73
PMDOUT1L(1,2) Parallel Port Out Data Low Byte (Buffer 0)
73
PMDOUT2H(2)
Parallel Port Out Data High Byte (Buffer 3)
73
(2)
PMDOUT2L
Parallel Port Out Data Low Byte (Buffer 2)
73
PMDIN1H(2)
Parallel Port In Data High Byte (Buffer 1)
73
PMDIN1L(2)
Parallel Port In Data Low Byte (Buffer 0)
73
PMDIN2H(2)
Parallel Port In Data High Byte (Buffer 3)
73
PMDIN2L(2)
Parallel Port In Data Low Byte (Buffer 2)
73
PMMODEH(2)
BUSY
IRQM1
IRQM0
INCM1
INCM0
MODE16
MODE1
MODE0
PMMODEL(2)
WAITB1
WAITB0
WAITM3
WAITM2
WAITM1
WAITM0
WAITE1
WAITE0
73
PMEH(2)
—
PTEN14
—
—
—
—
—
—
74
PMEL(2)
73
PTEN7
PTEN6
PTEN5
PTEN4
PTEN3
PTEN2
PTEN1
PTEN0
74
PMSTATH(2)
IBF
IBOV
—
—
IB3F
IB2F
IB1F
IB0F
74
PMSTATL(2)
OBE
OBUF
—
—
OB3E
OB2E
OB1E
OB0E
74
—
—
—
—
—
PADCFG1
Legend:
Note 1:
2:
RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0 PMPTTL
74
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used during PMP operation.
The PMADDRH/PMDOUT1H and PMADDRL/PMDOUT1L register pairs share the physical registers and
addresses, but have different functions determined by the module’s operating mode.
These bits and/or registers are only available in 44-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 195
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 196
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
12.0
TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module incorporates the following features:
• Software selectable operation as a timer or
counter in both 8-bit or 16-bit modes
• Readable and writable registers
• Dedicated 8-bit, software programmable
prescaler
• Selectable clock source (internal or external)
• Edge select for external clock
• Interrupt-on-overflow
REGISTER 12-1:
The T0CON register (Register 12-1) controls all
aspects of the module’s operation, including the
prescale selection. It is both readable and writable.
Figure 12-1 provides a simplified block diagram of the
Timer0 module in 8-bit mode. Figure 12-2 provides a
simplified block diagram of the Timer0 module in 16-bit
mode.
T0CON: TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FD5h)
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMR0ON: Timer0 On/Off Control bit
1 = Enables Timer0
0 = Stops Timer0
bit 6
T08BIT: Timer0 8-Bit/16-Bit Control bit
1 = Timer0 is configured as an 8-bit timer/counter
0 = Timer0 is configured as a 16-bit timer/counter
bit 5
T0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit
1 = Transition on T0CKI pin input edge
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/4)
bit 4
T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin
bit 3
PSA: Timer0 Prescaler Assignment bit
1 = Timer0 prescaler is not assigned. Timer0 clock input bypasses prescaler.
0 = Timer0 prescaler is assigned. Timer0 clock input comes from prescaler output.
bit 2-0
T0PS: Timer0 Prescaler Select bits
111 = 1:256 Prescale value
110 = 1:128 Prescale value
101 = 1:64 Prescale value
100 = 1:32 Prescale value
011 = 1:16 Prescale value
010 = 1:8 Prescale value
001 = 1:4 Prescale value
000 = 1:2 Prescale value
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 197
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
12.1
Timer0 Operation
Timer0 can operate as either a timer or a counter. The
mode is selected with the T0CS bit (T0CON). In
Timer mode (T0CS = 0), the module increments on
every clock by default unless a different prescaler value
is selected (see Section 12.3 “Prescaler”). If the
TMR0 register is written to, the increment is inhibited
for the following two instruction cycles. The user can
work around this by writing an adjusted value to the
TMR0 register.
The Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit
(= 1). In this mode, Timer0 increments either on every
rising edge or falling edge of pin, T0CKI. The
incrementing edge is determined by the Timer0 Source
Edge Select bit, T0SE (T0CON); clearing this bit
selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the external
clock input are discussed below.
An external clock source can be used to drive Timer0;
however, it must meet certain requirements to ensure
that the external clock can be synchronized with the
FIGURE 12-1:
internal phase clock (TOSC). There is a delay between
synchronization and the onset of incrementing the
timer/counter.
12.2
Timer0 Reads and Writes in 16-Bit
Mode
TMR0H is not the actual high byte of Timer0 in 16-bit
mode. It is actually a buffered version of the real high
byte of Timer0, which is not directly readable nor
writable (refer to Figure 12-2). TMR0H is updated with
the contents of the high byte of Timer0 during a read of
TMR0L. This provides the ability to read all 16 bits of
Timer0 without having to verify that the read of the high
and low byte were valid, due to a rollover between
successive reads of the high and low byte.
Similarly, a write to the high byte of Timer0 must also
take place through the TMR0H Buffer register. The high
byte is updated with the contents of TMR0H when a
write occurs to TMR0L. This allows all 16 bits of Timer0
to be updated at once.
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM (8-BIT MODE)
FOSC/4
0
1
1
Programmable
Prescaler
T0CKI pin
T0SE
T0CS
0
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
Set
TMR0IF
on Overflow
TMR0L
(2 TCY Delay)
8
3
T0PS
8
PSA
Internal Data Bus
Note: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
FIGURE 12-2:
FOSC/4
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM (16-BIT MODE)
0
1
1
T0CKI pin
T0SE
T0CS
Programmable
Prescaler
0
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
TMR0
High Byte
TMR0L
8
Set
TMR0IF
on Overflow
(2 TCY Delay)
3
Read TMR0L
T0PS
Write TMR0L
PSA
8
8
TMR0H
8
8
Internal Data Bus
Note: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
DS39932D-page 198
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
12.3
12.3.1
Prescaler
An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the Timer0
module. The prescaler is not directly readable or writable.
Its value is set by the PSA and T0PS bits
(T0CON), which determine the prescaler
assignment and prescale ratio.
Clearing the PSA bit assigns the prescaler to the
Timer0 module. When it is assigned, prescale values
from 1:2 through 1:256 in power-of-2 increments are
selectable.
When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions
writing to the TMR0 register (e.g., CLRF TMR0, MOVWF
TMR0, BSF TMR0, etc.) clear the prescaler count.
Note:
Writing to TMR0 when the prescaler is
assigned to Timer0 will clear the prescaler
count but will not change the prescaler
assignment.
TABLE 12-1:
Name
SWITCHING PRESCALER
ASSIGNMENT
The prescaler assignment is fully under software
control and can be changed “on-the-fly” during program
execution.
12.4
Timer0 Interrupt
The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0
register overflows from FFh to 00h in 8-bit mode, or
from FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode. This overflow sets
the TMR0IF flag bit. The interrupt can be masked by
clearing the TMR0IE bit (INTCON). Before
re-enabling the interrupt, the TMR0IF bit must be
cleared in software by the Interrupt Service Routine
(ISR).
Since Timer0 is shut down in Sleep mode, the TMR0
interrupt cannot awaken the processor from Sleep.
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
TMR0L
Timer0 Register Low Byte
TMR0H
Timer0 Register High Byte
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
T0CON
TMR0ON
T08BIT
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
91
91
T0CS
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
90
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
91
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Timer0.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 199
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 200
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.0
TIMER1 MODULE
The Timer1 timer/counter module incorporates these
features:
• Software selectable operation as a 16-bit timer or
counter
• Readable and writable 8-bit registers (TMR1H
and TMR1L)
• Selectable clock source (internal or external) with
device clock or Timer1 oscillator internal options
• Interrupt-on-overflow
• Reset on ECCP Special Event Trigger
• Device clock status flag (T1RUN)
• Timer with gated control
REGISTER 13-1:
Figure 13-1 displays a simplified block diagram of the
Timer1 module.
The module incorporates its own low-power oscillator
to provide an additional clocking option. The Timer1
oscillator can also be used as a low-power clock source
for the microcontroller in power-managed operation.
Timer1 is controlled through the T1CON Control
register (Register 13-1). It also contains the Timer1
oscillator Enable bit (T1OSCEN). Timer1 can be
enabled or disabled by setting or clearing control bit,
TMR1ON (T1CON).
The FOSC clock source (TMR1CS = 01) should
not be used with the ECCP capture/compare features.
If the timer will be used with the capture or compare
features, always select one of the other timer clocking
options.
T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FCDh)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bits
10 = Timer1 clock source is T1OSC or T1CKI pin
01 = Timer1 clock source is system clock (FOSC)(1)
00 = Timer1 clock source is instruction clock (FOSC/4)
bit 5-4
T1CKPS: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale value
10 = 1:4 Prescale value
01 = 1:2 Prescale value
00 = 1:1 Prescale value
bit 3
T1OSCEN: Timer1 Crystal Oscillator Enable bit
1 = Timer1 oscillator circuit enabled
0 = Timer1 oscillator circuit disabled
The oscillator inverter and feedback resistor are turned off to eliminate power drain.
bit 2
T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit
TMR1CS = 10:
1 = Do not synchronize external clock input
0 = Synchronize external clock input
TMR1CS = 0x:
This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS = 0x.
bit 1
RD16: 16-Bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1 = Enables register read/write of Timer1 in one 16-bit operation
0 = Enables register read/write of Timer1 in two 8-bit operations
bit 0
TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1 = Enables Timer1
0 = Stops Timer1
Note 1:
The FOSC clock source should not be selected if the timer will be used with the ECCP capture/compare
features.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 201
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.1
Timer1 Gate Control Register
The Timer1 Gate Control register (T1GCON),
displayed in Register 13-2, is used to control the
Timer1 gate.
REGISTER 13-2:
T1GCON: TIMER1 GATE CONTROL REGISTER (F9Ah)(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-x
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1GSPM
T1GGO/T1DONE
T1GVAL
T1GSS1
T1GSS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit
If TMR1ON = 0:
This bit is ignored.
If TMR1ON = 1:
1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function
0 = Timer1 counts regardless of Timer1 gate function
bit 6
T1GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit
1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)
0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)
bit 5
T1GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled
0 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared
Timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.
bit 4
T1GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single Pulse Mode bit
1 = Timer1 Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate
0 = Timer1 Gate Single Pulse mode is disabled
bit 3
T1GGO/T1DONE: Timer1 Gate Single Pulse Acquisition Status bit
1 = Timer1 gate single pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge
0 = Timer1 gate single pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started
This bit is automatically cleared when T1GSPM is cleared.
bit 2
T1GVAL: Timer1 Gate Current State bit
Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L; unaffected by
Timer1 Gate Enable (TMR1GE) bit.
bit 1-0
T1GSS: Timer1 Gate Source Select bits
00 = Timer1 gate pin
01 = Timer0 overflow output
10 = TMR2 to match PR2 output
Note 1:
Programming the T1GCON prior to T1CON is recommended.
DS39932D-page 202
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 13-3:
TCLKCON: TIMER CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (BANKED F52h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
T1RUN
—
—
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
T1RUN: Timer1 Run Status bit
1 = Device is currently clocked by T1OSC/T1CKI
0 = System clock comes from an oscillator other than T1OSC/T1CKI
bit 3-2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0
T3CCP: ECCP Timer Assignment bits
10 = ECCP1 and ECCP2 both use Timer3 (capture/compare) and Timer4 (PWM)
01 = ECCP1 uses Timer1 (compare/capture) and Timer2 (PWM); ECCP2 uses Timer3
(capture/compare) and Timer4 (PWM)
00 = ECCP1 and ECCP2 both use Timer1 (capture/compare) and Timer2 (PWM)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 203
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.2
13.3.1
Timer1 Operation
INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
The Timer1 module is an 8-bit or 16-bit incrementing
counter,
which
is
accessed
through
the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair.
When the internal clock source is selected, the
TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples
of FOSC as determined by the Timer1 prescaler.
When used with an internal clock source, the module is
a timer and increments on every instruction cycle.
When used with an external clock source, the module
can be used as either a timer or counter and
increments on every selected edge of the external
source.
13.3.2
Timer1 is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and
TMR1GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers,
respectively.
When Timer1 is enabled, the RC1/T1OSI/RP12 and
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11 pins become inputs. This
means the values of TRISC are ignored and the
pins are read as ‘0’.
When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1
module may work as a timer or a counter.
When enabled to count, Timer1 is incremented on the
rising edge of the external clock input, T1CKI, or the
capacitive sensing oscillator signal. Either of these
external clock sources can be synchronized to the
microcontroller system clock or they can run
asynchronously.
When used as a timer with a clock oscillator, an
external 32.768 kHz crystal can be used in conjunction
with the dedicated internal oscillator circuit.
Note:
13.3
Clock Source Selection
The TMR1CS and T1OSCEN bits of the T1CON
register are used to select the clock source for Timer1.
Register 13-1 displays the clock source selections.
When switching clock sources and using the clock
prescaler, write to TMR1L afterwards to reset the
internal prescaler count to 0.
TABLE 13-1:
EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE
In Counter mode, a falling edge must be
registered by the counter prior to the first
incrementing rising edge after any one or
more of the following conditions:
• Timer1 enabled after POR Reset
• Write to TMR1H or TMR1L
• Timer1 is disabled
• Timer1 is disabled (TMR1ON = 0)
when T1CKI is high, then Timer1 is
enabled (TMR1ON = 1) when T1CKI is
low.
TIMER1 CLOCK SOURCE SELECTION
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0
T1OSCEN
Clock Source
0
1
x
Clock Source (FOSC)
0
0
x
Instruction Clock (FOSC/4)
1
0
0
External Clock on T1CKI Pin
1
0
1
Oscillator Circuit on T1OSI/T1OSO Pin
DS39932D-page 204
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 13-1:
TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
T1GSS
T1G
00
From Timer0
Overflow
01
From Timer2
Match PR2
10
T1GSPM
0
T1G_IN
T1GVAL
0
Single Pulse
TMR1ON
T1GPOL
D
Q
CK
R
Q
1
Acq. Control
1
Q1
Data Bus
D
Q
RD
T1GCON
EN
Interrupt
T1GGO/T1DONE
Set
RTCCIF
det
T1GTM
TMR1GE
Set Flag bit
TMR1IF on
Overflow
TMR1ON
TMR1(2)
TMR1H
EN
TMR1L
Q
D
T1CLK
Synchronized
Clock Input
0
1
TMR1CS
T1OSO/T1CKI
T1OSC
T1OSI
T1SYNC
OUT
Synchronize(3)
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
1
det
10
EN
0
T1OSCEN
(1)
FOSC
Internal
Clock
01
FOSC/4
Internal
Clock
00
2
T1CKPS
FOSC/2
Internal
Clock
Sleep Input
T1CKI
Note 1:
2:
3:
ST Buffer is high-speed type when using T1CKI.
Timer1 register increments on rising edge.
Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 205
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.4
Timer1 16-Bit Read/Write Mode
Timer1 can be configured for 16-bit reads and writes.
When the RD16 control bit (T1CON) is set, the
address for TMR1H is mapped to a buffer register for
the high byte of Timer1. A read from TMR1L loads the
contents of the high byte of Timer1 into the Timer1 High
Byte Buffer register. This provides the user with the
ability to accurately read all 16 bits of Timer1 without
having to determine whether a read of the high byte,
followed by a read of the low byte, has become invalid
due to a rollover between reads.
A write to the high byte of Timer1 must also take place
through the TMR1H Buffer register. The Timer1 high
byte is updated with the contents of TMR1H when a
write occurs to TMR1L. This allows a user to write all
16 bits to both the high and low bytes of Timer1 at once.
The high byte of Timer1 is not directly readable or
writable in this mode. All reads and writes must take
place through the Timer1 High Byte Buffer register.
Writes to TMR1H do not clear the Timer1 prescaler.
The prescaler is only cleared on writes to TMR1L.
13.5
Timer1 Oscillator
An on-chip crystal oscillator circuit is incorporated
between pins, T1OSI (input) and T1OSO (amplifier
output). It is enabled by setting the Timer1 Oscillator
Enable bit, T1OSCEN (T1CON). The oscillator is a
low-power circuit rated for 32 kHz crystals. It will
continue to run during all power-managed modes. The
circuit for a typical LP oscillator is depicted in
Figure 13-2. Table 13-2 provides the capacitor selection
for the Timer1 oscillator.
The user must provide a software time delay to ensure
proper start-up of the Timer1 oscillator.
FIGURE 13-2:
EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
FOR THE TIMER1 LP
OSCILLATOR
C1
12 pF
PIC18F46J11
T1OSI
XTAL
32.768 kHz
T1OSO
C2
12 pF
Note:
See the Notes with Table 13-2 for additional
information about capacitor selection.
DS39932D-page 206
TABLE 13-2:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
THE TIMER
OSCILLATOR(2,3,4,5)
Oscillator
Type
Freq.
C1
C2
LP
32 kHz
12 pF(1)
12 pF(1)
Note 1: Microchip suggests these values as a
starting point in validating the oscillator
circuit.
2: Higher capacitance increases the stability of the oscillator but also increases the
start-up time.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate
values
of
external
components.
4: Capacitor values are for design
guidance only. Values listed would be
typical of a CL = 10 pF rated crystal,
when LPT1OSC = 1.
5: Incorrect capacitance value may result in
a frequency not meeting the crystal
manufacturer’s tolerance specification.
The Timer1 crystal oscillator drive level is determined
based on the LPT1OSC (CONFIG2L) Configuration bit. The higher drive level mode, LPT1OSC = 1, is
intended to drive a wide variety of 32.768 kHz crystals
with a variety of load capacitance (CL) ratings.
The lower drive level mode is highly optimized for
extremely low-power consumption. It is not intended to
drive all types of 32.768 kHz crystals. In the low drive
level mode, the crystal oscillator circuit may not work if
excessively large discrete capacitors are placed on the
T1OSI and T1OSO pins. This mode is only designed to
work with discrete capacitances of approximately
3 pF-10 pF on each pin.
Crystal manufacturers usually specify a CL (load
capacitance) rating for their crystals. This value is
related to, but not necessarily the same as, the values
that should be used for C1 and C2 in Figure 13-2. See
the crystal manufacturer’s applications’ information for
more details on how to select the optimum C1 and C2
for a given crystal. The optimum value depends in part
on the amount of parasitic capacitance in the circuit,
which is often unknown. Therefore, after values have
been selected, it is highly recommended that thorough
testing and validation of the oscillator be performed.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.5.1
USING TIMER1 AS A
CLOCK SOURCE
FIGURE 13-3:
The Timer1 oscillator is also available as a clock source
in power-managed modes. By setting the clock select
bits, SCS (OSCCON), to ‘01’, the device
switches to SEC_RUN mode; both the CPU and
peripherals are clocked from the Timer1 oscillator. If the
IDLEN bit (OSCCON) is cleared and a SLEEP
instruction is executed, the device enters SEC_IDLE
mode. Additional details are available in Section 4.0
“Low-Power Modes”.
Whenever the Timer1 oscillator is providing the clock
source, the Timer1 system clock status flag, T1RUN
(TCLKCON), is set. This can be used to determine
the controller’s current clocking mode. It can also
indicate the clock source currently being used by the
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor. If the Clock Monitor is enabled
and the Timer1 oscillator fails while providing the clock,
polling the T1RUN bit will indicate whether the clock is
being provided by the Timer1 oscillator or another
source.
13.5.2
TIMER1 OSCILLATOR LAYOUT
CONSIDERATIONS
The Timer1 oscillator circuit draws very little power
during operation. Due to the low-power nature of the
oscillator, it may also be sensitive to rapidly changing
signals in close proximity. This is especially true when
the oscillator is configured for extremely low power
mode (LPT1OSC = 0).
The oscillator circuit, displayed in Figure 13-2, should
be located as close as possible to the microcontroller.
There should be no circuits passing within the oscillator
circuit boundaries other than VSS or VDD.
If a high-speed circuit must be located near the
oscillator (such as the ECCP1 pin in Output Compare
or PWM mode, or the primary oscillator using the
OSC2 pin), a grounded guard ring around the oscillator
circuit, as displayed in Figure 13-3, may be helpful
when used on a single-sided PCB or in addition to a
ground plane.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
WITH GROUNDED
GUARD RING
VDD
VSS
OSC1
OSC2
RC0
RC1
RC2
Note: Not drawn to scale.
In the low drive level mode, LPT1OSC = 0, it is critical
that RC2 I/O pin signals be kept away from the oscillator
circuit. Configuring RC2 as a digital output, and toggling
it, can potentially disturb the oscillator circuit, even with
relatively good PCB layout. If possible, it is recommended to either leave RC2 unused, or use it as an input
pin with a slew rate limited signal source. If RC2 must be
used as a digital output, it may be necessary to use the
higher drive level oscillator mode (LPT1OSC = 1) with
many PCB layouts. Even in the higher drive level mode,
careful layout procedures should still be followed when
designing the oscillator circuit.
In addition to dV/dt induced noise considerations, it is
also important to ensure that the circuit board is clean.
Even a very small amount of conductive soldering flux
residue can cause PCB leakage currents, which can
overwhelm the oscillator circuit.
13.6
Timer1 Interrupt
The TMR1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments
from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The
Timer1 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
which is latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR1IF
(PIR1). This interrupt can be enabled or disabled
by setting or clearing the Timer1 Interrupt Enable bit,
TMR1IE (PIE1).
DS39932D-page 207
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.7
Resetting Timer1 Using the ECCP
Special Event Trigger
If ECCP1 or ECCP2 is configured to use Timer1 and to
generate a Special Event Trigger in Compare mode
(CCPxM = 1011), this signal will reset Timer3.
The trigger from ECCP2 will also start an A/D conversion if the A/D module is enabled (see Section 18.3.4
“Special Event Trigger” for more information).
The module must be configured as either a timer or a
synchronous counter to take advantage of this feature.
When used this way, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register
pair effectively becomes a Period register for Timer1.
If Timer1 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
this Reset operation may not work.
In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a
Special Event Trigger, the write operation will take
precedence.
Note:
13.8
The Special Event Trigger from the
ECCPx module will not set the TMR1IF
interrupt flag bit (PIR1).
13.8.1
TIMER1 GATE COUNT ENABLE
The Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting
the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity
of the Timer1 Gate Enable mode is configured using
the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register.
When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer1
will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock
source. When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is disabled,
no incrementing will occur and Timer1 will hold the
current count. See Figure 13-4 for timing details.
TABLE 13-3:
TIMER1 GATE ENABLE
SELECTIONS
T1CLK
T1GPOL
T1G
Timer1 Operation
0
0
Counts
0
1
Holds Count
1
0
Holds Count
1
1
Counts
Timer1 Gate
Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count can
be enabled and disabled using the Timer1 gate circuitry.
This is also referred to as Timer1 gate count enable.
The Timer1 gate can also be driven by multiple
selectable sources.
DS39932D-page 208
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 13-4:
TIMER1 GATE COUNT ENABLE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
13.8.2
N
TIMER1 GATE SOURCE
SELECTION
The Timer1 gate source can be selected from one of
four different sources. Source selection is controlled by
the T1GSSx bits of the T1GCON register. The polarity
for each available source is also selectable. Polarity
selection is controlled by the T1GPOL bit of the
T1GCON register.
TABLE 13-4:
T1GSS
TIMER1 GATE SOURCES
Timer1 Gate Source
00
Timer1 Gate Pin
01
Overflow of Timer0
(TMR0 increments from FFh to 00h)
10
TMR2 to Match PR2
(TMR2 increments to match PR2)
N+1
N+2
13.8.2.1
N+3
N+4
T1G Pin Gate Operation
The T1G pin is one source for Timer1 gate control. It
can be used to supply an external source to the Timer1
gate circuitry.
13.8.2.2
Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation
When Timer0 increments from FFh to 00h, a
low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and
internally supplied to the Timer1 gate circuitry.
13.8.2.3
Timer2 Match Gate Operation
The TMR2 register will increment until it matches the
value in the PR2 register. On the very next increment
cycle, TMR2 will be reset to 00h. When this Reset
occurs, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be
generated and internally supplied to the Timer1 gate
circuitry.
The pulse remains high for one instruction cycle and
returns to low until the next match.
When T1GPOL = 1, Timer1 increments for a single
instruction cycle following TMR2 matching PR2.
With T1GPOL = 0, Timer1 increments except during
the cycle following the match.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 209
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.8.3
TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is
possible to measure the full cycle length of a Timer1
gate signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level
pulse.
The Timer1 gate source is routed through a flip-flop that
changes state on every incrementing edge of the
signal. See Figure 13-5 for timing details.
FIGURE 13-5:
The T1GVAL bit will indicate when the Toggled mode is
active and the timer is counting.
The Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the
T1GTM bit of the T1GCON register. When the T1GTM
bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This
is necessary in order to control which edge is
measured.
TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
DS39932D-page 210
N
N+1 N+2 N+3
N+4
N+5 N+6 N+7
N+8
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
13.8.4
TIMER1 GATE SINGLE PULSE
MODE
When Timer1 Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled, it is
possible to capture a single pulse gate event. Timer1
Gate Single Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the
T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register. Next, the
T1GGO/T1DONE bit in the T1GCON register must be
set. The Timer1 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse,
the T1GGO/T1DONE bit will automatically be cleared.
No other gate events will be allowed to increment
Timer1 until the T1GGO/T1DONE bit is once again set
in software.
FIGURE 13-6:
Clearing the T1GSPM bit of the T1GCON register will
also clear the T1GGO/T1DONE bit. See Figure 13-6
for timing details.
Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single Pulse mode,
simultaneously, will permit both sections to work together.
This allows the cycle times on the Timer1 gate source to
be measured. See Figure 13-7 for timing details.
13.8.5
TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS
When the Timer1 gate value status is utilized, it is
possible to read the most current level of the gate
control value. The value is stored in the T1GVAL bit in
the T1GCON register. The T1GVAL bit is valid even
when the Timer1 gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is
cleared).
TIMER1 GATE SINGLE PULSE MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Set by Software
T1DONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of T1G
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
RTCCIF
N
Cleared by Software
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
N+1
N+2
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by
Software
DS39932D-page 211
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 13-7:
TIMER1 GATE SINGLE PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GSPM
T1GTM
T1GGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Set by Software
T1DONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of T1G
T1G_IN
T1CKI
T1GVAL
Timer1
Cleared by Software
RTCCIF
TABLE 13-5:
Name
N+1
N
N+2
N+4
N+3
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T1GVAL
Cleared by
Software
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
90
PIR1
PMPIF(1)
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
92
PIE1
PMPIE
(1)
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
92
IPR1
PMPIP(1)
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
92
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
91
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
91
T1CON
TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
91
T1GCON
TMR1GE
T1GPOL
T1GTM
T1GSPM
T1GGO/
T1DONE
T1GVAL
T1GSS1
T1GSS0
92
—
—
—
T1RUN
—
—
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
94
TCLKCON
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
Note 1: These bits are only available in 44-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 212
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
14.0
TIMER2 MODULE
14.1
Timer2 Operation
• 8-bit Timer and Period registers (TMR2 and PR2,
respectively)
• Readable and writable (both registers)
• Software programmable prescaler
(1:1, 1:4 and 1:16)
• Software programmable postscaler
(1:1 through 1:16)
• Interrupt on TMR2 to PR2 match
• Optional use as the shift clock for the
MSSP modules
In normal operation, TMR2 is incremented from 00h on
each clock (FOSC/4). A 4-bit counter/prescaler on the
clock input gives direct input, divide-by-4 and
divide-by-16 prescale options. These are selected by
the
prescaler
control
bits,
T2CKPS
(T2CON). The value of TMR2 is compared to that
of the Period register, PR2, on each clock cycle. When
the two values match, the comparator generates a
match signal as the timer output. This signal also resets
the value of TMR2 to 00h on the next cycle and drives
the output counter/postscaler (see Section 14.2
“Timer2 Interrupt”).
The module is controlled through the T2CON register
(Register 14-1) which enables or disables the timer and
configures the prescaler and postscaler. Timer2 can be
shut off by clearing control bit, TMR2ON (T2CON),
to minimize power consumption.
The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both directly readable
and writable. The TMR2 register is cleared on any
device Reset, while the PR2 register initializes at FFh.
Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
on the following events:
A simplified block diagram of the module is shown in
Figure 14-1.
• a write to the TMR2 register
• a write to the T2CON register
• any device Reset (Power-on Reset (POR), MCLR
Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset (WDTR) or
Brown-out Reset (BOR))
The Timer2 module incorporates the following features:
TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written.
REGISTER 14-1:
T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FCAh)
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
T2OUTPS3
T2OUTPS2
T2OUTPS1
T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-3
T2OUTPS: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits
0000 = 1:1 Postscale
0001 = 1:2 Postscale
•
•
•
1111 = 1:16 Postscale
bit 2
TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit
1 = Timer2 is on
0 = Timer2 is off
bit 1-0
T2CKPS: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits
00 = Prescaler is 1
01 = Prescaler is 4
1x = Prescaler is 16
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39932D-page 213
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
14.2
Timer2 Interrupt
14.3
Timer2 can also generate an optional device interrupt.
The Timer2 output signal (TMR2 to PR2 match) provides the input for the 4-bit output counter/postscaler.
This counter generates the TMR2 Match Interrupt Flag,
which is latched in TMR2IF (PIR1). The interrupt is
enabled by setting the TMR2 Match Interrupt Enable
bit, TMR2IE (PIE1).
Timer2 Output
The unscaled output of TMR2 is available primarily to
the ECCP modules, where it is used as a time base for
operations in PWM mode.
Timer2 can be optionally used as the shift clock source
for the MSSP modules operating in SPI mode.
Additional information is provided in Section 19.0
“Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module”.
A range of 16 postscaler options (from 1:1 through 1:16
inclusive) can be selected with the postscaler control
bits, T2OUTPS (T2CON).
FIGURE 14-1:
TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
4
1:1 to 1:16
Postscaler
T2OUTPS
Set TMR2IF
2
T2CKPS
TMR2/PR2
Match
Reset
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
Prescaler
FOSC/4
TMR2
TMR2 Output
(to PWM or MSSPx)
Comparator
8
PR2
8
8
Internal Data Bus
TABLE 14-1:
Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
90
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
PIR1
PMPIF(1)
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
92
PIE1
PMPIE(1)
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
92
IPR1
PMPIP(1)
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
92
TMR2
Timer2 Register
T2CON
PR2
—
T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0 TMR2ON
91
T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
Timer2 Period Register
91
91
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer2 module.
Note 1: These bits are only available in 44-pin devices.
DS39932D-page 214
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
15.0
TIMER3 MODULE
The Timer3 timer/counter module incorporates these
features:
• Software selectable operation as a 16-bit timer or
counter
• Readable and writable 8-bit registers (TMR3H
and TMR3L)
• Selectable clock source (internal or external) with
device clock or Timer1 oscillator internal options
• Interrupt-on-overflow
• Module Reset on ECCP Special Event Trigger
REGISTER 15-1:
A simplified block diagram of the Timer3 module is
shown in Figure 15-1.
The Timer3 module is controlled through the T3CON
register (Register 15-1). It also selects the clock source
options for the ECCP modules; see Section 18.1.1
“ECCP Module and Timer Resources” for more
information.
The FOSC clock source (TMR3CS = 01) should
not be used with the ECCP capture/compare features.
If the timer will be used with the capture or compare
features, always select one of the other timer clocking
options.
T3CON: TIMER3 CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS F79h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR3CS1
TMR3CS0
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
—
T3SYNC
RD16
TMR3ON
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
TMR3CS: Timer3 Clock Source Select bits(2)
10 = Timer3 clock source is the T3CKI input pin (assigned in the PPS module)
01 = Timer3 clock source is the system clock (FOSC)(1)
00 = Timer3 clock source is the instruction clock (FOSC/4)
bit 5-4
T3CKPS: Timer3 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:8 Prescale value
10 = 1:4 Prescale value
01 = 1:2 Prescale value
00 = 1:1 Prescale value
bit 3
Reserved: Program as ‘0’
bit 2
T3SYNC: Timer3 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit
When TMR3CS = 10:
1 = Do not synchronize external clock input
0 = Synchronize external clock input
When TMR3CS = 0x:
This bit is ignored; Timer3 uses the internal clock.
bit 1
RD16: 16-Bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1 = Enables register read/write of Timer3 in one 16-bit operation
0 = Enables register read/write of Timer3 in two 8-bit operations
bit 0
TMR3ON: Timer3 On bit
1 = Enables Timer3
0 = Stops Timer3
Note 1:
2:
The FOSC clock source should not be selected if the timer will be used with the ECCP capture/compare
features.
When switching clock sources and using the clock prescaler, write to TMR3L afterwards to reset the internal prescaler count to 0.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 215
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
15.1
Timer3 Gate Control Register
The Timer3 Gate Control register (T3GCON), provided
in Register 14-2, is used to control the Timer3 gate.
REGISTER 15-2:
T3GCON: TIMER3 GATE CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS F97h)(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-x
R/W-0
R/W-0
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GTM
T3GSPM
T3GGO/T3DONE
T3GVAL
T3GSS1
T3GSS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
TMR3GE: Timer3 Gate Enable bit
If TMR3ON = 0:
This bit is ignored.
If TMR3ON = 1:
1 = Timer3 counting is controlled by the Timer3 gate function
0 = Timer3 counts regardless of Timer3 gate function
bit 6
T3GPOL: Timer3 Gate Polarity bit
1 = Timer3 gate is active-high (Timer3 counts when gate is high)
0 = Timer3 gate is active-low (Timer3 counts when gate is low)
bit 5
T3GTM: Timer3 Gate Toggle Mode bit
1 = Timer3 Gate Toggle mode is enabled
0 = Timer3 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared
Timer3 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.
bit 4
T3GSPM: Timer3 Gate Single Pulse Mode bit
1 = Timer3 Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer3 gate
0 = Timer3 Gate Single Pulse mode is disabled
bit 3
T3GGO/T3DONE: Timer3 Gate Single Pulse Acquisition Status bit
1 = Timer3 gate single pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge
0 = Timer3 gate single pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started
This bit is automatically cleared when T3GSPM is cleared.
bit 2
T3GVAL: Timer3 Gate Current State bit
Indicates the current state of the Timer3 gate that could be provided to TMR3H:TMR3L. Unaffected by
Timer3 Gate Enable bit (TMR3GE).
bit 1-0
T3GSS: Timer3 Gate Source Select bits
10 = TMR2 to match PR2 output
01 = Timer0 overflow output
00 = Timer3 gate pin (T3G)
Note 1:
Programming the T3GCON prior to T3CON is recommended.
DS39932D-page 216
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 15-3:
TCLKCON: TIMER CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER (BANKED F52h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
—
—
T1RUN
—
—
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
T1RUN: Timer1 Run Status bit
1 = Device is currently clocked by T1OSC/T1CKI
0 = System clock comes from an oscillator other than T1OSC/T1CKI
bit 3-2
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 1-0
T3CCP: ECCP Timer Assignment bits
10 = ECCP1 and ECCP2 both use Timer3 (capture/compare) and Timer4 (PWM)
01 = ECCP1 uses Timer1 (compare/capture) and Timer2 (PWM); ECCP2 uses Timer3
(capture/compare) and Timer4 (PWM)
00 = ECCP1 and ECCP2 both use Timer1 (capture/compare) and Timer2 (PWM)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 217
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
15.2
The operating mode is determined by the clock select
bits, TMR3CSx (T3CON). When the TMR3CSx bits
are cleared (= 00), Timer3 increments on every internal
instruction cycle (FOSC/4). When TMR3CSx = 01, the
Timer3 clock source is the system clock (FOSC), and
when it is ‘10’, Timer3 works as a counter from the
external clock from the T3CKI pin (on the rising edge
after the first falling edge) or the Timer1 oscillator.
Timer3 Operation
Timer3 can operate in one of three modes:
•
•
•
•
Timer
Synchronous Counter
Asynchronous Counter
Timer with Gated Control
FIGURE 15-1:
TIMER3 BLOCK DIAGRAM
T3GSS
T3G
00
From Timer0
Overflow
01
From Timer2
Match PR2
10
T3GSPM
0
T3G_IN
T3GVAL
0
Single Pulse
TMR3ON
T3GPOL
D
Q
CK
R
Q
1
Acq. Control
1
Q1
D
RD
T3GCON
EN
Interrupt
T3GGO/T3DONE
Data Bus
Q
det
Set
TMR3GIF
T3GTM
TMR3GE
Set Flag bit,
TMR3IF, on
Overflow
TMR3ON
TMR3(2)
TMR3H
TMR3L
EN
Q
D
T3CLK
Synchronized
Clock Input
0
1
TMR3CS
T3SYNC
T3CKI
10
Note 1:
2:
3:
FOSC
Internal
Clock
01
FOSC/4
Internal
Clock
00
Synchronize(3)
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
det
2
T3CKPS
FOSC/2
Internal
Clock
Sleep Input
ST Buffer is high-speed type when using T3CKI.
Timer3 register increments on rising edge.
Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.
DS39932D-page 218
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
15.3
The Timer1 oscillator is described in Section 13.0
“Timer1 Module”.
Timer3 16-Bit Read/Write Mode
Timer3 can be configured for 16-bit reads and writes
(see Section 15.3 “Timer3 16-Bit Read/Write
Mode”). When the RD16 control bit (T3CON) is
set, the address for TMR3H is mapped to a buffer register for the high byte of Timer3. A read from TMR3L
will load the contents of the high byte of Timer3 into the
Timer3 High Byte Buffer register. This provides the user
with the ability to accurately read all 16 bits of Timer3
without having to determine whether a read of the high
byte, followed by a read of the low byte, has become
invalid due to a rollover between reads.
15.5
Timer3 Gate
Timer3 can be configured to count freely, or the count
can be enabled and disabled using Timer3 gate
circuitry. This is also referred to as Timer3 gate count
enable.
Timer3 gate can also be driven by multiple selectable
sources.
15.5.1
A write to the high byte of Timer3 must also take place
through the TMR3H Buffer register. The Timer3 high
byte is updated with the contents of TMR3H when a
write occurs to TMR3L. This allows a user to write all
16 bits to both the high and low bytes of Timer3 at once.
TIMER3 GATE COUNT ENABLE
The Timer3 Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting
the TMR3GE bit of the T3GCON register. The polarity
of the Timer3 Gate Enable mode is configured using
the T3GPOL bit of the T3GCON register.
When Timer3 Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer3
will increment on the rising edge of the Timer3 clock
source. When Timer3 Gate Enable mode is disabled,
no incrementing will occur and Timer3 will hold the
current count. See Figure 15-2 for timing details.
The high byte of Timer3 is not directly readable or
writable in this mode. All reads and writes must take
place through the Timer3 High Byte Buffer register.
Writes to TMR3H do not clear the Timer3 prescaler.
The prescaler is only cleared on writes to TMR3L.
TABLE 15-1:
15.4
Using the Timer1 Oscillator as the
Timer3 Clock Source
T3CLK
T3GPOL
T3G
0
0
Counts
0
1
Holds Count
1
0
Holds Count
1
1
Counts
The Timer1 internal oscillator may be used as the clock
source for Timer3. The Timer1 oscillator is enabled by
setting the T1OSCEN (T1CON) bit. To use it as the
Timer3 clock source, the TMR3CS bit must also be set.
As previously noted, this also configures Timer3 to
increment on every rising edge of the oscillator source.
FIGURE 15-2:
TIMER3 GATE ENABLE
SELECTIONS
Timer3 Operation
TIMER3 GATE COUNT ENABLE MODE
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3G_IN
T1CKI
T3GVAL
Timer3
N
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
N+1
N+2
N+3
N+4
DS39932D-page 219
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
15.5.2
TIMER3 GATE SOURCE
SELECTION
The Timer3 gate source can be selected from one of
four different sources. Source selection is controlled by
the T3GSSx bits of the T3GCON register. The polarity
for each available source is also selectable. Polarity
selection is controlled by the T3GPOL bit of the
T3GCON register.
TABLE 15-2:
TIMER3 GATE SOURCES
T3GSS
Timer3 Gate Source
00
Timer3 Gate Pin
01
Overflow of Timer0
(TMR0 increments from FFh to 00h)
10
TMR2 to Match PR2
(TMR2 increments to match PR2)
11
Reserved
15.5.2.1
T3G Pin Gate Operation
The T3G pin is one source for Timer3 gate control. It
can be used to supply an external source to the Timer3
gate circuitry.
15.5.2.2
15.5.2.3
Timer2 Match Gate Operation
The TMR2 register will increment until it matches the
value in the PR2 register. On the very next increment
cycle, TMR2 will be reset to 00h. When this Reset
occurs, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be
generated and internally supplied to the Timer3 gate
circuitry.
15.5.3
TIMER3 GATE TOGGLE MODE
When Timer3 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is
possible to measure the full cycle length of a Timer3
gate signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level
pulse.
The Timer1 gate source is routed through a flip-flop that
changes state on every incrementing edge of the
signal. See Figure 15-3 for timing details.
The T3GVAL bit will indicate when the Toggled mode is
active and the timer is counting.
Timer3 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the
T3GTM bit of the T3GCON register. When the T3GTM
bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This
is necessary in order to control which edge is
measured.
Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation
When Timer0 increments from FFh to 00h, a
low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and
internally supplied to the Timer3 gate circuitry.
FIGURE 15-3:
TIMER3 GATE TOGGLE MODE
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GTM
T3G_IN
T1CKI
T3GVAL
Timer3
DS39932D-page 220
N
N+1 N+2 N+3
N+4
N+5 N+6 N+7
N+8
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
15.5.4
TIMER3 GATE SINGLE PULSE
MODE
When Timer3 Gate Single Pulse mode is enabled, it is
possible to capture a single pulse gate event. Timer3
Gate Single Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the
T3GSPM bit in the T3GCON register. Next, the
T3GGO/T3DONE bit in the T3GCON register must be
set.
The Timer3 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse, the
T3GGO/T3DONE bit will automatically be cleared. No
FIGURE 15-4:
other gate events will be allowed to increment Timer3
until the T3GGO/T3DONE bit is once again set in
software.
Clearing the T3GSPM bit of the T3GCON register will
also clear the T3GGO/T3DONE bit. See Figure 15-4
for timing details.
Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single Pulse mode,
simultaneously, will permit both sections to work
together. This allows the cycle times on the Timer3 gate
source to be measured. See Figure 15-5 for timing
details.
TIMER3 GATE SINGLE PULSE MODE
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GSPM
T3GGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T3GVAL
Set by Software
T3DONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of T3G
T3G_IN
T1CKI
T3GVAL
Timer3
TMR3GIF
N
Cleared by Software
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
N+1
N+2
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T3GVAL
Cleared by
Software
DS39932D-page 221
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 15-5:
TIMER3 GATE SINGLE PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GSPM
T3GTM
T3GGO/
Cleared by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T3GVAL
Set by Software
T3DONE
Counting Enabled on
Rising Edge of T3G
T3G_IN
T1CKI
T3GVAL
Timer3
TMR3GIF
15.5.5
N
N+1
Cleared by Software
TIMER3 GATE VALUE STATUS
When Timer3 gate value status is utilized, it is possible
to read the most current level of the gate control value.
The value is stored in the T3GVAL bit in the T3GCON
register. The T3GVAL bit is valid even when the Timer3
gate is not enabled (TMR3GE bit is cleared).
N+2
N+4
N+3
Set by Hardware on
Falling Edge of T3GVAL
15.5.6
Cleared by
Software
TIMER3 GATE EVENT INTERRUPT
When the Timer3 gate event interrupt is enabled, it is
possible to generate an interrupt upon the completion
of a gate event. When the falling edge of T3GVAL
occurs, the TMR3GIF flag bit in the PIR3 register will be
set. If the TMR3GIE bit in the PIE3 register is set, then
an interrupt will be recognized.
The TMR3GIF flag bit operates even when the Timer3
gate is not enabled (TMR3GE bit is cleared).
DS39932D-page 222
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
15.6
Timer3 Interrupt
The TMR3 register pair (TMR3H:TMR3L) increments
from 0000h to FFFFh and overflows to 0000h. The
Timer3 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
and is latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR3IF (PIR2).
This interrupt can be enabled or disabled by setting or
clearing the Timer3 Interrupt Enable bit, TMR3IE
(PIE2).
15.7
Resetting Timer3 Using the ECCP
Special Event Trigger
If ECCP1 or ECCP2 is configured to use Timer3 and to
generate a Special Event Trigger in Compare mode
(CCPxM = 1011), this signal will reset Timer3.
TABLE 15-3:
Name
The trigger from ECCP2 will also start an A/D conversion if the A/D module is enabled (see Section 18.3.4
“Special Event Trigger” for more information).
The module must be configured as either a timer or
synchronous counter to take advantage of this feature.
When used this way, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register
pair effectively becomes a Period register for Timer3.
If Timer3 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
the Reset operation may not work.
In the event that a write to Timer3 coincides with a
Special Event Trigger from an ECCP module, the write
will take precedence.
Note:
The Special Event Triggers from the
ECCPx module will not set the TMR3IF
interrupt flag bit (PIR1).
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER3 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
90
PIR2
OSCFIF
CM2IF
CM1IF
—
BCL1IF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
92
PIE2
OSCFIE
CM2IE
CM1IE
—
BCL1IE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
92
IPR2
OSCFIP
CM2IP
CM1IP
—
BCL1IP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
92
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
93
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
93
T1CON
TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC
—
T3SYNC
TMR1ON
91
RD16
TMR3ON
93
RD16
T3CON
TMR3CS1 TMR3CS0 T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0
T3GCON
TMR3GE
T3GPOL
T3GTM
T3GSPM
T3GGO/
T3DONE
T3GVAL
T3GSS1
T3GSS0
92
—
—
—
T1RUN
—
—
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
94
TCLKCON
PIR3
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
RC2IF
TX2IF
TMR4IF
CTMUIF
TMR3GIF
RTCCIF
92
PIE3
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
RC2IE
TX2IE
TMR4IE
CTMUIE
TMR3GIE
RTCCIE
92
IPR3
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
RC2IP
TX2IP
TMR4IP
CTMUIP
TMR3GIP
RTCCIP
92
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer3 module.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 223
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 224
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
16.0
TIMER4 MODULE
16.1
The Timer4 timer module has the following features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
8-Bit Timer register (TMR4)
8-Bit Period register (PR4)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16)
Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
Interrupt on TMR4 match of PR4
Timer4 has a control register shown in Register 16-1.
Timer4 can be shut off by clearing control bit, TMR4ON
(T4CON), to minimize power consumption. The
prescaler and postscaler selection of Timer4 is also
controlled by this register. Figure 16-1 is a simplified
block diagram of the Timer4 module.
Timer4 Operation
Timer4 can be used as the PWM time base for the
PWM mode of the ECCP modules. The TMR4 register
is readable and writable and is cleared on any device
Reset. The input clock (FOSC/4) has a prescale option
of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control bits,
T4CKPS (T4CON). The match output of
TMR4 goes through a 4-bit postscaler (which gives a
1:1 to 1:16 scaling inclusive) to generate a TMR4
interrupt, latched in flag bit, TMR4IF (PIR3).
The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
when any of the following occurs:
• a write to the TMR4 register
• a write to the T4CON register
• any device Reset (Power-on Reset (POR), MCLR
Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset (WDTR) or
Brown-out Reset (BOR))
TMR4 is not cleared when T4CON is written.
REGISTER 16-1:
T4CON: TIMER4 CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS F76h)
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
—
T4OUTPS3
T4OUTPS2
T4OUTPS1
T4OUTPS0
TMR4ON
T4CKPS1
T4CKPS0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-3
T4OUTPS: Timer4 Output Postscale Select bits
0000 = 1:1 Postscale
0001 = 1:2 Postscale
•
•
•
1111 = 1:16 Postscale
bit 2
TMR4ON: Timer4 On bit
1 = Timer4 is on
0 = Timer4 is off
bit 1-0
T4CKPS: Timer4 Clock Prescale Select bits
00 = Prescaler is 1
01 = Prescaler is 4
1x = Prescaler is 16
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
x = Bit is unknown
DS39932D-page 225
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
16.2
Timer4 Interrupt
16.3
The Timer4 module has an 8-bit Period register, PR4,
which is both readable and writable. Timer4 increments
from 00h until it matches PR4 and then resets to 00h on
the next increment cycle. The PR4 register is initialized
to FFh upon Reset.
FIGURE 16-1:
Output of TMR4
The output of TMR4 (before the postscaler) is used
only as a PWM time base for the ECCP modules. It is
not used as a baud rate clock for the MSSP modules as
is the Timer2 output.
TIMER4 BLOCK DIAGRAM
4
1:1 to 1:16
Postscaler
T4OUTPS
Set TMR4IF
2
T4CKPS
TMR4 Output
(to PWM)
TMR4/PR4
Match
Reset
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
Prescaler
FOSC/4
TMR4
Comparator
8
PR4
8
8
Internal Data Bus
TABLE 16-1:
Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER4 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7
Bit 6
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
90
IPR3
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
RC2IP
TX2IP
TMR4IP
CTMUIP
TMR3GIP
RTCIP
92
PIR3
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
RC2IF
TX2IF
TMR4IF
CTMUIF
TMR3GIF
RTCIF
92
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
RC2IE
TX2IE
TMR4IE
CTMUIE
TMR3GIE
RTCIE
92
PIE3
TMR4
T4CON
PR4
Timer4 Register
—
93
T4OUTPS3 T4OUTPS2 T4OUTPS1 T4OUTPS0 TMR4ON T4CKPS1 T4CKPS0
Timer4 Period Register
93
93
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer4 module.
DS39932D-page 226
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.0
REAL-TIME CLOCK AND
CALENDAR (RTCC)
The key features of the Real-Time Clock and Calendar
(RTCC) module are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Time: hours, minutes and seconds
24-hour format (military time)
Calendar: weekday, date, month and year
Alarm configurable
Year range: 2000 to 2099
Leap year correction
BCD format for compact firmware
Optimized for low-power operation
User calibration with auto-adjust
Calibration range: 2.64 seconds error per month
Requirements: external 32.768 kHz clock crystal
Alarm pulse or seconds clock output on RTCC pin
FIGURE 17-1:
The RTCC module is intended for applications where
accurate time must be maintained for an extended
period with minimum to no intervention from the CPU.
The module is optimized for low-power usage in order
to provide extended battery life while keeping track of
time.
The module is a 100-year clock and calendar with automatic leap year detection. The range of the clock is
from 00:00:00 (midnight) on January 1, 2000 to
23:59:59 on December 31, 2099. Hours are measured
in 24-hour (military time) format. The clock provides a
granularity of one second with half-second visibility to
the user.
RTCC BLOCK DIAGRAM
RTCC Clock Domain
32.768 kHz Input
from Timer1 Oscillator
or Internal RC
CPU Clock Domain
RTCCFG
RTCC Prescalers
ALRMRPT
YEAR
0.5s
RTCC Timer
Alarm
Event
MTHDY
RTCVALx
WKDYHR
MINSEC
Comparator
ALMTHDY
Compare Registers
with Masks
ALRMVALx
ALWDHR
ALMINSEC
Repeat Counter
RTCC Interrupt
RTCC Interrupt Logic
Alarm Pulse
RTCC Pin
RTCOE
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 227
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.1
RTCC MODULE REGISTERS
The RTCC module registers are divided into following
categories:
RTCC Control Registers
•
•
•
•
•
RTCCFG
RTCCAL
PADCFG1
ALRMCFG
ALRMRPT
RTCC Value Registers
Alarm Value Registers
• ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL – Can access the
following registers:
- ALRMMNTH
- ALRMDAY
- ALRMWD
- ALRMHR
- ALRMMIN
- ALRMSEC
Note:
The RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers
can be accessed through RTCRPT.
ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL can be
accessed through ALRMPTR.
• RTCVALH and RTCVALL – Can access the
following registers
- YEAR
- MONTH
- DAY
- WEEKDAY
- HOUR
- MINUTE
- SECOND
DS39932D-page 228
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.1.1
RTCC CONTROL REGISTERS
REGISTER 17-1:
R/W-0
RTCCFG: RTCC CONFIGURATION REGISTER (BANKED F3Fh)(1)
U-0
RTCEN(2)
—
R/W-0
RTCWREN
R-0
R-0
(3)
RTCSYNC HALFSEC
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
RTCEN: RTCC Enable bit(2)
1 = RTCC module is enabled
0 = RTCC module is disabled
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5
RTCWREN: RTCC Value Registers Write Enable bit
1 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers can be written to by the user
0 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers are locked out from being written to by the user
bit 4
RTCSYNC: RTCC Value Registers Read Synchronization bit
1 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL and ALRMRPT registers can change while reading due to a rollover ripple
resulting in an invalid data read
If the register is read twice and results in the same data, the data can be assumed to be valid.
0 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL or ALCFGRPT registers can be read without concern over a rollover ripple
bit 3
HALFSEC: Half-Second Status bit(3)
1 = Second half period of a second
0 = First half period of a second
bit 2
RTCOE: RTCC Output Enable bit
1 = RTCC clock output enabled
0 = RTCC clock output disabled
bit 1-0
RTCPTR: RTCC Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding RTCC Value registers when reading the RTCVALH and
RTCVALL registers; the RTCPTR value decrements on every read or write of
RTCVALH until it reaches ‘00’.
RTCVALH:
00 = Minutes
01 = Weekday
10 = Month
11 = Reserved
RTCVALL:
00 = Seconds
01 = Hours
10 = Day
11 = Year
Note 1:
2:
3:
The RTCCFG register is only affected by a POR.
A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
This bit is read-only. It is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 229
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-2:
RTCCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION REGISTER (BANKED F3Eh)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CAL7
CAL6
CAL5
CAL4
CAL3
CAL2
CAL1
CAL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
CAL: RTC Drift Calibration bits
01111111 = Maximum positive adjustment; adds 508 RTC clock pulses every minute
.
.
.
00000001 = Minimum positive adjustment; adds four RTC clock pulses every minute
00000000 = No adjustment
11111111 = Minimum negative adjustment; subtracts four RTC clock pulses every minute
.
.
.
10000000 = Maximum negative adjustment; subtracts 512 RTC clock pulses every minute
REGISTER 17-3:
PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION REGISTER (BANKED F3Ch)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
—
—
—
—
—
R/W-0
R/W-0
RTSECSEL1(1) RTSECSEL0(1)
bit 7
R/W-0
PMPTTL
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-1
RTSECSEL: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bits(1)
11 = Reserved, do not use
10 = RTCC source clock is selected for the RTCC pin (pin can be INTRC or T1OSC, depending on the
RTCOSC (CONFIG3L) setting)
01 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin
00 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin
bit 0
PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit
1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers
0 = PMP module uses Schmitt input buffers
Note 1:
To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RTCCFG) bit must be set.
DS39932D-page 230
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-4:
ALRMCFG: ALARM CONFIGURATION REGISTER (ACCESS F91h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ALRMEN
CHIME
AMASK3
AMASK2
AMASK1
AMASK0
ALRMPTR1
ALRMPTR0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
ALRMEN: Alarm Enable bit
1 = Alarm is enabled (cleared automatically after an alarm event whenever ARPT = 0000 0000
and CHIME = 0)
0 = Alarm is disabled
bit 6
CHIME: Chime Enable bit
1 = Chime is enabled; ALRMRPT bits are allowed to roll over from 00h to FFh
0 = Chime is disabled; ALRMRPT bits stop once they reach 00h
bit 5-2
AMASK: Alarm Mask Configuration bits
0000 = Every half second
0001 = Every second
0010 = Every 10 seconds
0011 = Every minute
0100 = Every 10 minutes
0101 = Every hour
0110 = Once a day
0111 = Once a week
1000 = Once a month
1001 = Once a year (except when configured for February 29th, once every four years)
101x = Reserved – do not use
11xx = Reserved – do not use
bit 1-0
ALRMPTR: Alarm Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding Alarm Value registers when reading the ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL
registers. The ALRMPTR value decrements on every read or write of ALRMVALH until it reaches
‘00’.
ALRMVALH:
00 = ALRMMIN
01 = ALRMWD
10 = ALRMMNTH
11 = Unimplemented
ALRMVALL:
00 = ALRMSEC
01 = ALRMHR
10 = ALRMDAY
11 = Unimplemented
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 231
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-5:
ALRMRPT: ALARM REPEAT COUNTER (ACCESS F90h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
ARPT: Alarm Repeat Counter Value bits
11111111 = Alarm will repeat 255 more times
.
.
.
00000000 = Alarm will not repeat
The counter decrements on any alarm event. The counter is prevented from rolling over from 00h to
FFh unless CHIME = 1.
DS39932D-page 232
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.1.2
RTCVALH AND RTCVALL
REGISTER MAPPINGS
REGISTER 17-6:
RESERVED REGISTER (ACCESS F99h, PTR 11b)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-0
x = Bit is unknown
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
REGISTER 17-7:
YEAR: YEAR VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F98h, PTR 11b)(1)
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
YRTEN3
YRTEN2
YRTEN1
YRTEN0
YRONE3
YRONE2
YRONE1
YRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-4
YRTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
bit 3-0
YRONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to the YEAR register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 17-8:
MONTH: MONTH VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F99h, PTR 10b)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
MTHTEN0
MTHONE3
MTHONE2
MTHONE1
MTHONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bit
Contains a value of 0 or 1.
bit 3-0
MTHONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 233
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-9:
DAY: DAY VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F98h, PTR 10b)(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
DAYTEN1
DAYTEN0
DAYONE3
DAYONE2
DAYONE1
DAYONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
DAYTEN: Binary Coded Decimal value of Day’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 3.
bit 3-0
DAYONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 17-10: WKDY: WEEKDAY VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F99h, PTR 01b)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
—
—
WDAY2
WDAY1
WDAY0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
WDAY: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 6.
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
DS39932D-page 234
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-11: HOURS: HOURS VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F98h, PTR 01b)(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
HRTEN1
HRTEN0
HRONE3
HRONE2
HRONE1
HRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
HRTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 2.
bit 3-0
HRONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 17-12: MINUTES: MINUTES VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F99h, PTR 00b)
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
MINTEN2
MINTEN1
MINTEN0
MINONE3
MINONE2
MINONE1
MINONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
MINTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
MINONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
REGISTER 17-13: SECONDS: SECONDS VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F98h, PTR 00b)
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
SECTEN2
SECTEN1
SECTEN0
SECONE3
SECONE2
SECONE1
SECONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
SECTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
SECONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 235
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.1.3
ALRMVALH AND ALRMVALL
REGISTER MAPPINGS
REGISTER 17-14: ALRMMNTH: ALARM MONTH VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F8Fh, PTR 10b)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
MTHTEN0
MTHONE3
MTHONE2
MTHONE1
MTHONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit bit
Contains a value of 0 or 1.
bit 3-0
MTHONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 17-15: ALRMDAY: ALARM DAY VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F8Eh, PTR 10b)(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
DAYTEN1
DAYTEN0
DAYONE3
DAYONE2
DAYONE1
DAYONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
DAYTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 3.
bit 3-0
DAYONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
x = Bit is unknown
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
DS39932D-page 236
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-16: ALRMWD: ALARM WEEKDAY VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F8Fh, PTR 01b)(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
—
—
—
WDAY2
WDAY1
WDAY0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-3
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 2-0
WDAY: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 6.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 17-17: ALRMHR: ALARM HOURS VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F8Eh, PTR 01b)(1)
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
—
HRTEN1
HRTEN0
HRONE3
HRONE2
HRONE1
HRONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 5-4
HRTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 2.
bit 3-0
HRONE3:HRONE0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
Note 1:
A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 237
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 17-18: ALRMMIN: ALARM MINUTES VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F8Fh, PTR 00b)
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
MINTEN2
MINTEN1
MINTEN0
MINONE3
MINONE2
MINONE1
MINONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
MINTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
MINONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
REGISTER 17-19: ALRMSEC: ALARM SECONDS VALUE REGISTER (ACCESS F8Eh, PTR 00b)
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
—
SECTEN2
SECTEN1
SECTEN0
SECONE3
SECONE2
SECONE1
SECONE0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 6-4
SECTEN: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 5.
bit 3-0
SECONE: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit bits
Contains a value from 0 to 9.
DS39932D-page 238
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.1.4
RTCEN BIT WRITE
17.2
An attempt to write to the RTCEN bit while
RTCWREN = 0 will be ignored. RTCWREN must be
set before a write to RTCEN can take place.
Like the RTCEN bit, the RTCVALH and
RTCVALL registers can only be written to when
RTCWREN = 1. A write to these registers, while
RTCWREN = 0, will be ignored.
FIGURE 17-2:
FIGURE 17-3:
The register interface for the RTCC and alarm values is
implemented using the Binary Coded Decimal (BCD)
format. This simplifies the firmware, when using the
module, as each of the digits is contained within its own
4-bit value (see Figure 17-2 and Figure 17-3).
Day
Month
0-9
0-1
Hours
(24-hour format)
0-2
0-9
0-9
0-3
Minutes
0-5
Day Of Week
0-9
Seconds
0-9
0-5
0-9
0-6
1/2 Second Bit
(binary format)
0/1
ALARM DIGIT FORMAT
Day
Month
0-1
Hours
(24-hour format)
0-2
REGISTER INTERFACE
TIMER DIGIT FORMAT
Year
0-9
17.2.1
Operation
0-9
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
0-9
0-3
Minutes
0-5
Day Of Week
0-9
0-6
Seconds
0-9
0-5
0-9
DS39932D-page 239
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.2.2
CLOCK SOURCE
As mentioned earlier, the RTCC module is intended to
be clocked by an external Real-Time Clock crystal
oscillating at 32.768 kHz, but also can be clocked by
the INTRC oscillator. The RTCC clock selection is
decided by the RTCOSC bit (CONFIG3L).
FIGURE 17-4:
Calibration of the crystal can be done through this
module to yield an error of 3 seconds or less per month.
(For further details, see Section 17.2.9 “Calibration”.)
CLOCK SOURCE MULTIPLEXING
32.768 kHz XTAL
from T1OSC
1:16384
Half-Second
Clock
Half Second(1)
Clock Prescaler(1)
Internal RC
One-Second Clock
CONFIG 3L
Second
Note 1:
17.2.2.1
Hour:Minute
Day
Month
Day of Week
Year
Writing to the lower half of the MINSEC register resets all counters, allowing fraction of a second synchronization;
the clock prescaler is held in Reset when RTCEN = 0.
Real-Time Clock Enable
For the day to month rollover schedule, see Table 17-2.
The RTCC module can be clocked by an external,
32.768 kHz crystal (Timer1 oscillator) or the INTRC
oscillator, which can be selected in CONFIG3L.
Considering that the following values are in BCD
format, the carry to the upper BCD digit will occur at a
count of 10 and not at 16 (SECONDS, MINUTES,
HOURS, WEEKDAY, DAYS and MONTHS).
If the Timer1 oscillator will be used as the clock source
for the RTCC, make sure to enable it by setting
T1CON (T1OSCEN). The selected clock can be
brought out to the RTCC pin by the RTSECSEL
bits in the PADCFG1 register.
17.2.3
DIGIT CARRY RULES
This section explains which timer values are affected
when there is a rollover.
• Time of Day: From 23:59:59 to 00:00:00 with a
carry to the Day field
• Month: From 12/31 to 01/01 with a carry to the
Year field
• Day of Week: From 6 to 0 with no carry (see
Table 17-1)
• Year Carry: From 99 to 00; this also surpasses the
use of the RTCC
DS39932D-page 240
TABLE 17-1:
DAY OF WEEK SCHEDULE
Day of Week
Sunday
0
Monday
1
Tuesday
2
Wednesday
3
Thursday
4
Friday
5
Saturday
6
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 17-2:
DAY TO MONTH ROLLOVER
SCHEDULE
Month
Maximum Day Field
01 (January)
31
02 (February)
28 or 29(1)
03 (March)
31
04 (April)
30
05 (May)
31
06 (June)
30
07 (July)
31
08 (August)
31
17.2.6
SAFETY WINDOW FOR REGISTER
READS AND WRITES
The RTCSYNC bit indicates a time window during
which the RTCC Clock Domain registers can be safely
read and written without concern about a rollover.
When RTCSYNC = 0, the registers can be safely
accessed by the CPU.
Whether RTCSYNC = 1 or 0, the user should employ a
firmware solution to ensure that the data read did not
fall on a rollover boundary, resulting in an invalid or
partial read. This firmware solution would consist of
reading each register twice and then comparing the two
values. If the two values matched, then, a rollover did
not occur.
09 (September)
30
10 (October)
31
17.2.7
11 (November)
30
12 (December)
31
In order to perform a write to any of the RTCC Timer
registers, the RTCWREN bit (RTCCFG) must be
set.
Note 1:
17.2.4
See Section 17.2.4 “Leap Year”.
LEAP YEAR
Since the year range on the RTCC module is 2000 to
2099, the leap year calculation is determined by any
year divisible by ‘4’ in the above range. Only February
is effected in a leap year.
February will have 29 days in a leap year and 28 days in
any other year.
17.2.5
GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY
All Timer registers containing a time value of seconds or
greater are writable. The user configures the time by
writing the required year, month, day, hour, minutes and
seconds to the Timer registers, via Register Pointers
(see Section 17.2.8 “Register Mapping”).
The timer uses the newly written values and proceeds
with the count from the required starting point.
The RTCC is enabled by setting the RTCEN bit
(RTCCFG). If enabled, while adjusting these
registers, the timer still continues to increment. However,
any time the MINSEC register is written to, both of the
timer prescalers are reset to ‘0’. This allows fraction of a
second synchronization.
The Timer registers are updated in the same cycle as
the write instruction’s execution by the CPU. The user
must ensure that when RTCEN = 1, the updated
registers will not be incremented at the same time. This
can be accomplished in several ways:
• By checking the RTCSYNC bit (RTCCFG)
• By checking the preceding digits from which a
carry can occur
• By updating the registers immediately following
the seconds pulse (or alarm interrupt)
WRITE LOCK
To avoid accidental writes to the RTCC Timer register,
it is recommended that the RTCWREN bit
(RTCCFG) be kept clear at any time other than
while writing to. For the RTCWREN bit to be set, there
is only one instruction cycle time window allowed
between the 55h/AA sequence and the setting of
RTCWREN. For that reason, it is recommended that
users follow the code example in Example 17-1.
EXAMPLE 17-1:
movlb
movlw
movwf
movlw
movwf
bsf
17.2.8
SETTING THE RTCWREN
BIT
0x0f
0x55
EECON2,0
0xAA
EECON2,0
RTCCFG,5,1
REGISTER MAPPING
To limit the register interface, the RTCC Timer and
Alarm Timer registers are accessed through
corresponding register pointers. The RTCC Value register window (RTCVALH and RTCVALL) uses the
RTCPTR bits (RTCCFG) to select the required
Timer register pair.
By reading or writing to the RTCVALH register, the
RTCC Pointer value (RTCPTR) decrements by 1
until it reaches ‘00’. Once it reaches ‘00’, the MINUTES
and SECONDS value will be accessible through
RTCVALH and RTCVALL until the pointer value is
manually changed.
The user has visibility to the half-second field of the
counter. This value is read-only and can be reset only
by writing to the lower half of the SECONDS register.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 241
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 17-3:
RTCVALH AND RTCVALL
REGISTER MAPPING
RTCC Value Register Window
RTCPTR
RTCVALH RTCVALL
00
MINUTES
SECONDS
01
WEEKDAY
HOURS
10
MONTH
DAY
11
—
YEAR
To calibrate the RTCC module:
1.
2.
EQUATION 17-1:
60 = Error Clocks per Minute
By reading or writing to the ALRMVALH register, the
Alarm Pointer value, ALRMPTR, decrements
by 1 until it reaches ‘00’. Once it reaches ‘00’, the
ALRMMIN and ALRMSEC value will be accessible
through ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL until the pointer
value is manually changed.
ALRMVAL REGISTER
MAPPING
3.
Alarm Value Register Window
ALRMPTR
ALRMVALH ALRMVALL
17.2.9
00
ALRMMIN
ALRMSEC
01
ALRMWD
ALRMHR
10
ALRMMNTH
ALRMDAY
11
—
—
CALIBRATION
CONVERTING ERROR
CLOCK PULSES
(Ideal Frequency (32,768) – Measured Frequency) *
The Alarm Value register window (ALRMVALH and
ALRMVALL) uses the ALRMPTR bits (ALRMCFG)
to select the desired Alarm register pair.
TABLE 17-4:
Use another timer resource on the device to find
the error of the 32.768 kHz crystal.
Convert the number of error clock pulses per
minute (see Equation 17-1).
• If the oscillator is faster than ideal (negative
result from step 2), the RTCCALL register value
needs to be negative. This causes the specified
number of clock pulses to be subtracted from
the timer counter once every minute.
• If the oscillator is slower than ideal (positive
result from step 2), the RTCCALL register value
needs to be positive. This causes the specified
number of clock pulses to be added to the timer
counter once every minute.
Load the RTCCAL register with the correct
value.
Writes to the RTCCAL register should occur only when
the timer is turned off, or immediately after the rising
edge of the seconds pulse.
Note:
In determining the crystal’s error value, it
is the user’s responsibility to include the
crystal’s initial error from drift due to
temperature or crystal aging.
The real-time crystal input can be calibrated using the
periodic auto-adjust feature. When properly calibrated,
the RTCC can provide an error of less than three
seconds per month.
To perform this calibration, find the number of error
clock pulses and store the value in the lower half of the
RTCCAL register. The 8-bit, signed value – loaded into
RTCCAL – is multiplied by ‘4’ and will either be added
or subtracted from the RTCC timer, once every minute.
DS39932D-page 242
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.3
The alarm can also be configured to repeat based on a
preconfigured interval. The number of times this occurs
after the alarm is enabled is stored in the ALRMRPT
register.
Alarm
The alarm features and characteristics are:
• Configurable from half a second to one year
• Enabled using the ALRMEN bit (ALRMCFG,
Register 17-4)
• Offers one-time and repeat alarm options
17.3.1
While the alarm is enabled (ALRMEN =
1), changing any of the registers – other
than the RTCCAL, ALRMCFG and ALRMRPT registers and the CHIME bit – can
result in a false alarm event leading to a
false alarm interrupt. To avoid this, only
change the timer and alarm values while
the alarm is disabled (ALRMEN = 0). It is
recommended that the ALRMCFG and
ALRMRPT registers and CHIME bit be
changed when RTCSYNC = 0.
Note:
CONFIGURING THE ALARM
The alarm feature is enabled using the ALRMEN bit.
This bit is cleared when an alarm is issued. The bit will
not be cleared if the CHIME bit = 1 or if ALRMRPT 0.
The interval selection of the alarm is configured
through the ALRMCFG bits (AMASK). (See
Figure 17-5.) These bits determine which and how
many digits of the alarm must match the clock value for
the alarm to occur.
FIGURE 17-5:
ALARM MASK SETTINGS
Alarm Mask Setting
AMASK
Day of the
Week
Month
Day
Hours
Minutes
Seconds
0000 – Every half second
0001 – Every second
0010 – Every 10 seconds
s
0011 – Every minute
s
s
m
s
s
m
m
s
s
0100 – Every 10 minutes
0101 – Every hour
0110 – Every day
0111 – Every week
d
1000 – Every month
1001 – Every year(1)
Note 1:
m
m
h
h
m
m
s
s
h
h
m
m
s
s
d
d
h
h
m
m
s
s
d
d
h
h
m
m
s
s
Annually, except when configured for February 29.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 243
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
When ALRMCFG = 00 and the CHIME bit = 0
(ALRMCFG), the repeat function is disabled and
only a single alarm will occur. The alarm can be
repeated up to 255 times by loading the ALRMRPT
register with FFh.
After each alarm is issued, the ALRMRPT register is
decremented by one. Once the register has reached
‘00’, the alarm will be issued one last time.
After the alarm is issued a last time, the ALRMEN bit is
cleared automatically and the alarm turned off. Indefinite
repetition of the alarm can occur if the CHIME bit = 1.
When CHIME = 1, the alarm is not disabled when the
ALRMRPT register reaches ‘00’, but it rolls over to FF
and continues counting indefinitely.
17.3.2
ALARM INTERRUPT
At every alarm event, an interrupt is generated. Additionally, an alarm pulse output is provided that operates
at half the frequency of the alarm.
The alarm pulse output is completely synchronous with
the RTCC clock and can be used as a trigger clock to
other peripherals. This output is available on the RTCC
pin. The output pulse is a clock with a 50% duty cycle
and a frequency half that of the alarm event (see
Figure 17-6).
The RTCC pin also can output the seconds clock. The
user can select between the alarm pulse, generated by
the RTCC module, or the seconds clock output.
The RTSECSEL (PADCFG1) bits select between
these two outputs:
• Alarm pulse – RTSECSEL = 00
• Seconds clock – RTSECSEL = 0
FIGURE 17-6:
TIMER PULSE GENERATION
RTCEN bit
ALRMEN bit
RTCC Alarm Event
RTCC Pin
17.4
Low-Power Modes
17.5.2
POWER-ON RESET (POR)
The timer and alarm can optionally continue to operate
while in Sleep, Idle and even Deep Sleep mode. An
alarm event can be used to wake-up the microcontroller
from any of these Low-Power modes.
The RTCCFG and ALRMRPT registers are reset only
on a POR. Once the device exits the POR state, the
clock registers should be reloaded with the desired
values.
17.5
The timer prescaler values can be reset only by writing
to the SECONDS register. No device Reset can affect
the prescalers.
17.5.1
Reset
DEVICE RESET
When a device Reset occurs, the ALRMCFG and
ALRMRPT registers are forced to a Reset state
causing the alarm to be disabled (if enabled prior to the
Reset). If the RTCC was enabled, it will continue to
operate when a basic device Reset occurs.
DS39932D-page 244
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
17.6
Register Maps
Table 17-5, Table 17-6 and Table 17-7 summarize the
registers associated with the RTCC module.
TABLE 17-5:
File Name
RTCC CONTROL REGISTERS
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
All
Resets
0000
RTCCFG
RTCEN
—
RTCWREN
RTCSYNC
HALFSEC
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
RTCCAL
CAL7
CAL6
CAL5
CAL4
CAL3
CAL2
CAL1
CAL0
0000
PADCFG1
—
—
—
—
—
PMPTTL
0000
ALRMCFG
ALRMEN
CHIME
AMASK3
AMASK2
AMASK1
RTSECSEL1 RTSECSEL0
AMASK0
ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0
0000
ALRMRPT
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
0000
IPR3
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
RC2IP
TX2IP
TMR4IP
CTMUIP
TMR3GIP
RTCCIP
1111
PIR3
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
RC2IF
TX2IF
TMR4IF
CTMUIF
TMR3GIF
RTCCIF
0000
PIE3
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
RC2IE
TX2IE
TMR4IE
CTMUIE
TMR3GIE
RTCCIE
0000
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 44-pin devices.
TABLE 17-6:
File Name
RTCC VALUE REGISTERS
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
RTCVALH
RTCC Value Register Window High Byte, Based on RTCPTR
RTCVALL
RTCC Value Register Window Low Byte, Based on RTCPTR
RTCEN
—
ALRMEN
CHIME
RTCCFG
ALRMCFG
RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC
AMASK3
AMASK2
AMASK1
Bit 1
Bit 0
All Resets
xxxx
xxxx
RTCOE
RTCPTR1
RTCPTR0
0000
AMASK0
ALRMPTR1
ALRMPTR0
0000
ALRMVALH Alarm Value Register Window High Byte, Based on ALRMPTR
xxxx
ALRMVALL
xxxx
Legend:
Alarm Value Register Window Low Byte, Based on ALRMPTR
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 44-pin devices.
TABLE 17-7:
File Name
ALRMRPT
ALARM VALUE REGISTERS
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
All
Resets
ARPT7
ARPT6
ARPT5
ARPT4
ARPT3
ARPT2
ARPT1
ARPT0
0000
ALRMVALH Alarm Value Register Window High Byte, Based on ALRMPTR
xxxx
ALRMVALL Alarm Value Register Window Low Byte, Based on ALRMPTR
RTCCAL
CAL7
CAL6
CAL5
CAL4
CAL3
xxxx
CAL2
CAL1
CAL0
0000
RTCVALH
RTCC Value Register Window High Byte, Based on RTCPTR
xxxx
RTCVALL
RTCC Value Register Window Low Byte, Based on RTCPTR
xxxx
Legend:
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 44-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 245
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 246
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.0
ENHANCED
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM
(ECCP) MODULE
PIC18F46J11 family devices have two Enhanced
Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) modules: ECCP1 and
ECCP2. These modules contain a 16-bit register, which
can operate as a 16-bit Capture register, a 16-bit
Compare register or a PWM Master/Slave Duty Cycle
register. These ECCP modules are upward compatible
with CCP
Note:
Register and bit names referencing one of
the two ECCP modules substitute an ‘x’
for the module number. For example, registers CCP1CON and CCP2CON, which
have the same definitions, are called
CCPxCON. Figures and diagrams use
ECCP1-based names, but those names
also apply to ECCP2, with a “2” replacing
the illustration name’s “1”.
When writing firmware, the “x” in register
and bit names must be replaced with the
appropriate module number.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
ECCP1 and ECCP2 are implemented as standard CCP
modules with enhanced PWM capabilities. These
include:
•
•
•
•
•
Provision for two or four output channels
Output Steering modes
Programmable polarity
Programmable dead-band control
Automatic shutdown and restart
The enhanced features are discussed in detail in
Section 18.5 “PWM (Enhanced Mode)”.
Note:
PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD are associated
with the remappable pins (RPn).
DS39932D-page 247
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-1:
CCPxCON: ECCPx CONTROL (ACCESS FBAh/FB4h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PxM1
PxM0
DCxB1
DCxB0
CCPxM3
CCPxM2
CCPxM1
CCPxM0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
PxM: Enhanced PWM Output Configuration bits
If CCPxM = 00, 01, 10:
xx = PxA assigned as capture/compare input/output; PxB, PxC and PxD assigned as port pins
If CCPxM = 11:
00 = Single output: PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD controlled by steering (see Section 18.5.7 “Pulse Steering
Mode”)
01 = Full-bridge output forward: PxD modulated; PxA active; PxB, PxC inactive
10 = Half-bridge output: PxA, PxB modulated with dead-band control; PxC and PxD assigned as
port pins
11 = Full-bridge output reverse: PxB modulated; PxC active; PxA and PxD inactive
bit 5-4
DCxB: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs of the duty cycle are found
in CCPRxL.
bit 3-0
CCPxM: ECCPx Mode Select bits
0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets ECCPx module)
0001 = Reserved
0010 = Compare mode, toggle output on match
0011 = Capture mode
0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge
0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge
0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
0111 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
1000 = Compare mode, initialize ECCPx pin low, set output on compare match (set CCPxIF)
1001 = Compare mode, initialize ECCPx pin high, clear output on compare match (set CCPxIF)
1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt only, ECCPx pin reverts to I/O state
1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (ECCPx resets TMR1 or TMR3, starts A/D conversion,
sets CCxIF bit)
1100 = PWM mode; PxA and PxC active-high; PxB and PxD active-high
1101 = PWM mode; PxA and PxC active-high; PxB and PxD active-low
1110 = PWM mode; PxA and PxC active-low; PxB and PxD active-high
1111 = PWM mode; PxA and PxC active-low; PxB and PxD active-low
DS39932D-page 248
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
In addition to the expanded range of modes available
through the CCPxCON and ECCPxAS registers, the
ECCP modules have two additional registers associated
with Enhanced PWM operation and auto-shutdown
features. They are:
• ECCPxDEL (Enhanced PWM Control)
• PSTRxCON (Pulse Steering Control)
18.1
ECCP Outputs and Configuration
The Enhanced CCP module may have up to four PWM
outputs, depending on the selected operating mode.
These outputs, designated PxA through PxD, are
routed through the Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)
module. Therefore, individual functions may be
mapped to any of the remappable I/O pins, RPn. The
outputs that are active depend on the ECCP operating
mode selected. The pin assignments are summarized
in Table 18-4.
To configure the I/O pins as PWM outputs, the proper
PWM mode must be selected by setting the PxM
and CCPxM bits. The appropriate TRIS direction
bits for the port pins must also be set as outputs and the
output functions need to be assigned to I/O pins in the
PPS module. (For details on configuring the module,
see Section 10.7 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”.)
18.1.1
ECCP MODULE AND TIMER
RESOURCES
The ECCP modules utilize Timers 1, 2, 3 or 4, depending
on the mode selected. Timer1 and Timer3 are available
to modules in Capture or Compare modes, while Timer2
and Timer4 are available for modules in PWM mode.
TABLE 18-1:
ECCP MODE – TIMER
RESOURCE
ECCP Mode
Timer Resource
Capture
Timer1 or Timer3
Compare
Timer1 or Timer3
PWM
Timer2 or Timer4
The assignment of a particular timer to a module is
determined by the Timer-to-ECCP enable bits in the
TCLKCON register (Register 13-3). The interactions
between the two modules are depicted in Figure 18-1.
Capture operations are designed to be used when the
timer is configured for Synchronous Counter mode.
Capture operations may not work as expected if the
associated timer is configured for Asynchronous Counter
mode.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.2
Capture Mode
In Capture mode, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair
captures the 16-bit value of the TMR1 or TMR3
registers when an event occurs on the corresponding
ECCPx pin. An event is defined as one of the following:
•
•
•
•
Every falling edge
Every rising edge
Every 4th rising edge
Every 16th rising edge
The event is selected by the mode select bits,
CCPxM, of the CCPxCON register. When a
capture is made, the interrupt request flag bit, CCPxIF,
is set; it must be cleared by software. If another capture
occurs before the value in register CCPRx is read, the
old captured value is overwritten by the new captured
value.
18.2.1
ECCP PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, the appropriate ECCPx pin should be
configured as an input by setting the corresponding
TRIS direction bit.
Additionally, the ECCPx input function needs to be
assigned to an I/O pin through the Peripheral Pin
Select module. For details on setting up the
remappable pins, see Section 10.7 “Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS)”.
Note:
18.2.2
If the ECCPx pin is configured as an output, a write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION
The timers that are to be used with the capture feature
(Timer1 and/or Timer3) must be running in Timer mode
or Synchronized Counter mode. In Asynchronous
Counter mode, the capture operation may not work.
The timer to be used with each ECCP module is
selected in the TCLKCON register (Register 13-3).
18.2.3
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the
CCPxIE interrupt enable bit clear to avoid false interrupts.
The interrupt flag bit, CCPxIF, should also be cleared
following any such change in operating mode.
DS39932D-page 249
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.2.4
ECCP PRESCALER
recommended method for switching between capture
prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler
counter and will not generate the “false” interrupt.
There are four prescaler settings in Capture mode; they
are specified as part of the operating mode selected by
the mode select bits (CCPxM). Whenever the
ECCP module is turned off, or Capture mode is disabled, the prescaler counter is cleared. This means
that any Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
EXAMPLE 18-1:
CLRF
MOVLW
Switching from one capture prescaler to another may
generate an interrupt. Also, the prescaler counter will
not be cleared; therefore, the first capture may be from
a non-zero prescaler. Example 18-1 provides the
FIGURE 18-1:
MOVWF
CCP1CON
; Turn CCP module off
NEW_CAPT_PS ; Load WREG with the
; new prescaler mode
; value and CCP ON
CCP1CON
; Load CCP1CON with
; this value
CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
TMR3H
Set CCP1IF
T3CCP1
ECCP1 pin
Prescaler
1, 4, 16
and
Edge Detect
CCP1CON
Q1:Q4
4
TMR3L
TMR3
Enable
CCPR1H
T3CCP1
DS39932D-page 250
CHANGING BETWEEN
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
CCPR1L
TMR1
Enable
TMR1H
TMR1L
4
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.3
18.3.2
Compare Mode
TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION
In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPRx register value is
constantly compared against either the TMR1 or TMR3
register pair value. When a match occurs, the ECCPx
pin can be:
Timer1 and/or Timer3 must be running in Timer mode
or Synchronized Counter mode if the ECCP module is
using the compare feature. In Asynchronous Counter
mode, the compare operation will not work reliably.
•
•
•
•
18.3.3
Driven high
Driven low
Toggled (high-to-low or low-to-high)
Remain unchanged (that is, reflects the state of
the I/O latch)
The action on the pin is based on the value of the mode
select bits (CCPxM). At the same time, the
interrupt flag bit, CCPxIF, is set.
18.3.1
ECCP PIN CONFIGURATION
Users must configure the ECCPx pin as an output by
clearing the appropriate TRIS bit.
Note:
Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the ECCPx compare output latch
(depending on device configuration) to the
default low level. This is not the PORTx
I/O data latch.
FIGURE 18-2:
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When the Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen
(CCPxM = 1010), the ECCPx pin is not affected;
only the CCPxIF interrupt flag is affected.
18.3.4
SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
The ECCP module is equipped with a Special Event
Trigger. This is an internal hardware signal generated
in Compare mode to trigger actions by other modules.
The Special Event Trigger is enabled by selecting
the Compare Special Event Trigger mode
(CCPxM = 1011).
The Special Event Trigger resets the Timer register pair
for whichever timer resource is currently assigned as the
module’s time base. This allows the CCPRx registers to
serve as a programmable period register for either timer.
The Special Event Trigger can also start an A/D conversion. In order to do this, the A/D converter must already
be enabled.
COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
0
TMR1H
TMR1L
1
TMR3H
TMR3L
Special Event Trigger
(Timer1/Timer3 Reset, A/D Trigger)
T3CCP1
Set CCP1IF
Comparator
CCPR1H
CCPR1L
Compare
Match
ECCP1 Pin
Output
Logic
4
S
Q
R
TRIS
Output Enable
CCP1CON
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 251
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.4
18.4.1
PWM Mode
In Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCPx pin
produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output.
Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the output latch (depending on device
configuration) to the default low level. This
is not the LATx data latch.
Note:
Figure 18-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the
CCP module in PWM mode.
For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up a CCP
module for PWM operation, see Section 18.4.3
“Setup for PWM Operation”.
FIGURE 18-3:
SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Duty Cycle Register
9
0
CCPxCON
CCPRxL
EQUATION 18-1:
PWM Period = [(PR2) + 1] • 4 • TOSC •
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
PWM frequency is defined as 1/[PWM period].
When TMR2 (TMR4) is equal to PR2 (PR4), the
following three events occur on the next increment
cycle:
• TMR2 (TMR4) is cleared
• The CCPx pin is set (exception: if PWM duty
cycle = 0%, the CCPx pin will not be set)
• The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPRxL into
CCPRxH
(1)
CCPRxH
S
Comparator
Q
R
Reset
CCPx
pin
TMRx
TMRx = PRx
Match
2 LSbs latched
from Q clocks
Comparator
PRx
TRIS
Output Enable
Set CCPx pin
Note 1:
The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
(PR4) register. The PWM period can be calculated
using Equation 18-1:
Note:
Latch
Duty Cycle
The two LSbs of the Duty Cycle register are held by a
2-bit latch that is part of the module’s hardware. It is
physically separate from the CCPRx registers.
A PWM output (Figure 18-4) has a time base (period)
and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle).
The frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the
period (1/period).
FIGURE 18-4:
PWM OUTPUT
Period
PWM PERIOD
18.4.2
The Timer2 and Timer 4 postscalers (see
Section 14.0 “Timer2 Module” and
Section 16.0 “Timer4 Module”) are not
used in the determination of the PWM
frequency. The postscaler could be used
to have a servo update rate at a different
frequency than the PWM output.
PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the
CCPRxL register and to the CCPxCON bits. Up
to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPRxL contains
the eight MSbs and the CCPxCON contains the
two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by
CCPRxL:CCPxCON. Equation 18-2 is used to
calculate the PWM duty cycle in time.
EQUATION 18-2:
PWM Duty Cycle = (CCPRXL:CCPXCON) •
TOSC • (TMR2 Prescale Value)
CCPRxL and CCPxCON can be written to at any
time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into
CCPRxH until after a match between PR2 (PR4) and
TMR2 (TMR4) occurs (i.e., the period is complete). In
PWM mode, CCPRxH is a read-only register.
Duty Cycle
TMR2 (TMR4) = PR2 (PR4)
TMR2 (TMR4) = Duty Cycle
TMR2 (TMR4) = PR2 (TMR4)
DS39932D-page 252
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
The CCPRxH register and a 2-bit internal latch are
used to double-buffer the PWM duty cycle. This
double-buffering is essential for glitchless PWM
operation.
When the CCPRxH and 2-bit latch match TMR2
(TMR4), concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or
2 bits of the TMR2 (TMR4) prescaler, the CCPx pin is
cleared.
The maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM
frequency is given by Equation 18-3:
18.4.3
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the CCP module for PWM operation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
EQUATION 18-3:
(
FOSC
log FPWM
PWM Resolution (max) =
log(2)
Note:
)
SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
5.
Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2 (PR4)
register.
Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the
CCPRxL register and CCPxCON bits.
Make the CCPx pin an output by clearing the
appropriate TRIS bit.
Set the TMR2 (TMR4) prescale value, then
enable Timer2 (Timer4) by writing to T2CON
(T4CON).
Configure the CCPx module for PWM operation.
bits
If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than
the PWM period, the CCPx pin will not be
cleared.
TABLE 18-2:
EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 40 MHz
PWM Frequency
Timer Prescaler (1, 4, 16)
PR2 Value
Maximum Resolution (bits)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.44 kHz
9.77 kHz
39.06 kHz
156.25 kHz
312.50 kHz
416.67 kHz
16
4
1
1
1
1
FFh
FFh
FFh
3Fh
1Fh
17h
10
10
10
8
7
6.58
DS39932D-page 253
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 18-3:
Name
INTCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM, TIMER2 AND TIMER4
Bit 7
Bit 6
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
69
IPEN
—
CM
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
70
PIR1
PMPIF
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
72
PIE1
PMPIE
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
72
IPR1
PMPIP
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
72
RCON
IPR2
OSCFIP
CM2IP
CM1IP
—
BCL1IP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
71
PIR2
OSCFIF
CM2IF
CM1IF
—
BCL1IF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
71
PIE2
OSCFIE
CM2IE
CM1IE
—
BCL1IE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
71
—
—
—
T1RUN
—
—
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
74
TCLKCON
PIR3
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
RC2IF
TX2IF
TMR4IF
CTMUIF
TMR3GIF
RTCCIF
72
PIE3
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
RC2IE
TX2IE
TMR4IE
CTMUIE
TMR3GIE
RTCCIE
72
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
RC2IP
TX2IP
TMR4IP
CTMUIP
TMR3GIP
RTCCIP
72
IPR3
TMR2
Timer2 Register
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
T2CON
—
70
70
T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
70
TMR4
Timer4 Register
73
PR4
Timer4 Period Register
73
T4CON
—
ODCON1
—
T4OUTPS3 T4OUTPS2 T4OUTPS1 T4OUTPS0 TMR4ON T4CKPS1 T4CKPS0
—
—
—
—
—
ECCP2OD ECCP1OD
73
74
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PWM, Timer2 or Timer4.
DS39932D-page 254
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.5
The PWM outputs are multiplexed with I/O pins and are
designated: PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD. The polarity of the
PWM pins is configurable and is selected by setting the
CCPxM bits in the CCPxCON register appropriately.
PWM (Enhanced Mode)
The Enhanced PWM mode can generate a PWM signal
on up to four different output pins with up to 10 bits of
resolution. It can do this through four different PWM
Output modes:
•
•
•
•
Table 18-1 provides the pin assignments for each
Enhanced PWM mode.
Single PWM
Half-Bridge PWM
Full-Bridge PWM, Forward mode
Full-Bridge PWM, Reverse mode
Figure 18-5 provides an example of a simplified block
diagram of the Enhanced PWM module.
Note:
To select an Enhanced PWM mode, the PxM bits of the
CCPxCON register must be set appropriately.
FIGURE 18-5:
To prevent the generation of an
incomplete waveform when the PWM is
first enabled, the ECCP module waits until
the start of a new PWM period before
generating a PWM signal.
EXAMPLE SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE ENHANCED PWM MODE
Duty Cycle Registers
DC1B
CCPxM
4
PxM
2
CCPR1L
ECCPx/PxA(2)
ECCP1/RPn
TRIS
CCPR1H (Slave)
PxB(2)
R
Comparator
Q
Output
Controller
RPn
TRIS
PxC(2)
TMR2
Comparator
PR2
Note 1:
2:
(1)
PRn
TRIS
S
PxD(2)
Clear Timer2,
toggle PWM pin and
latch duty cycle
PRn
TRIS
ECCP1DEL
The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with the 2-bit internal Q clock, or 2 bits of the prescaler to
create the 10-bit time base.
These pins are remappable.
Note 1: The TRIS register value for each PWM output must be configured appropriately.
2: Any pin not used by an Enhanced PWM mode is available for alternate pin functions.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 255
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 18-4:
EXAMPLE PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR VARIOUS PWM ENHANCED MODES
ECCP Mode
PxM
PxA
PxB
(1)
PxC
(1)
PxD
(1)
Yes(1)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Single
00
Yes
Half-Bridge
10
Yes
Yes
No
Full-Bridge, Forward
01
Yes
Yes
Yes
Full-Bridge, Reverse
11
Yes
Yes
Yes
Note 1: Outputs are enabled by pulse steering in Single mode (see Register 18-4).
FIGURE 18-6:
EXAMPLE PWM (ENHANCED MODE) OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS
(ACTIVE-HIGH STATE)
PxM
Signal
0
PR2 + 1
Pulse Width
Period
00
(Single Output)
PxA Modulated
Delay(1)
Delay(1)
PxA Modulated
10
(Half-Bridge)
PxB Modulated
PxA Active
01
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
PxB Inactive
PxC Inactive
PxD Modulated
PxA Inactive
11
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
PxB Modulated
PxC Active
PxD Inactive
Relationships:
• Period = 4 * TOSC * (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Pulse Width = TOSC * (CCPRxL:CCPxCON) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Delay = 4 * TOSC * (ECCPxDEL)
Note 1: Dead-band delay is programmed using the ECCPxDEL register (Section 18.5.6 “Programmable Dead-Band
Delay Mode”).
DS39932D-page 256
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 18-7:
EXAMPLE ENHANCED PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-LOW STATE)
PxM
Signal
PR2 + 1
Pulse
Width
0
Period
00
(Single Output)
PxA Modulated
PxA Modulated
10
(Half-Bridge)
Delay(1)
Delay(1)
PxB Modulated
PxA Active
01
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
PxB Inactive
PxC Inactive
PxD Modulated
PxA Inactive
11
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
PxB Modulated
PxC Active
PxD Inactive
Relationships:
• Period = 4 * TOSC * (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Pulse Width = TOSC * (CCPRxL:CCPxCON) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
• Delay = 4 * TOSC * (ECCPxDEL)
Note 1: Dead-band delay is programmed using the ECCP1DEL register (Section 18.5.6 “Programmable Dead-Band
Delay Mode”).
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 257
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.5.1
HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In Half-Bridge mode, two pins are used as outputs to
drive push-pull loads. The PWM output signal is output
on the PxA pin, while the complementary PWM output
signal is output on the PxB pin (see Figure 18-8). This
mode can be used for half-bridge applications, as
shown in Figure 18-9, or for full-bridge applications,
where four power switches are being modulated with
two PWM signals.
Since the PxA and PxB outputs are multiplexed with the
PORT data latches, the associated TRIS bits must be
cleared to configure PxA and PxB as outputs.
FIGURE 18-8:
Period
Period
Pulse Width
In Half-Bridge mode, the programmable dead-band delay
can be used to prevent shoot-through current in
half-bridge power devices. The value of the PxDC
bits of the ECCPxDEL register sets the number of
instruction cycles before the output is driven active. If the
value is greater than the duty cycle, the corresponding
output remains inactive during the entire cycle. See
Section 18.5.6 “Programmable Dead-Band Delay
Mode” for more details of the dead-band delay
operations.
PxA(2)
td
td
PxB(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
td = Dead-Band Delay
At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the
PR2 register.
Note 1:
Output signals are shown as active-high.
2:
FIGURE 18-9:
EXAMPLE OF
HALF-BRIDGE PWM
OUTPUT
EXAMPLE OF HALF-BRIDGE APPLICATIONS
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit (“Push-Pull”)
FET
Driver
+
PxA
Load
FET
Driver
+
PxB
-
Half-Bridge Output Driving a Full-Bridge Circuit
V+
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
PxA
FET
Driver
Load
FET
Driver
PxB
DS39932D-page 258
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.5.2
FULL-BRIDGE MODE
In the Reverse mode, the PxC pin is driven to its active
state, the PxB pin is modulated, while the PxA and PxD
pins will be driven to their inactive state as provided
Figure 18-11.
In Full-Bridge mode, all four pins are used as outputs.
An example of a full-bridge application is provided in
Figure 18-10.
The PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD outputs are multiplexed
with the PORT data latches. The associated TRIS bits
must be cleared to configure the PxA, PxB, PxC and
PxD pins as outputs.
In the Forward mode, the PxA pin is driven to its active
state, the PxD pin is modulated, while the PxB and PxC
pins will be driven to their inactive state as provided in
Figure 18-11.
FIGURE 18-10:
EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE APPLICATION
V+
FET
Driver
QC
QA
FET
Driver
PxA
Load
PxB
FET
Driver
PxC
FET
Driver
QD
QB
VPxD
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 259
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 18-11:
EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
Forward Mode
Period
PxA
(2)
Pulse Width
PxB(2)
PxC(2)
PxD(2)
(1)
(1)
Reverse Mode
Period
Pulse Width
PxA(2)
PxB(2)
PxC(2)
PxD(2)
(1)
Note 1:
2:
(1)
At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2 register.
The output signal is shown as active-high.
DS39932D-page 260
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.5.2.1
Direction Change in Full-Bridge
Mode
In the Full-Bridge mode, the PxM1 bit in the CCPxCON
register allows users to control the forward/reverse
direction. When the application firmware changes this
direction control bit, the module will change to the new
direction on the next PWM cycle.
A direction change is initiated in software by changing
the PxM1 bit of the CCPxCON register. The following
sequence occurs prior to the end of the current PWM
period:
• The modulated outputs (PxB and PxD) are placed
in their inactive state.
• The associated unmodulated outputs (PxA and
PxC) are switched to drive in the opposite
direction.
• PWM modulation resumes at the beginning of the
next period.
See Figure 18-12 for an illustration of this sequence.
The Full-Bridge mode does not provide a dead-band
delay. As one output is modulated at a time, a
dead-band delay is generally not required. There is a
situation where a dead-band delay is required. This
situation occurs when both of the following conditions
are true:
FIGURE 18-12:
1.
2.
The direction of the PWM output changes when
the duty cycle of the output is at or near 100%.
The turn-off time of the power switch, including
the power device and driver circuit, is greater
than the turn-on time.
Figure 18-13 shows an example of the PWM direction
changing from forward to reverse, at a near 100% duty
cycle. In this example, at time, t1, the PxA and PxD
outputs become inactive, while the PxC output
becomes active. Since the turn-off time of the power
devices is longer than the turn-on time, a shoot-through
current will flow through power devices, QC and QD
(see Figure 18-10), for the duration of ‘t’. The same
phenomenon will occur to power devices, QA and QB,
for PWM direction change from reverse to forward.
If changing PWM direction at high duty cycle is required
for an application, two possible solutions for eliminating
the shoot-through current are:
1.
2.
Reduce PWM duty cycle for one PWM period
before changing directions.
Use switch drivers that can drive the switches off
faster than they can drive them on.
Other options to prevent shoot-through current may
exist.
EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
Period(1)
Signal
Period
PxA (Active-High)
PxB (Active-High)
Pulse Width
PxC (Active-High)
(2)
PxD (Active-High)
Pulse Width
Note 1:
2:
The direction bit, PxM1 of the CCPxCON register, is written any time during the PWM cycle.
When changing directions, the PxA and PxC signals switch before the end of the current PWM cycle. The
modulated PxB and PxD signals are inactive at this time. The length of this time is:
(1/FOSC) TMR2 Prescale Value
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 261
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 18-13:
EXAMPLE OF PWM DIRECTION CHANGE AT NEAR 100% DUTY CYCLE
Forward Period
t1
Reverse Period
PxA
PxB
PW
PxC
PxD
PW
TON
External Switch C
TOFF
External Switch D
Potential
Shoot-Through Current
Note 1:
18.5.3
All signals are shown as active-high.
2:
TON is the turn-on delay of power switch QC and its driver.
3:
TOFF is the turn-off delay of power switch QD and its driver.
START-UP CONSIDERATIONS
When any PWM mode is used, the application
hardware must use the proper external pull-up and/or
pull-down resistors on the PWM output pins.
Note:
T = TOFF – TON
When the microcontroller is released from
Reset, all of the I/O pins are in the
high-impedance state. The external
circuits must keep the power switch
devices in the OFF state until the microcontroller drives the I/O pins with the
proper signal levels or activates the PWM
output(s).
The CCPxM bits of the CCPxCON register allow
the user to choose whether the PWM output signals are
active-high or active-low for each pair of PWM output
pins (PxA/PxC and PxB/PxD). The PWM output
DS39932D-page 262
polarities must be selected before the PWM pin output
drivers are enabled. Changing the polarity configuration while the PWM pin output drivers are enabled is
not recommended since it may result in damage to the
application circuits.
The PxA, PxB, PxC and PxD output latches may not be
in the proper states when the PWM module is
initialized. Enabling the PWM pin output drivers at the
same time as the Enhanced PWM modes may cause
damage to the application circuit. The Enhanced PWM
modes must be enabled in the proper Output mode and
complete a full PWM cycle before enabling the PWM
pin output drivers. The completion of a full PWM cycle
is indicated by the TMR2IF or TMR4IF bit of the PIR1
or PIR3 register being set as the second PWM period
begins.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.5.4
ENHANCED PWM
AUTO-SHUTDOWN MODE
The PWM mode supports an Auto-Shutdown mode that
will disable the PWM outputs when an external
shutdown event occurs. Auto-Shutdown mode places
the PWM output pins into a predetermined state. This
mode is used to help prevent the PWM from damaging
the application.
The auto-shutdown sources are selected using the
ECCPxAS bits of the ECCPAS register. A
shutdown event may be generated by:
• A logic ‘0’ on the pin that is assigned the FLT0
input function
• Comparator C1
• Comparator C2
• Setting the ECCPxASE bit in firmware
REGISTER 18-2:
A shutdown condition is indicated by the ECCPxASE
(Auto-Shutdown Event Status) bit of the ECCPxAS
register. If the bit is a ‘0’, the PWM pins are operating
normally. If the bit is a ‘1’, the PWM outputs are in the
shutdown state.
When a shutdown event occurs, two things happen:
The ECCPxASE bit is set to ‘1’. The ECCPxASE will
remain set until cleared in firmware or an auto-restart
occurs (see Section 18.5.5 “Auto-Restart Mode”).
The enabled PWM pins are asynchronously placed in
their shutdown states. The PWM output pins are
grouped into pairs [PxA/PxC] and [PxB/PxD]. The state
of each pin pair is determined by the PSSxAC and
PSSxBD bits of the ECCPxAS register. Each pin pair
may be placed into one of three states:
• Drive logic ‘1’
• Drive logic ‘0’
• Tri-state (high-impedance)
ECCPxAS: ECCPx AUTO-SHUTDOWN CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FBEh/FB8h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ECCPxASE
ECCPxAS2
ECCPxAS1
ECCPxAS0
PSSxAC1
PSSxAC0
PSSxBD1
PSSxBD0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
ECCPxASE: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit
1 = A shutdown event has occurred; ECCP outputs are in a shutdown state
0 = ECCP outputs are operating
bit 6-4
ECCPxAS: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Source Select bits
000 = Auto-shutdown is disabled
001 = Comparator C1OUT output is high
010 = Comparator C2OUT output is high
011 = Either Comparator C1OUT or C2OUT is high
100 = VIL on FLT0 pin
101 = VIL on FLT0 pin or Comparator C1OUT output is high
110 = VIL on FLT0 pin or Comparator C2OUT output is high
111 = VIL on FLT0 pin or Comparator C1OUT or Comparator C2OUT is high
bit 3-2
PSSxAC: Pins PxA and PxC Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive pins PxA and PxC to ‘0’
01 = Drive pins PxA and PxC to ‘1’
10 = Pins PxA and PxC tri-state
bit 1-0
PSSxBD: Pins PxB and PxD Shutdown State Control bits
00 = Drive pins PxB and PxD to ‘0’
01 = Drive pins PxB and PxD to ‘1’
10 = Pins PxB and PxD tri-state
Note 1: The auto-shutdown condition is a level-based signal, not an edge-based signal. As long as the level is
present, the auto-shutdown will persist.
2: Writing to the ECCPxASE bit is disabled while an auto-shutdown condition persists.
3: Once the auto-shutdown condition has been removed and the PWM restarted (either through firmware or
auto-restart), the PWM signal will always restart at the beginning of the next PWM period.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 263
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 18-14:
PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN WITH FIRMWARE RESTART (PxRSEN = 0)
PWM Period
Shutdown Event
ECCPxASE bit
PWM Activity
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Period
18.5.5
Shutdown
Event Occurs
AUTO-RESTART MODE
The Enhanced PWM can be configured to automatically
restart the PWM signal once the auto-shutdown condition has been removed. Auto-restart is enabled by
setting the PxRSEN bit in the ECCPxDEL register.
Shutdown
Event Clears
ECCPxASE
Cleared by
Firmware
PWM
Resumes
The module will wait until the next PWM period begins,
however, before re-enabling the output pin. This behavior allows the auto-shutdown with auto-restart features
to be used in applications based on current mode PWM
control.
If auto-restart is enabled, the ECCPxASE bit will
remain set as long as the auto-shutdown condition is
active. When the auto-shutdown condition is removed,
the ECCPxASE bit will be cleared via hardware and
normal operation will resume.
FIGURE 18-15:
PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN WITH AUTO-RESTART ENABLED (PxRSEN = 1)
PWM Period
Shutdown Event
ECCPxASE bit
PWM Activity
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Period
DS39932D-page 264
Shutdown
Event Occurs
Shutdown
Event Clears
PWM
Resumes
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.5.6
PROGRAMMABLE DEAD-BAND
DELAY MODE
FIGURE 18-16:
In half-bridge applications, where all power switches
are modulated at the PWM frequency, the power
switches normally require more time to turn off than to
turn on. If both the upper and lower power switches are
switched at the same time (one turned on and the other
turned off), both switches may be on for a short period
until one switch completely turns off. During this brief
interval, a very high current (shoot-through current) will
flow through both power switches, shorting the bridge
supply. To avoid this potentially destructive
shoot-through current from flowing during switching,
turning on either of the power switches is normally
delayed to allow the other switch to completely turn off.
In Half-Bridge mode, a digitally programmable
dead-band delay is available to avoid shoot-through
current from destroying the bridge power switches. The
delay occurs at the signal transition from the non-active
state to the active state. See Figure 18-16 for
illustration. The lower seven bits of the associated
ECCPxDEL register (Register 18-3) sets the delay
period in terms of microcontroller instruction cycles
(TCY or 4 TOSC).
FIGURE 18-17:
EXAMPLE OF
HALF-BRIDGE PWM
OUTPUT
Period
Period
Pulse Width
PxA(2)
td
td
PxB(2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
td = Dead-Band Delay
Note 1:
2:
At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the
PR2 register.
Output signals are shown as active-high.
EXAMPLE OF HALF-BRIDGE APPLICATIONS
V+
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit (“Push-Pull”)
FET
Driver
+
V
-
PxA
Load
FET
Driver
+
V
-
PxB
V-
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 265
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-3:
ECCPxDEL: ENHANCED PWM CONTROL REGISTER (ACCESS FBDh/FB7h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PxRSEN
PxDC6
PxDC5
PxDC4
PxDC3
PxDC2
PxDC1
PxDC0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
PxRSEN: PWM Restart Enable bit
1 = Upon auto-shutdown, the ECCPxASE bit clears automatically once the shutdown event goes
away; the PWM restarts automatically
0 = Upon auto-shutdown, ECCPxASE must be cleared by software to restart the PWM
bit 6-0
PxDC: PWM Delay Count bits
PxDCn = Number of FOSC/4 (4 * TOSC) cycles between the scheduled time when a PWM signal
should transition active and the actual time it transitions active.
18.5.7
PULSE STEERING MODE
In Single Output mode, pulse steering allows any of the
PWM pins to be the modulated signal. Additionally, the
same PWM signal can simultaneously be available on
multiple pins.
Once the Single Output mode is selected
(CCPxM = 11 and PxM = 00 of the
CCPxCON register), the user firmware can bring out
the same PWM signal to one, two, three or four output
pins by setting the appropriate STR bits of the
PSTRxCON register, as provided in Table 18-4.
Note:
While the PWM Steering mode is active, the
CCPxM bits of the CCPxCON register select the
PWM output polarity for the Px pins.
The PWM auto-shutdown operation also applies to
PWM Steering mode as described in Section 18.5.4
“Enhanced PWM Auto-shutdown mode”. An
auto-shutdown event will only affect pins that have
PWM outputs enabled.
The associated TRIS bits must be set to
output (‘0’) to enable the pin output driver
in order to see the PWM signal on the pin.
DS39932D-page 266
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 18-4:
PSTRxCON: PULSE STEERING CONTROL (ACCESS FBFh/FB9h)(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
CMPL1
CMPL0
—
STRSYNC
STRD
STRC
STRB
STRA
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
CMPL: Complementary Mode Output Assignment Steering Sync bits
1 = Modulated output pin toggles between PxA and PxB for each period
0 = Complementary output assignment disabled; STRD:STRA bits used to determine Steering mode
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’
bit 4
STRSYNC: Steering Sync bit
1 = Output steering update occurs on next PWM period
0 = Output steering update occurs at the beginning of the instruction cycle boundary
bit 3
STRD: Steering Enable bit D
1 = PxD pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM
0 = PxD pin is assigned to port pin
bit 2
STRC: Steering Enable bit C
1 = PxC pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM
0 = PxC pin is assigned to port pin
bit 1
STRB: Steering Enable bit B
1 = PxB pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM
0 = PxB pin is assigned to port pin
bit 0
STRA: Steering Enable bit A
1 = PxA pin has the PWM waveform with polarity control from CCPxM
0 = PxA pin is assigned to port pin
Note 1:
The PWM Steering mode is available only when the CCPxCON register bits, CCPxM = 11 and
PxM = 00.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 267
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 18-18:
18.5.7.1
SIMPLIFIED STEERING
BLOCK DIAGRAM
The STRSYNC bit of the PSTRxCON register gives the
user two selections of when the steering event will
happen. When the STRSYNC bit is ‘0’, the steering
event will happen at the end of the instruction that
writes to the PSTRxCON register. In this case, the output signal at the Px pins may be an incomplete
PWM waveform. This operation is useful when the user
firmware needs to immediately remove a PWM signal
from the pin.
STRA
PxA Signal
CCPxM1
1
PORT Data
0
RPn pin
TRIS
STRB
CCPxM0
1
PORT Data
0
RPn pin
CCPxM1
1
PORT Data
0
PORT Data
Figures 18-19 and 18-20 illustrate the timing diagrams
of the PWM steering depending on the STRSYNC
setting.
RPn pin
TRIS
STRD
CCPxM0
When the STRSYNC bit is ‘1’, the effective steering
update will happen at the beginning of the next PWM
period. In this case, steering on/off the PWM output will
always produce a complete PWM waveform.
TRIS
STRC
Steering Synchronization
RPn pin
1
0
TRIS
Port outputs are configured as displayed when
the CCPxCON register bits, PxM = 00
and CCP1M = 11.
Single PWM output requires setting at least
one of the STRx bits.
Note 1:
2:
FIGURE 18-19:
EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT END OF INSTRUCTION (STRSYNC = 0)
PWM Period
PWM
STRn
P1
PORT Data
PORT Data
P1n = PWM
FIGURE 18-20:
EXAMPLE OF STEERING EVENT AT BEGINNING OF INSTRUCTION (STRSYNC = 1)
PWM
STRn
P1
PORT Data
PORT Data
P1n = PWM
DS39932D-page 268
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
18.5.8
OPERATION IN POWER-MANAGED
MODES
the PIR2 register will be set. The ECCPx will then be
clocked from the internal oscillator clock source, which
may have a different clock frequency than the primary
clock.
In Sleep mode, all clock sources are disabled. Timer2
will not increment and the state of the module will not
change. If the ECCPx pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that value. When the device wakes up, it
will continue from this state. If Two-Speed Start-ups are
enabled, the initial start-up frequency from HFINTOSC
and the postscaler may not be stable immediately.
18.5.9
Both Power-on Reset and subsequent Resets will force
all ports to Input mode and the ECCP registers to their
Reset states.
This forces the ECCP module to reset to a state
compatible with previous, non-enhanced ECCP
modules used on other PIC18 and PIC16 devices.
In PRI_IDLE mode, the primary clock will continue to
clock the ECCPx module without change.
18.5.8.1
EFFECTS OF A RESET
Operation with Fail-Safe
Clock Monitor (FSCM)
If the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) is enabled, a
clock failure will force the device into the
power-managed RC_RUN mode and the OSCFIF bit of
TABLE 18-5:
Name
INTCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ECCP1 MODULE AND TIMER1 TO TIMER3
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on page:
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RABIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RABIF
69
IPEN
—
—
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
70
PIR1
PMPIF(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
72
PIE1
PMPIE(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
72
IPR1
PMPIP(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
72
PIR2
OSCFIF
CM2IF
CM1IF
—
BCL1IF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
72
PIE2
OSCFIE
CM2IE
CM1IE
—
BCL1IE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
72
IPR2
OSCFIP
CM2IP
CM1IP
—
BCL1IP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
72
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
72
RCON
TRISC
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
70
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
70
TCLKCON
T1CON
TMR2
T2CON
—
—
—
T1RUN
—
—
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
94
TMR1CS1
TMR1CS0
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
RD16
TMR1ON
70
T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
70
Timer2 Register
—
70
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
70
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
73
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
73
T3CON
TMR3CS1
TMR3CS0
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte
CCP1CON
ECCP1AS
ECCP1DEL
Legend:
Note 1:
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
ECCP1ASE ECCP1AS2 ECCP1AS1 ECCP1AS0
P1RSEN
P1DC6
P1DC5
P1DC4
—
T3SYNC
RD16
TMR3ON
73
72
72
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M0
72
PSS1AC1
PSS1AC0 PSS1BD1 PSS1BD0
70
P1DC3
P1DC2
CCP1M1
P1DC1
P1DC0
72
— = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used during ECCP operation.
These bits are only available on 44-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 269
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 270
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.0
MASTER SYNCHRONOUS
SERIAL PORT (MSSP)
MODULE
The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is
a serial interface, useful for communicating with other
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral
devices include serial EEPROMs, shift registers,
display drivers and A/D Converters.
19.1
Master SSP (MSSP) Module
Overview
The MSSP module can operate in one of two modes:
• Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
• Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™)
- Full Master mode
- Slave mode (with general address call)
The I2C interface supports the following modes in
hardware:
• Master mode
• Multi-Master mode
• Slave mode with 5-bit and 7-bit address masking
(with address masking for both 10-bit and 7-bit
addressing)
All of the MSSP1 module-related SPI and I2C I/O
functions are hard-mapped to specific I/O pins.
For MSSP2 functions:
• SPI I/O functions (SDO2, SDI2, SCK2 and SS2)
are all routed through the Peripheral Pin Select
(PPS) module.
These functions may be configured to use any of
the RPn remappable pins, as described in
Section 10.7 “Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)”.
• I2C functions (SCL2 and SDA2) have fixed pin
locations.
On all PIC18F46J11 family devices, the SPI DMA capability can only be used in conjunction with MSSP2. The
SPI DMA feature is described in Section 19.4 “SPI
DMA Module”.
Note:
Throughout
this
section,
generic
references to an MSSP module in any of its
operating modes may be interpreted as
being equally applicable to MSSP1 or
MSSP2. Register names and module I/O
signals use the generic designator ‘x’ to
indicate the use of a numeral to distinguish
a particular module when required. Control
bit names are not individuated.
All members of the PIC18F46J11 family have two
MSSP modules, designated as MSSP1 and MSSP2.
The modules operate independently:
• PIC18F4XJ11 devices – Both modules can be
configured for either I2C or SPI communication
• PIC18F2XJ11 devices:
- MSSP1 can be used for either I2C or SPI
communication
- MSSP2 can be used only for SPI
communication
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 271
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.2
Control Registers
FIGURE 19-1:
Each MSSP module has three associated control
registers. These include a status register (SSPxSTAT)
and two control registers (SSPxCON1 and SSPxCON2).
The use of these registers and their individual Configuration bits differ significantly depending on whether the
MSSP module is operated in SPI or I2C mode.
Additional details are provided under the individual
sections.
Note:
19.3
In devices with more than one MSSP
module, it is very important to pay close
attention to the SSPxCON register
names. SSP1CON1 and SSP1CON2
control different operational aspects of the
same module, while SSP1CON1 and
SSP2CON1 control the same features for
two different modules.
Internal
Data Bus
Read
SDIx
SSPxSR reg
SDOx
SSx
• Serial Data Out (SDOx) – RC5/SDO1/RP16 or
SDO2/Remappable
• Serial Data In (SDIx) – RC4/SDI1/SDA1/RP15 or
SDI2/Remappable
• Serial Clock (SCKx) – RC3/SCK1/SCL1/RP14 or
SCK2/Remappable
Shift
Clock
bit 0
SSx Control
Enable
Edge
Select
The SPI mode allows 8 bits of data to be synchronously
transmitted and received simultaneously. All four
modes of SPI are supported.
To accomplish communication, typically three pins are
used:
Write
SSPxBUF reg
SPI Mode
When MSSP2 is used in SPI mode, it can optionally be
configured to work with the SPI DMA submodule
described in Section 19.4 “SPI DMA Module”.
MSSPx BLOCK DIAGRAM
(SPI MODE)
2
Clock Select
SCKx
SSPM
SMP:CKE 4
(TMR2 Output
2
2
)
Edge
Select
Prescaler TOSC
4, 16, 64
Data to TXx/RXx in SSPxSR
TRIS bit
Note:
Only port I/O names are used in this diagram for
the sake of brevity. Refer to the text for a full list of
multiplexed functions.
Additionally, a fourth pin may be used when in a Slave
mode of operation:
• Slave Select (SSx) – RA5/AN4/SS1/
HLVDIN/RP2 or SS2/Remappable
Figure 19-1 depicts the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in SPI mode.
DS39932D-page 272
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.3.1
REGISTERS
In receive operations, SSPxSR and SSPxBUF
together create a double-buffered receiver. When
SSPxSR receives a complete byte, it is transferred to
SSPxBUF and the SSPxIF interrupt is set.
Each MSSP module has four registers for SPI mode
operation. These are:
• MSSPx Control Register 1 (SSPxCON1)
• MSSPx Status Register (SSPxSTAT)
• Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer Register
(SSPxBUF)
• MSSPx Shift Register (SSPxSR) – Not directly
accessible
During transmission, the SSPxBUF is not
double-buffered. A write to SSPxBUF will write to both
SSPxBUF and SSPxSR.
Note:
SSPxCON1 and SSPxSTAT are the control and status
registers in SPI mode operation. The SSPxCON1
register is readable and writable. The lower six bits of
the SSPxSTAT are read-only. The upper two bits of the
SSPxSTAT are read/write.
SSPxSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPxBUF is the buffer register to which data
bytes are written to or read from.
REGISTER 19-1:
R/W-0
SMP
Because the SSPxBUF register is double-buffered, using read-modify-write
instructions such as BCF, COMF, etc., will
not work.
Similarly, when debugging under an in-circuit debugger, performing actions that
cause reads of SSPxBUF (mouse
hovering, watch, etc.) can consume data
that the application code was expecting to
receive.
SSPxSTAT: MSSPx STATUS REGISTER – SPI MODE (ACCESS FC7h/F73h)
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
(1)
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
CKE
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
SMP: Sample bit
SPI Master mode:
1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time
0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time
SPI Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode.
bit 6
CKE: SPI Clock Select bit(1)
1 = Transmit occurs on transition from active to Idle clock state
0 = Transmit occurs on transition from Idle to active clock state
bit 5
D/A: Data/Address bit
Used in I2C™ mode only.
bit 4
P: Stop bit
Used in I2C mode only; this bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is cleared.
bit 3
S: Start bit
Used in I2C mode only.
bit 2
R/W: Read/Write Information bit
Used in I2C mode only.
bit 1
UA: Update Address bit
Used in I2C mode only.
bit 0
BF: Buffer Full Status bit
1 = Receive complete, SSPxBUF is full
0 = Receive not complete, SSPxBUF is empty
Note 1:
Polarity of clock state is set by the CKP bit (SSPxCON1).
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 273
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-2:
SSPxCON1: MSSPx CONTROL REGISTER 1 – SPI MODE (ACCESS FC6H/F72h)
R/W-0
R/C-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
WCOL
SSPOV(1)
SSPEN(2)
CKP
SSPM3(3)
SSPM2(3)
SSPM1(3)
SSPM0(3)
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7
WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
1 = The SSPxBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in
software)
0 = No collision
bit 6
SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit(1)
SPI Slave mode:
1 = A new byte is received while the SSPxBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case of overflow, the data in SSPxSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode. The user must read the
SSPxBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid setting overflow (must be cleared in software).
0 = No overflow
bit 5
SSPEN: Master Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit(2)
1 = Enables serial port and configures SCKx, SDOx, SDIx and SSx as serial port pins
0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
bit 4
CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
1 = Idle state for clock is a high level
0 = Idle state for clock is a low level
bit 3-0
SSPM: Master Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits(3)
0101 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCKx pin, SSx pin control disabled, SSx can be used as I/O pin
0100 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCKx pin, SSx pin control enabled
0011 = SPI Master mode, clock = TMR2 output/2
0010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/64
0001 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/16
0000 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/4
Note 1:
2:
3:
In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by
writing to the SSPxBUF register.
When enabled, this pin must be properly configured as input or output.
Bit combinations not specifically listed here, are either reserved or implemented in I2C™ mode only.
DS39932D-page 274
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.3.2
OPERATION
When initializing the SPI, several options need to be
specified. This is done by programming the appropriate
control bits (SSPxCON1 and SSPxSTAT).
These control bits allow the following to be specified:
•
•
•
•
Master mode (SCKx is the clock output)
Slave mode (SCKx is the clock input)
Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCKx)
Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data
output time)
• Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of
SCKx)
• Clock Rate (Master mode only)
• Slave Select mode (Slave mode only)
The Buffer Full bit, BF (SSPxSTAT), indicates when
SSPxBUF has been loaded with the received data
(transmission is complete). When the SSPxBUF is read,
the BF bit is cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the
SPI is only a transmitter. Generally, the MSSP interrupt
is used to determine when the transmission/reception
has completed. If the interrupt method is not going to be
used, then software polling can be done to ensure that a
write collision does not occur.
Example 19-1 provides the loading of the SSPxBUF
(SSPxSR) for data transmission.
The SSPxSR is not directly readable or writable and
can only be accessed by addressing the SSPxBUF
register. Additionally, the SSPxSTAT register indicates
the various status conditions.
Each MSSP module consists of a transmit/receive shift
register (SSPxSR) and a buffer register (SSPxBUF).
The SSPxSR shifts the data in and out of the device,
MSb first. The SSPxBUF holds the data that was written
to the SSPxSR until the received data is ready. Once the
8 bits of data have been received, that byte is moved to
the SSPxBUF register. Then, the Buffer Full (BF) detect
bit (SSPxSTAT) and the interrupt flag bit, SSPxIF,
are set. This double-buffering of the received data
(SSPxBUF) allows the next byte to start reception before
reading the data that was just received.
19.3.3
Any write to the SSPxBUF register during transmission/reception of data will be ignored and the Write
Collision Detect bit, WCOL (SSPxCON1), will be set.
User software must clear the WCOL bit so that it can be
determined if the following write(s) to the SSPxBUF
register completed successfully.
The open-drain output option is controlled by the
SPI2OD and SPI1OD bits (ODCON3). Setting an
SPIxOD bit configures both SDOx and SCKx pins for the
corresponding open-drain operation.
Note:
The drivers for the SDOx output and SCKx clock pins
can be optionally configured as open-drain outputs.
This feature allows the voltage level on the pin to be
pulled to a higher level through an external pull-up
resistor, provided the SDOx or SCKx pin is not multiplexed with an ANx analog function. This allows the
output to communicate with external circuits without the
need for additional level shifters. For more information,
see Section 10.1.4 “Open-Drain Outputs”.
When the application software is expecting
to receive valid data, the SSPxBUF should
be read before the next byte of transfer
data is written to the SSPxBUF. Application
software should follow this process even
when the current contents of SSPxBUF
are not important.
EXAMPLE 19-1:
LOOP
OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT OPTION
LOADING THE SSP1BUF (SSP1SR) REGISTER
BTFSS
BRA
MOVF
SSP1STAT, BF
LOOP
SSP1BUF, W
;Has data been received (transmit complete)?
;No
;WREG reg = contents of SSP1BUF
MOVWF
RXDATA
;Save in user RAM, if data is meaningful
MOVF
MOVWF
TXDATA, W
SSP1BUF
;W reg = contents of TXDATA
;New data to xmit
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 275
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.3.4
ENABLING SPI I/O
To enable the serial port, MSSP Enable bit, SSPEN
(SSPxCON1), must be set. To reset or reconfigure
SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, reinitialize the
SSPxCON1 registers and then set the SSPEN bit. This
configures the SDIx, SDOx, SCKx and SSx pins as
serial port pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port
function, the appropriate TRIS bits, ANCON/PCFG bits
and Peripheral Pin Select registers (if using MSSP2)
should be correctly initialized prior to setting the
SSPEN bit.
Any MSSP1 serial port function that is not desired may
be overridden by programming the corresponding Data
Direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value. If
individual MSSP2 serial port functions will not be used,
they may be left unmapped.
Note:
A typical SPI serial port initialization process follows:
• Initialize ODCON3 register (optional open-drain
output control)
• Initialize remappable pin functions (if using
MSSP2, see Section 10.7 “Peripheral Pin
Select (PPS)”)
• Initialize SCKx LAT value to desired Idle SCK
level (if master device)
• Initialize SCKx ANCON/PCFG bit (if Slave mode
and multiplexed with ANx function)
• Initialize SCKx TRIS bit as output (Master mode)
or input (Slave mode)
• Initialize SDIx ANCON/PCFG bit (if SDIx is
multiplexed with ANx function)
• Initialize SDIx TRIS bit
• Initialize SSx ANCON/PCFG bit (if Slave mode
and multiplexed with ANx function)
• Initialize SSx TRIS bit (Slave modes)
• Initialize SDOx TRIS bit
• Initialize SSPxSTAT register
• Initialize SSPxCON1 register
• Set SSPEN bit to enable the module
FIGURE 19-2:
19.3.5
When MSSP2 is used in SPI Master
mode, the SCK2 function must be configured as both an output and input in the
PPS module. SCK2 must be initialized as
an output pin (by writing 0x0A to one of
the RPORx registers). Additionally,
SCK2IN must also be mapped to the
same pin, by initializing the RPINR22 register. Failure to initialize SCK2/SCK2IN as
both output and input will prevent the
module from receiving data on the SDI2
pin, as the module uses the SCK2IN signal to latch the received data.
TYPICAL CONNECTION
Figure 19-2 illustrates a typical connection between two
microcontrollers. The master controller (Processor 1)
initiates the data transfer by sending the SCKx signal.
Data is shifted out of both shift registers on their programmed clock edge and latched on the opposite edge
of the clock. Both processors should be programmed to
the same Clock Polarity (CKP), then both controllers
would send and receive data at the same time. Whether
the data is meaningful (or dummy data) depends on the
application software. This leads to three scenarios for
data transmission:
• Master sends valid data–Slave sends dummy
data
• Master sends valid data–Slave sends valid data
• Master sends dummy data–Slave sends valid
data
SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION
SPI Master SSPM = 00xxb
SPI Slave SSPM = 010xb
SDOx
SDIx
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPxBUF)
SDIx
Shift Register
(SSPxSR)
MSb
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPxBUF)
LSb
DS39932D-page 276
Shift Register
(SSPxSR)
MSb
SCKx
PROCESSOR 1
SDOx
Serial Clock
LSb
SCKx
PROCESSOR 2
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.3.6
MASTER MODE
The master can initiate the data transfer at any time
because it controls the SCKx. The master determines
when the slave (Processor 2, Figure 19-2) is to
broadcast data by the software protocol.
In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as
soon as the SSPxBUF register is written to. If the SPI
is only going to receive, the SDOx output could be disabled (programmed as an input). The SSPxSR register
will continue to shift in the signal present on the SDIx
pin at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is
received, it will be loaded into the SSPxBUF register as
if a normal received byte (interrupts and status bits
appropriately set). This could be useful in receiver
applications as a “Line Activity Monitor” mode.
Note:
To avoid lost data in Master mode, a read
of the SSPxBUF must be performed to
clear the Buffer Full (BF) detect bit
(SSPxSTAT)
between
each
transmission.
FIGURE 19-3:
The CKP is selected by appropriately programming the
CKP bit (SSPxCON1). This then, would give
waveforms for SPI communication as illustrated in
Figure 19-3, Figure 19-5 and Figure 19-6, where the
Most Significant Byte (MSB) is transmitted first. In
Master mode, the SPI clock rate (bit rate) is
user-programmable to be one of the following:
•
•
•
•
FOSC/4 (or TCY)
FOSC/16 (or 4 • TCY)
FOSC/64 (or 16 • TCY)
Timer2 output/2
When using the Timer2 output/2 option, the Period
Register 2 (PR2) can be used to determine the SPI bit
rate. However, only PR2 values of 0x01 to 0xFF are
valid in this mode.
Figure 19-3 illustrates the waveforms for Master mode.
When the CKE bit is set, the SDOx data is valid before
there is a clock edge on SCKx. The change of the input
sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The
time when the SSPxBUF is loaded with the received
data is shown.
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
4 Clock
Modes
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 1)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 1)
SDOx
(CKE = 0)
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SDOx
(CKE = 1)
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 0
bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SDIx
(SMP = 1)
bit 7
bit 0
Input
Sample
(SMP = 1)
SSPxIF
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
DS39932D-page 277
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.3.7
SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as
the external clock pulses appear on SCKx. When the
last bit is latched, the SSPxIF interrupt flag bit is set.
transmitted byte and becomes a floating output.
External pull-up/pull-down resistors may be desirable
depending on the application.
While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by
the external clock source on the SCKx pin. This
external clock must meet the minimum high and low
times as specified in the electrical specifications.
Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with
pin
control
enabled
the
SSx
(SSPxCON1 = 0100), the SPI
module will reset if the SSx pin is set to
VDD.
While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive
data. When a byte is received, the device can be
configured to wake-up from Sleep.
2: If the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE
set, then the SSx pin control must be
enabled.
19.3.8
When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is forced
to ‘0’. This can be done by either forcing the SSx pin to
a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit.
SLAVE SELECT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The SSx pin allows a Synchronous Slave mode. The
SPI must be in Slave mode with the SSx pin control
enabled (SSPxCON1 = 04h). When the SSx pin
is low, transmission and reception are enabled and the
SDOx pin is driven. When the SSx pin goes high, the
SDOx pin is no longer driven, even if in the middle of a
FIGURE 19-4:
To emulate two-wire communication, the SDOx pin can
be connected to the SDIx pin. When the SPI needs to
operate as a receiver, the SDOx pin can be configured
as an input. This disables transmissions from the
SDOx. The SDIx can always be left as an input (SDIx
function) since it cannot create a bus conflict.
SLAVE SYNCHRONIZATION WAVEFORM
SSx
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SDOx
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 7
bit 6
bit 7
bit 0
bit 0
bit 7
bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPxIF
Interrupt
Flag
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
DS39932D-page 278
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
FIGURE 19-5:
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0)
SSx
Optional
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 0)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 0)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SDOx
bit 7
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
bit 0
bit 7
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPxIF
Interrupt
Flag
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
FIGURE 19-6:
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1)
SSx
Not Optional
SCKx
(CKP = 0
CKE = 1)
SCKx
(CKP = 1
CKE = 1)
Write to
SSPxBUF
SDOx
SDIx
(SMP = 0)
bit 7
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
bit 0
Input
Sample
(SMP = 0)
SSPxIF
Interrupt
Flag
SSPxSR to
SSPxBUF
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
DS39932D-page 279
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.3.9
OPERATION IN POWER-MANAGED
MODES
In SPI Master mode, module clocks may be operating
at a different speed than when in full-power mode. In
the case of Sleep mode, all clocks are halted.
In Idle modes, a clock is provided to the peripherals.
That clock can be from the primary clock source, the
secondary clock (Timer1 oscillator) or the INTOSC
source. See Section 3.3 “Clock Sources and
Oscillator Switching” for additional information.
19.3.11
Table 19-1 provides the compatibility between the
standard SPI modes and the states of the CKP and
CKE control bits.
TABLE 19-1:
If the Sleep mode is selected, all module clocks are
halted and the transmission/reception will remain in
that state until the device wakes. After the device
returns to Run mode, the module will resume
transmitting and receiving data.
In SPI Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift
register operates asynchronously to the device. This
allows the device to be placed in any power-managed
mode and data to be shifted into the SPI
Transmit/Receive Shift register. When all 8 bits have
been received, the MSSP interrupt flag bit will be set,
and if enabled, will wake the device.
19.3.10
EFFECTS OF A RESET
SPI BUS MODES
Control Bits State
Standard SPI Mode
Terminology
CKP
CKE
0, 0
0
1
0, 1
0
0
1, 0
1
1
1, 1
1
0
In most cases, the speed that the master clocks SPI
data is not important; however, this should be
evaluated for each system.
If MSSP interrupts are enabled, they can wake the
controller from Sleep mode, or one of the Idle modes,
when the master completes sending data. If an exit
from Sleep or Idle mode is not desired, MSSP
interrupts should be disabled.
BUS MODE COMPATIBILITY
There is also an SMP bit, which controls when the data
is sampled.
19.3.12
SPI CLOCK SPEED AND MODULE
INTERACTIONS
Because MSSP1 and MSSP2 are independent
modules, they can operate simultaneously at different
data rates. Setting the SSPM bits of the
SSPxCON1 register determines the rate for the
corresponding module.
An exception is when both modules use Timer2 as a
time base in Master mode. In this instance, any
changes to the Timer2 module’s operation will affect
both MSSP modules equally. If different bit rates are
required for each module, the user should select one of
the other three time base options for one of the
modules.
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
DS39932D-page 280
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
TABLE 19-2:
Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION
Bit 7
INTCON
Bit 6
Bit 5
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset
Values
on Page:
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
69
PIR1
PMPIF
(2)
ADIF
RC1IF
TX1IF
SSP1IF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
72
PIE1
PMPIE(2)
ADIE
RC1IE
TX1IE
SSP1IE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
72
IPR1
PMPIP(2)
ADIP
RC1IP
TX1IP
SSP1IP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
72
PIR3
SSP2IF
BCL2IF
RC2IF
TX2IF
TMR4IF
CTMUIF
TMR3GIF
RTCCIF
72
PIE3
SSP2IE
BCL2IE
RC2IE
TX2IE
TMR4IE
CTMUIE
TMR3GIE
RTCCIE
72
IPR3
SSP2IP
BCL2IP
RC2IP
TX2IP
TMR4IP
CTMUIP
TMR3GIP
RTCCIP
72
TRISB
TRISB7
TRISB6
TRISB5
TRISB4
TRISB3
TRISB2
TRISB1
TRISB0
72
TRISC
TRISC7
TRISC6
TRISC5
TRISC4
TRISC3
TRISC2
TRISC1
TRISC0
72
SSP1BUF
SSPxCON1
SSPxSTAT
SSP2BUF
(1)
ODCON3
MSSP1 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
70
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
70
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
70
MSSP2 Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
—
—
—
—
73
—
—
SPI2OD
SPI1OD
74
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP module in SPI mode.
Note 1: Configuration SFR overlaps with default SFR at this address; available only when WDTCON = 1.
2: These bits are only available on 44-pin devices.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 281
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.4
SPI DMA Module
The SPI DMA module contains control logic to allow the
MSSP2 module to perform SPI direct memory access
transfers. This enables the module to quickly transmit
or receive large amounts of data with relatively little
CPU intervention. When the SPI DMA module is used,
MSSP2 can directly read and write to general purpose
SRAM. When the SPI DMA module is not enabled,
MSSP2 functions normally, but without DMA capability.
The SPI DMA module is composed of control logic, a
Destination Receive Address Pointer, a Transmit
Source Address Pointer, an interrupt manager and a
Byte Count register for setting the size of each DMA
transfer. The DMA module may be used with all SPI
Master and Slave modes, and supports both
half-duplex and full-duplex transfers.
19.4.1
I/O PIN CONSIDERATIONS
When enabled, the SPI DMA module uses the MSSP2
module. All SPI related input and output signals related
to MSSP2 are routed through the Peripheral Pin Select
module. The appropriate initialization procedure as
described in Section 19.4.6 “Using the SPI DMA
Module” will need to be followed prior to using the SPI
DMA module. The output pins assigned to the SDO2
and SCK2 functions can optionally be configured as
open-drain outputs, such as for level shifting operations
mentioned in the same section.
19.4.2
RAM TO RAM COPY OPERATIONS
Although the SPI DMA module is primarily intended to
be used for SPI communication purposes, the module
can also be used to perform RAM to RAM copy operations. To do this, configure the module for Full-Duplex
Master mode operation, but assign the SDO2 output
and SDI2 input functions onto the same RPn pin in the
PPS module. This will allow the module to operate in
Loopback mode, providing RAM copy capability.
19.4.3
IDLE AND SLEEP
CONSIDERATIONS
The SPI DMA module remains fully functional when the
microcontroller is in Idle mode.
During normal sleep, the SPI DMA module is not functional and should not be used. To avoid corrupting a
transfer, user firmware should be careful to make
certain that pending DMA operations are complete by
polling the DMAEN bit in the DMACON1 register prior
to putting the microcontroller into Sleep.
DS39932D-page 282
In SPI Slave modes, the MSSP2 module is capable of
transmitting and/or receiving one byte of data while in
Sleep mode. This allows the SSP2IF flag in the PIR3
register to be used as a wake-up source. When the
DMAEN bit is cleared, the SPI DMA module is
effectively disabled, and the MSSP2 module functions
normally, but without DMA capabilities. If the DMAEN
bit is clear prior to entering Sleep, it is still possible to
use the SSP2IF as a wake-up source without any data
loss.
Neither MSSP2 nor the SPI DMA module will provide
any functionality in Deep Sleep. Upon exiting from
Deep Sleep, all of the I/O pins, MSSP2 and SPI DMA
related registers will need to be fully reinitialized before
the SPI DMA module can be used again.
19.4.4
REGISTERS
The SPI DMA engine is enabled and controlled by the
following Special Function Registers:
• DMACON1
• DMACON2
• TXADDRH
• TXADDRL
• RXADDRH
• RXADDRL
• DMABCH
• DMABCL
19.4.4.1
DMACON1
The DMACON1 register is used to select the main
operating mode of the SPI DMA module. The SSCON1
and SSCON0 bits are used to control the slave select
pin.
When MSSP2 is used in SPI Master mode with the SPI
DMA module, SSDMA can be controlled by the DMA
module as an output pin. If MSSP2 will be used to communicate with an SPI slave device that needs the SS
pin to be toggled periodically, the SPI DMA hardware
can automatically be used to deassert SS between
each byte, every two bytes or every four bytes.
Alternatively, user firmware can manually generate
slave select signals with normal general purpose I/O
pins, if required by the slave device(s).
When the TXINC bit is set, the TXADDR register will
automatically increment after each transmitted byte.
Automatic transmit address increment can be disabled
by clearing the TXINC bit. If the automatic transmit
address increment is disabled, each byte which is output on SDO2, will be the same (the contents of the
SRAM pointed to by the TXADDR register) for the
entire DMA transaction.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
When the RXINC bit is set, the RXADDR register will
automatically increment after each received byte. Automatic receive address increment can be disabled by
clearing the RXINC bit. If RXINC is disabled in
Full-Duplex or Half-Duplex Receive modes, all incoming data bytes on SDI2 will overwrite the same memory
location pointed to by the RXADDR register. After the
SPI DMA transaction has completed, the last received
byte will reside in the memory location pointed to by the
RXADDR register.
The SPI DMA module can be used for either half-duplex
receive only communication, half-duplex transmit only
communication or full-duplex simultaneous transmit and
receive operations. All modes are available for both SPI
master and SPI slave configurations. The DUPLEX0
and DUPLEX1 bits can be used to select the desired
operating mode.
The behavior of the DLYINTEN bit varies greatly
depending on the SPI operating mode. For example
behavior for each of the modes, see Figure 19-3
through Figure 19-6.
SPI Slave mode, DLYINTEN = 1: In this mode, an
SSP2IF interrupt will be generated during a transfer if
the time between successful byte transmission events
is longer than the value set by the DLYCYC bits
in the DMACON2 register. This interrupt allows slave
firmware to know that the master device is taking an
unusually large amount of time between byte transmissions. For example, this information may be useful for
implementing application-defined communication
protocols involving time-outs if the bus remains Idle for
too long. When DLYINTEN = 1, the DLYLVL
interrupts occur normally according to the selected
setting.
SPI Slave mode, DLYINTEN = 0: In this mode, the
time-out based interrupt is disabled. No additional
SSP2IF interrupt events will be generated by the SPI
DMA module, other than those indicated by the
INTLVL bits in the DMACON2 register. In this
mode, always set DLYCYC = 0000.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
SPI Master mode, DLYINTEN = 0: The DLYCYC
bits in the DMACON2 register determine the amount of
additional inter-byte delay, which is added by the SPI
DMA module during a transfer. The Master mode SS2
output feature may be used.
SPI Master mode, DLYINTEN = 1: The amount of
hardware overhead is slightly reduced in this mode,
and the minimum inter-byte delay is 8 TCY for FOSC/4,
9 TCY for FOSC/16 and 15 TCY for FOSC/64. This mode
can potentially be used to obtain slightly higher
effective SPI bandwidth. In this mode, the SS2 control
feature cannot be used, and should always be disabled
(DMACON1 = 00). Additionally, the interrupt
generating hardware (used in Slave mode) remains
active. To avoid extraneous SSP2IF interrupt events,
set the DMACON2 delay bits, DLYCYC = 1111,
and ensure that the SPI serial clock rate is no slower
than FOSC/64.
In SPI Master modes, the DMAEN bit is used to enable
the SPI DMA module and to initiate an SPI DMA transaction. After user firmware sets the DMAEN bit, the
DMA hardware will begin transmitting and/or receiving
data bytes according to the configuration used. In SPI
Slave modes, setting the DMAEN bit will finish the
initialization steps needed to prepare the SPI DMA
module for communication (which must still be initiated
by the master device).
To avoid possible data corruption, once the DMAEN bit
is set, user firmware should not attempt to modify any
of the MSSP2 or SPI DMA related registers, with the
exception of the INTLVL bits in the DMACON2 register.
If user firmware wants to halt an ongoing DMA transaction, the DMAEN bit can be manually cleared by the
firmware. Clearing the DMAEN bit while a byte is
currently being transmitted will not immediately halt the
byte in progress. Instead, any byte currently in
progress will be completed before the MSSP2 and SPI
DMA modules go back to their Idle conditions. If user
firmware clears the DMAEN bit, the TXADDR,
RXADDR and DMABC registers will no longer update,
and the DMA module will no longer make any
additional read or writes to SRAM; therefore, state
information can be lost.
DS39932D-page 283
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-3:
DMACON1: DMA CONTROL REGISTER 1 (ACCESS F88h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SSCON1
SSCON0
TXINC
RXINC
DUPLEX1
DUPLEX0
DLYINTEN
DMAEN
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-6
SSCON: SSDMA Output Control bits (Master modes only)
11 = SSDMA is asserted for the duration of 4 bytes; DLYINTEN is always reset low
01 = SSDMA is asserted for the duration of 2 bytes; DLYINTEN is always reset low
10 = SSDMA is asserted for the duration of 1 byte; DLYINTEN is always reset low
00 = SSDMA is not controlled by the DMA module; DLYINTEN bit is software programmable
bit 5
TXINC: Transmit Address Increment Enable bit
Allows the transmit address to increment as the transfer progresses.
1 = The transmit address is to be incremented from the initial value of TXADDR
0 = The transmit address is always set to the initial value of TXADDR
bit 4
RXINC: Receive Address Increment Enable bit
Allows the receive address to increment as the transfer progresses.
1 = The received address is to be incremented from the initial value of RXADDR
0 = The received address is always set to the initial value of RXADDR
bit 3-2
DUPLEX: Transmit/Receive Operating Mode Select bits
10 = SPI DMA operates in Full-Duplex mode, data is simultaneously transmitted and received
01 = DMA operates in Half-Duplex mode, data is transmitted only
00 = DMA operates in Half-Duplex mode, data is received only
bit 1
DLYINTEN: Delay Interrupt Enable bit
Enables the interrupt to be invoked after the number of SCK cycles specified in DLYCYC has
elapsed from the latest completed transfer.
1 = The interrupt is enabled, SSCON must be set to ‘00’
0 = The interrupt is disabled
bit 0
DMAEN: DMA Operation Start/Stop bit
This bit is set by the users’ software to start the DMA operation. It is reset back to zero by the DMA
engine when the DMA operation is completed or aborted.
1 = DMA is in session
0 = DMA is not in session
DS39932D-page 284
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.4.4.2
DMACON2
The DMACON2 register contains control bits for
controlling interrupt generation and inter-byte delay
behavior. The INTLVL bits are used to select when
an SSP2IF interrupt should be generated.The function
of the DLYCYC bits depends on the SPI operating
mode (Master/Slave), as well as the DLYINTEN setting.
In SPI Master mode, the DLYCYC bits can be used
REGISTER 19-4:
to control how much time the module will Idle between
bytes in a transfer. By default, the hardware requires a
minimum delay of: 8 TCY for FOSC/4, 9 TCY for FOSC/16
and 15 TCY for FOSC/64. Additional delays can be
added with the DLYCYC bits. In SPI Slave modes, the
DLYCYC bits may optionally be used to trigger an
additional time-out based interrupt.
DMACON2: DMA CONTROL REGISTER 2 (ACCESS F86h)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
DLYCYC3
DLYCYC2
DLYCYC1
DLYCYC0
INTLVL3
INTLVL2
INTLVL1
INTLVL0
bit 7
bit 0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set
‘0’ = Bit is cleared
bit 7-4
x = Bit is unknown
DLYCYC: Delay Cycle Selection bits
When DLYINTEN = 0, these bits specify the additional delay (above the base overhead of the
hardware) in number of TCY cycles before the SSP2BUF register is written again for the next transfer.
When DLYINTEN = 1, these bits specify the additional delay in number of TCY cycles from the latest
completed transfer before an interrupt to the CPU is invoked. In this case, the delay before the
SSP2BUF register is written again is 1 TCY + (base overhead of hardware).
1111 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 2,048 cycles
1110 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 1,024 cycles
1101 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 896 cycles
1100 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 768 cycles
1011 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 640 cycles
1010 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 512 cycles
1001 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 384 cycles
1000 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 256 cycles
0111 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 128 cycles
0110 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 64 cycles
0101 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 32 cycles
0100 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 16 cycles
0011 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 8 cycles
0010 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 4 cycles
0001 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 2 cycles
0000 = Delay time in number of instruction cycles is 1 cycle
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 285
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
REGISTER 19-4:
bit 3-0
DMACON2: DMA CONTROL REGISTER 2 (ACCESS F86h) (CONTINUED)
INTLVL: Watermark Interrupt Enable bits
These bits specify the amount of remaining data yet to be transferred (transmitted and/or received)
upon which an interrupt is generated.
1111 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 576 bytes
1110 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 512 bytes
1101 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 448 bytes
1100 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 384 bytes
1011 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 320 bytes
1010 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 256 bytes
1001 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 192 bytes
1000 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 128 bytes
0111 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 67 bytes
0110 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 32 bytes
0101 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 16 bytes
0100 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 8 bytes
0011 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 4 bytes
0010 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 2 bytes
0001 = Amount of remaining data to be transferred is 1 byte
0000 = Transfer complete
DS39932D-page 286
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.4.4.3
DMABCH and DMABCL
The DMABCH and DMABCL register pair forms a 10-bit
Byte Count register, which is used by the SPI DMA
module to send/receive up to 1,024 bytes for each DMA
transaction. When the DMA module is actively running
(DMAEN = 1), the DMA Byte Count register decrements
after each byte is transmitted/received. The DMA transaction will halt and the DMAEN bit will be automatically
cleared by hardware after the last byte has completed.
After a DMA transaction is complete, the DMABC
register will read 0x000.
Prior to initiating a DMA transaction by setting the
DMAEN bit, user firmware should load the appropriate
value into the DMABCH/DMABCL registers. The
DMABC is a “base zero” counter, so the actual number
of bytes which will be transmitted follows in
Equation 19-1.
For example, if user firmware wants to transmit 7 bytes
in one transaction, DMABC should be loaded with
006h. Similarly, if user firmware wishes to transmit
1,024 bytes, DMABC should be loaded with 3FFh.
EQUATION 19-1:
BYTES TRANSMITTED
FOR A GIVEN DMABC
Bytes XMIT DMABC + 1
19.4.4.4
19.4.5
The SPI DMA module can read from and transmit data
from all general purpose memory on the device. The SPI
DMA module cannot be used to read from the Special
Function Registers (SFRs) contained in banks 14 and
15.
RXADDRH and RXADDRL
INTERRUPTS
The SPI DMA module alters the behavior of the SSP2IF
interrupt flag. In normal/non-DMA modes, the SSP2IF is
set once after every single byte is transmitted/received
through the MSSP2 module. When MSSP2 is used with
the SPI DMA module, the SSP2IF interrupt flag will be
set according to the user-selected INTLVL value
specified in the DMACON2 register. The SSP2IF interrupt condition will also be generated once the SPI DMA
transaction has fully completed, and the DMAEN bit has
been cleared by hardware.
The SSP2IF flag becomes set once the DMA byte count
value indicates that the specified INTLVL has been
reached. For example, if DMACON2 = 0101
(16 bytes remaining), the SSP2IF interrupt flag will
become set once DMABC reaches 00Fh. If user
firmware then clears the SSP2IF interrupt flag, the flag
will not be set again by the hardware until after all bytes
have been fully transmitted and the DMA transaction is
complete.
Note:
TXADDRH and TXADDRL
The TXADDRH and TXADDRL registers pair together
to form a 12-bit Transmit Source Address Pointer
register. In modes that use TXADDR (Full-Duplex and
Half-Duplex Transmit), the TXADDR will be incremented after each byte is transmitted. Transmitted data
bytes will be taken from the memory location pointed to
by the TXADDR register. The contents of the memory
locations pointed to by TXADDR will not be modified by
the DMA module during a transmission.
19.4.4.5
The SPI DMA module can write received data to all
general purpose memory on the device. The SPI DMA
module cannot be used to modify the Special Function
Registers contained in banks 14 and 15.
User firmware may modify the INTLVL bits
while a DMA transaction is in progress
(DMAEN = 1). If an INTLVL value is
selected which is higher than the actual
remaining number of bytes (indicated by
DMABC + 1), the SSP2IF interrupt flag
will immediately become set.
For example, if DMABC = 00Fh (implying 16 bytes are
remaining) and user firmware writes ‘1111’ to
INTLVL (interrupt when 576 bytes remaining),
the SSP2IF interrupt flag will immediately become set.
If user firmware clears this interrupt flag, a new interrupt condition will not be generated until either: user
firmware again writes INTLVL with an interrupt level
higher than the actual remaining level, or the DMA
transaction completes and the DMAEN bit is cleared.
Note:
If the INTLVL bits are modified while a
DMA transaction is in progress, care
should be taken to avoid inadvertently
changing the DLYCYC value.
The RXADDRH and RXADDRL register pair together
to form a 12-bit Receive Destination Address Pointer.
In modes that use RXADDR (Full-Duplex and
Half-Duplex Receive), the RXADDR register will be
incremented after each byte is received. Received data
bytes will be stored at the memory location pointed to
by the RXADDR register.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 287
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
19.4.6
USING THE SPI DMA MODULE
The following steps would typically be taken to enable
and use the SPI DMA module:
1.
2.
3.
Configure the I/O pins, which will be used by
MSSP2.
a) Assign SCK2, SDO2, SDI2 and SS2 to RPn
pins as appropriate for the SPI mode which
will be used. Only functions which will be
used need to be assigned to a pin.
b) Initialize the associated LATx registers for
the desired Idle SPI bus state.
c) If Open-Drain Output mode on SDO2 and
SCK2 (Master mode) is desired, set
ODCON3.
d) Configure corresponding TRISx bits for
each I/O pin used
Configure and enable MSSP2 for the desired
SPI operating mode.
a) Select the desired operating mode (Master
or Slave, SPI Mode 0, 1, 2 and 3) and
configure the module by writing to the
SSP2STAT and SSP2CON1 registers.
b) Enable MSSP2 by setting SSP2CON1 = 1.
Configure the SPI DMA engine.
a) Select the desired operating mode by
writing the appropriate values to
DMACON2 and DMACON1.
b) Initialize the TXADDRH/TXADDRL Pointer
(Full-Duplex or Half-Duplex Transmit Only
mode).
c) Initialize the RXADDRH/RXADDRL Pointer
(Full-Duplex or Half-Duplex Receive Only
mode).
d) Initialize the DMABCH/DMABCL Byte Count
register with the number of bytes to be
transferred in the next SPI DMA operation.
e) Set the DMAEN bit (DMACON1).
4.
Detect the SSP2IF interrupt condition (PIR363',3@
1RWH
)RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW
KWWS ZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
N
NOTE 1
E1
1
2 3
D
E
A2
A
L
c
b1
A1
b
e
eB
8QLWV
'LPHQVLRQ/LPLWV
1XPEHURI3LQV
,1&+(6
0,1
1
120
0$;
3LWFK
H
7RSWR6HDWLQJ3ODQH
$
±
±
0ROGHG3DFNDJH7KLFNQHVV
$
%DVHWR6HDWLQJ3ODQH
$
±
±
6KRXOGHUWR6KRXOGHU:LGWK
(
0ROGHG3DFNDJH:LGWK
(
2YHUDOO/HQJWK
'
7LSWR6HDWLQJ3ODQH
/
/HDG7KLFNQHVV
F
E
E
H%
±
±
8SSHU/HDG:LGWK
/RZHU/HDG:LGWK
2YHUDOO5RZ6SDFLQJ
%6&
1RWHV
3LQYLVXDOLQGH[IHDWXUHPD\YDU\EXWPXVWEHORFDWHGZLWKLQWKHKDWFKHGDUHD
6LJQLILFDQW&KDUDFWHULVWLF
'LPHQVLRQV'DQG(GRQRWLQFOXGHPROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQV0ROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQVVKDOOQRWH[FHHGSHUVLGH
'LPHQVLRQLQJDQGWROHUDQFLQJSHU$60(6623@
1RWH
)RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW
KWWS ZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
D
N
E
E1
1 2
NOTE 1
b
e
c
A2
A
φ
A1
L
L1
8QLWV
'LPHQVLRQ/LPLWV
1XPEHURI3LQV
0,//,0(7(56
0,1
1
120
0$;
3LWFK
H
2YHUDOO+HLJKW
$
±
%6&
±
0ROGHG3DFNDJH7KLFNQHVV
$
6WDQGRII
$
±
±
2YHUDOO:LGWK
(
0ROGHG3DFNDJH:LGWK
(
2YHUDOO/HQJWK
'
)RRW/HQJWK
/
)RRWSULQW
/
5()
/HDG7KLFNQHVV
F
±
)RRW$QJOH
/HDG:LGWK
E
±
1RWHV
3LQYLVXDOLQGH[IHDWXUHPD\YDU\EXWPXVWEHORFDWHGZLWKLQWKHKDWFKHGDUHD
'LPHQVLRQV'DQG(GRQRWLQFOXGHPROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQV0ROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQVVKDOOQRWH[FHHGPPSHUVLGH
'LPHQVLRQLQJDQGWROHUDQFLQJSHU$60(4)1@
ZLWKPP&RQWDFW/HQJWK
1RWH
)RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW
KWWS ZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 513
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
/HDG3ODVWLF4XDG)ODW1R/HDG3DFNDJH 0/ ±[PP%RG\>4)1@
1RWH
)RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW
KWWS ZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
D
D2
EXPOSED
PAD
e
E
E2
b
2
2
1
N
1
N
NOTE 1
TOP VIEW
K
L
BOTTOM VIEW
A
A3
A1
8QLWV
'LPHQVLRQ/LPLWV
1XPEHURI3LQV
0,//,0(7(56
0,1
1
120
0$;
3LWFK
H
2YHUDOO+HLJKW
$
6WDQGRII
$
&RQWDFW7KLFNQHVV
$
2YHUDOO:LGWK
(
([SRVHG3DG:LGWK
(
2YHUDOO/HQJWK
'
([SRVHG3DG/HQJWK
%6&
5()
%6&
%6&
'
&RQWDFW:LGWK
E
&RQWDFW/HQJWK
/
&RQWDFWWR([SRVHG3DG
.
±
1RWHV
3LQYLVXDOLQGH[IHDWXUHPD\YDU\EXWPXVWEHORFDWHGZLWKLQWKHKDWFKHGDUHD
3DFNDJHLVVDZVLQJXODWHG
'LPHQVLRQLQJDQGWROHUDQFLQJSHU$60(74)3@
1RWH
)RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW
KWWS ZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 517
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 518
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
APPENDIX A:
REVISION HISTORY
APPENDIX B:
Revision A (October 2008)
DEVICE
DIFFERENCES
The differences between the devices listed in this data
sheet are shown in Table B-1,
Original data sheet for the PIC18F46J11 family of
devices.
Revision B (February 2009)
Changes to the Electrical Characteristics and minor
edits throughout text.
Revision C (October 2009)
Removed “Preliminary” marking.
Revision D (March 2011)
Committed data sheet errata changes and minor
corrections throughout text.
TABLE B-1:
Features
DEVICE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PIC18F46J11 FAMILY MEMBERS
PIC18F24J11
PIC18F25J11
PIC18F26J11
PIC18F44J11
PIC18F45J11
Program Memory
16K
32K
64K
16K
32K
64K
Program Memory
(Instructions)
8,192
16,384
32,768
8,192
16,384
32,768
I/O Ports (Pins)
Ports A, B, C
10-Bit ADC Module
Packages
PIC18F46J11
Ports A, B, C, D, E
10 Input Channels
13 Input Channels
28-Pin QFN, SOIC, SSOP and SPDIP (300 mil)
44-Pin QFN and TQFP
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 519
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 520
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
INDEX
A
A/D ................................................................................... 351
A/D Converter Interrupt, Configuring ....................... 355
Acquisition Requirements ........................................ 356
ADCAL Bit ................................................................ 359
ADRESH Register .................................................... 354
Analog Port Pins, Configuring .................................. 357
Associated Registers ............................................... 360
Automatic Acquisition Time ...................................... 357
Calibration ................................................................ 359
Configuring the Module ............................................ 355
Conversion Clock (TAD) ........................................... 357
Conversion Requirements ....................................... 506
Conversion Status (GO/DONE Bit) .......................... 354
Conversions ............................................................. 358
Converter Characteristics ........................................ 505
Operation in Power-Managed Modes ...................... 359
Special Event Trigger (ECCPx) ............................... 358
Use of the ECCP2 Trigger ....................................... 358
Absolute Maximum Ratings ............................................. 467
AC (Timing) Characteristics ............................................. 485
Load Conditions for Device Timing Specifications ... 486
Parameter Symbology ............................................. 485
Temperature and Voltage Specifications ................. 486
Timing Conditions .................................................... 486
ACKSTAT ........................................................................ 316
ACKSTAT Status Flag ..................................................... 316
ADCAL Bit ........................................................................ 359
ADCON0 Register
GO/DONE Bit ........................................................... 354
ADDFSR .......................................................................... 456
ADDLW ............................................................................ 419
ADDULNK ........................................................................ 456
ADDWF ............................................................................ 419
ADDWFC ......................................................................... 420
ADRESL Register ............................................................ 354
Analog-to-Digital Converter. See A/D.
ANDLW ............................................................................ 420
ANDWF ............................................................................ 421
Assembler
MPASM Assembler .................................................. 464
Auto-Wake-up on Sync Break Character ......................... 340
B
Bank Select Register ......................................................... 84
Baud Rate Generator ....................................................... 312
BC .................................................................................... 421
BCF .................................................................................. 422
BF .................................................................................... 316
BF Status Flag ................................................................. 316
Block Diagrams
+5V System Hardware Interface .............................. 132
8-Bit Multiplexed Address and Data Application ...... 193
A/D ........................................................................... 354
Analog Input Model .................................................. 355
Baud Rate Generator ............................................... 313
Capture Mode Operation ......................................... 250
Comparator Analog Input Model .............................. 364
Comparator Configurations ...................................... 366
Comparator Output .................................................. 361
Comparator Voltage Reference ............................... 369
Comparator Voltage Reference Output Buffer
Example ........................................................... 371
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
CTMU ...................................................................... 379
CTMU Current Source Calibration Circuit ............... 382
CTMU Typical Connections and Internal
Configuration for Pulse Delay Generation ....... 390
CTMU Typical Connections and Internal
Configuration for Time Measurement .............. 389
Demultiplexed Addressing Mode ............................. 186
Device Clock .............................................................. 38
EUSART Transmit ................................................... 337
EUSARTx Receive .................................................. 339
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ........................................... 410
Fully Multiplexed Addressing Mode ......................... 186
Generic I/O Port Operation ...................................... 131
High/Low-Voltage Detect with External Input .......... 374
Interrupt Logic .......................................................... 116
LCD Control ............................................................. 194
Legacy Parallel Slave Port ...................................... 180
MSSPx (I2C Master Mode) ...................................... 311
MSSPx (I2C Mode) .................................................. 291
MSSPx (SPI Mode) ................................................. 272
Multiplexed Addressing Application ......................... 193
On-Chip Reset Circuit ................................................ 63
Parallel EEPROM (Up to 15-Bit Address, 16-Bit
Data) ................................................................ 194
Parallel EEPROM (Up to 15-Bit Address, 8-Bit
Data) ................................................................ 194
Parallel Master/Slave Connection Addressed Buffer 183
Parallel Master/Slave Connection Buffered ............. 182
Partially Multiplexed Addressing Application ........... 193
Partially Multiplexed Addressing Mode .................... 186
PIC18F2XJ11 (28-Pin) .............................................. 14
PIC18F4XJ11 (44-Pin) .............................................. 15
PMP Module ............................................................ 171
PWM (Enhanced) .................................................... 255
PWM Operation (Simplified) .................................... 252
Reads From Flash Program Memory ...................... 107
RTCC ....................................................................... 227
Simplified Steering ................................................... 268
Single Comparator ................................................... 364
Table Read Operation ............................................. 103
Table Write Operation ............................................. 104
Table Writes to Flash Program Memory .................. 109
Timer0 in 16-Bit Mode ............................................. 198
Timer0 in 8-Bit Mode ............................................... 198
Timer1 ..................................................................... 205
Timer2 ..................................................................... 214
Timer3 ..................................................................... 218
Timer4 ..................................................................... 226
Using the Open-Drain Output .................................. 132
Watchdog Timer ...................................................... 405
BN .................................................................................... 422
BNC ................................................................................. 423
BNN ................................................................................. 423
BNOV .............................................................................. 424
BNZ ................................................................................. 424
BOR. See Brown-out Reset.
BOV ................................................................................. 427
BRA ................................................................................. 425
Break Character (12-Bit) Transmit and Receive .............. 342
BRG. See Baud Rate Generator.
Brown-out Reset (BOR) ..................................................... 65
and On-Chip Voltage Regulator .............................. 408
Detecting ................................................................... 65
DS39932D-page 521
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Disabling in Sleep Mode ............................................ 65
BSF .................................................................................. 425
BTFSC ............................................................................. 426
BTFSS .............................................................................. 426
BTG .................................................................................. 427
BZ ..................................................................................... 428
C
C Compilers
MPLAB C18 ............................................................. 464
MPLAB C30 ............................................................. 464
Calibration (A/D Converter) .............................................. 359
CALL ................................................................................ 428
CALLW ............................................................................. 457
Capture (ECCP Module) .................................................. 249
CCPRxH:CCPRxL Registers ................................... 249
ECCP Pin Configuration .......................................... 249
Prescaler .................................................................. 250
Software Interrupt .................................................... 249
Timer1/Timer3 Mode Selection ................................ 249
Clock Sources .................................................................... 42
Effects of Power-Managed Modes ............................. 46
Selecting the 31 kHz Source ...................................... 43
Selection Using OSCCON Register ........................... 43
CLRF ................................................................................ 429
CLRWDT .......................................................................... 429
Code Examples
16 x 16 Signed Multiply Routine .............................. 114
16 x 16 Unsigned Multiply Routine .......................... 114
512-Byte SPI Master Mode Init and Transfer ........... 289
8 x 8 Signed Multiply Routine .................................. 113
8 x 8 Unsigned Multiply Routine .............................. 113
A/D Calibration Routine ........................................... 359
Calculating Baud Rate Error .................................... 332
Capacitance Calibration Routine ............................. 386
Capacitive Touch Switch Routine ............................ 388
Changing Between Capture Prescalers ................... 250
Communicating with the +5V System ...................... 132
Computed GOTO Using an Offset Value ................... 81
Configuring EUSART2 Input and Output Functions . 154
Current Calibration Routine ..................................... 384
Erasing Flash Program Memory .............................. 108
Fast Register Stack .................................................... 81
How to Clear RAM (Bank 1) Using Indirect
Addressing ......................................................... 97
Initializing PORTA .................................................... 135
Initializing PORTB .................................................... 138
Initializing PORTC .................................................... 142
Initializing PORTD .................................................... 145
Initializing PORTE .................................................... 148
Loading the SSP1BUF (SSP1SR) Register ............. 275
Reading a Flash Program Memory Word ................ 107
Saving STATUS, WREG and BSR Registers in
RAM ................................................................. 130
Setup for CTMU Calibration Routines ...................... 383
Single-Word Write to Flash Program Memory ......... 111
Two-Word Instructions ............................................... 83
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up Initialization ..................... 62
Writing to Flash Program Memory ........................... 110
Code Protection ............................................................... 395
COMF ............................................................................... 430
Comparator ...................................................................... 361
Analog Input Connection Considerations ................. 364
Associated Registers ............................................... 368
Configuration ............................................................ 365
Control ..................................................................... 365
DS39932D-page 522
Effects of a Reset .................................................... 368
Enable and Input Selection ...................................... 365
Enable and Output Selection ................................... 365
Interrupts ................................................................. 367
Operation ................................................................. 364
Operation During Sleep ........................................... 368
Registers ................................................................. 361
Response Time ........................................................ 364
Comparator Specifications ............................................... 482
Comparator Voltage Reference ....................................... 369
Accuracy and Error .................................................. 371
Associated Registers ............................................... 371
Configuring .............................................................. 370
Connection Considerations ...................................... 371
Effects of a Reset .................................................... 371
Operation During Sleep ........................................... 371
Compare (ECCP Module) ................................................ 251
CCPRx Register ...................................................... 251
Pin Configuration ..................................................... 251
Software Interrupt .................................................... 251
Special Event Trigger ...................................... 223, 251
Timer1/Timer3 Mode Selection ................................ 251
Compare (ECCPx Module)
Special Event Trigger .............................................. 358
Computed GOTO ............................................................... 81
Configuration Bits ............................................................ 395
Configuration Mismatch (CM) Reset .................................. 66
Configuration Register Protection .................................... 411
Configuration Registers
Bits and Device IDs ................................................. 396
Mapping Flash Configuration Words ....................... 396
Core Features
Easy Migration ........................................................... 12
Expanded Memory ..................................................... 11
Extended Instruction Set ........................................... 12
nanoWatt Technology ................................................ 11
Oscillator Options and Features ................................ 11
CPFSEQ .......................................................................... 430
CPFSGT .......................................................................... 431
CPFSLT ........................................................................... 431
Crystal Oscillator/Ceramic Resonators .............................. 39
CTMU
Associated Registers ............................................... 393
Calibrating ............................................................... 381
Creating a Delay with ............................................... 390
Effects of a Reset .................................................... 390
Initialization .............................................................. 381
Measuring Capacitance with .................................... 387
Measuring Time with ................................................ 389
Operation ................................................................. 380
Operation During Idle Mode ..................................... 390
Operation During Sleep Mode ................................. 390
CTMU Current Source Specifications .............................. 482
Customer Change Notification Service ............................ 533
Customer Notification Service ......................................... 533
Customer Support ............................................................ 533
D
Data Addressing Modes .................................................... 97
Comparing Addressing Modes with the
Extended Instruction Set Enabled ................... 101
Direct ......................................................................... 97
Indexed Literal Offset .............................................. 100
BSR ................................................................. 102
Instructions Affected ........................................ 101
Mapping Access Bank ..................................... 102
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Indirect ....................................................................... 97
Inherent and Literal .................................................... 97
Data Memory ..................................................................... 84
Access Bank .............................................................. 86
Extended Instruction Set ............................................ 99
General Purpose Registers ........................................ 86
Memory Maps
Access Bank Special Function Registers .......... 87
Non-Access Bank Special Function Registers .. 88
PIC18F46J11 Family Devices ........................... 85
Special Function Registers ........................................ 87
Context Defined SFRs ....................................... 89
DAW ................................................................................. 432
DC Characteristics ........................................................... 480
Power-Down and Supply Current ............................ 470
Supply Voltage ......................................................... 469
DCFSNZ .......................................................................... 433
DECF ............................................................................... 432
DECFSZ ........................................................................... 433
Development Support ...................................................... 463
Device Differences ........................................................... 519
Device Overview ................................................................ 11
Details on Individual Family Members ....................... 12
Features (28-Pin Devices) ......................................... 13
Features (44-Pin Devices) ......................................... 13
Other Special Features .............................................. 12
Direct Addressing ............................................................... 98
E
Effect on Standard PIC MCU Instructions ........................ 460
Electrical Characteristics .................................................. 467
Absolute Maximum Ratings ..................................... 467
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) .................... 247
Associated Registers ............................................... 269
Capture Mode. See Capture.
Compare Mode. See Compare.
ECCP Mode and Timer Resources .......................... 249
Enhanced PWM Mode ............................................. 255
Auto-Restart ..................................................... 264
Auto-Shutdown ................................................ 263
Direction Change in Full-Bridge Output Mode . 261
Full-Bridge Application ..................................... 259
Full-Bridge Mode ............................................. 259
Half-Bridge Application .................................... 258
Half-Bridge Application Examples ................... 265
Half-Bridge Mode ............................................. 258
Output Relationships (Active-High) .................. 256
Output Relationships Diagram (Active-Low) .... 257
Programmable Dead-Band Delay .................... 265
Shoot-Through Current .................................... 265
Start-up Considerations ................................... 262
Outputs and Configuration ....................................... 249
Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous
Receiver Transmitter (EUSART). See EUSART.
Equations
A/D Acquisition Time ................................................ 356
A/D Minimum Charging Time ................................... 356
Bytes Transmitted for a Given DMABC ................... 287
Calculating the Minimum Required Acquisition
Time ................................................................. 356
Errata ................................................................................... 9
EUSART .......................................................................... 327
Asynchronous Mode ................................................ 337
12-Bit Break Transmit and Receive ................. 342
Associated Registers, Reception ..................... 340
Associated Registers, Transmission ................ 338
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
Auto-Wake-up on Sync Break ......................... 340
Receiver .......................................................... 339
Setting Up 9-Bit Mode with Address Detect .... 339
Transmitter ...................................................... 337
Baud Rate Generator
Operation in Power-Managed Mode ................ 331
Baud Rate Generator (BRG) ................................... 331
Associated Registers ....................................... 332
Auto-Baud Rate Detect .................................... 335
Baud Rates, Asynchronous Modes ................. 333
Formulas .......................................................... 331
High Baud Rate Select (BRGH Bit) ................. 331
Sampling ......................................................... 331
Synchronous Master Mode ...................................... 343
Associated Registers, Reception ..................... 346
Associated Registers, Transmission ............... 344
Reception ........................................................ 345
Transmission ................................................... 343
Synchronous Slave Mode ........................................ 347
Associated Registers, Reception ..................... 349
Associated Registers, Transmission ............... 348
Reception ........................................................ 349
Transmission ................................................... 347
Extended Instruction Set
ADDFSR .................................................................. 456
ADDULNK ............................................................... 456
CALLW .................................................................... 457
MOVSF .................................................................... 457
MOVSS .................................................................... 458
PUSHL ..................................................................... 458
SUBFSR .................................................................. 459
SUBULNK ................................................................ 459
Extended Instructions
Considerations when Enabling ................................ 460
External Clock Input ........................................................... 40
F
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ........................................... 395, 409
Interrupts in Power-Managed Modes ...................... 411
POR or Wake-up From Sleep .................................. 411
WDT During Oscillator Failure ................................. 410
Fast Register Stack ........................................................... 81
Features Overview ............................................................... 3
Comparative Table ...................................................... 4
Firmware Instructions ...................................................... 413
Flash Program Memory ................................................... 103
Associated Registers ............................................... 112
Control Registers ..................................................... 104
EECON1 and EECON2 ................................... 104
TABLAT (Table Latch) ..................................... 106
TBLPTR (Table Pointer) Register .................... 106
Erase Sequence ...................................................... 108
Erasing .................................................................... 108
Operation During Code-Protect ............................... 112
Reading ................................................................... 107
Table Pointer
Boundaries Based on Operation ..................... 106
Table Pointer Boundaries ........................................ 106
Table Reads and Table Writes ................................ 103
Write Sequence ....................................................... 109
Write Sequence (Word Programming) .................... 111
Writing ..................................................................... 109
Unexpected Termination ................................. 112
Write Verify ...................................................... 112
FSCM. See Fail-Safe Clock Monitor.
DS39932D-page 523
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
G
GOTO ............................................................................... 434
H
Hardware Multiplier .......................................................... 113
8 x 8 Multiplication Algorithms ................................. 113
Operation ................................................................. 113
Performance Comparison (table) ............................. 113
High/Low-Voltage Detect ................................................. 373
Applications .............................................................. 377
Associated Registers ............................................... 378
Characteristics ......................................................... 484
Current Consumption ............................................... 375
Effects of a Reset ..................................................... 378
Operation ................................................................. 374
During Sleep .................................................... 378
Setup ........................................................................ 375
Start-up Time ........................................................... 375
Typical Application ................................................... 377
I
I/O Ports ........................................................................... 131
Open-Drain Outputs ................................................. 132
Pin Capabilities ........................................................ 131
TTL Input Buffer Option ........................................... 132
I2C Mode .......................................................................... 291
I2C Mode (MSSP)
Acknowledge Sequence Timing ............................... 319
Associated Registers ............................................... 325
Baud Rate Generator ............................................... 312
Bus Collision
During a Repeated Start Condition .................. 323
During a Stop Condition ................................... 324
Clock Arbitration ....................................................... 314
Clock Stretching ....................................................... 306
10-Bit Slave Receive Mode (SEN = 1) ............. 306
10-Bit Slave Transmit Mode ............................. 306
7-Bit Slave Receive Mode (SEN = 1) ............... 306
7-Bit Slave Transmit Mode ............................... 306
Clock Synchronization and CKP bit ......................... 307
Effects of a Reset ..................................................... 320
General Call Address Support ................................. 310
I2C Clock Rate w/BRG ............................................. 313
Master Mode ............................................................ 310
Operation ......................................................... 311
Reception ......................................................... 316
Repeated Start Condition Timing ..................... 315
Start Condition Timing ..................................... 314
Transmission .................................................... 316
Multi-Master Communication, Bus Collision and
Arbitration ......................................................... 320
Multi-Master Mode ................................................... 320
Operation ................................................................. 296
Read/Write Bit Information (R/W Bit) ............... 296, 299
Registers .................................................................. 291
Serial Clock (SCLx Pin) ........................................... 299
Slave Mode .............................................................. 296
Addressing ....................................................... 296
Addressing Masking Modes
5-Bit ......................................................... 297
7-Bit ......................................................... 298
Reception ......................................................... 299
Transmission .................................................... 299
Sleep Operation ....................................................... 320
Stop Condition Timing .............................................. 319
DS39932D-page 524
INCF ................................................................................ 434
INCFSZ ............................................................................ 435
In-Circuit Debugger .......................................................... 412
In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) ...................... 395, 412
Indexed Literal Offset Addressing
and Standard PIC18 Instructions ............................. 460
Indexed Literal Offset Mode ............................................. 460
Indirect Addressing ............................................................ 98
INFSNZ ............................................................................ 435
Initialization Conditions ................................................ 69–75
Instruction Cycle ................................................................ 82
Clocking Scheme ....................................................... 82
Flow/Pipelining ........................................................... 82
Instruction Set .................................................................. 413
ADDLW .................................................................... 419
ADDWF .................................................................... 419
ADDWF (Indexed Literal Offset Mode) .................... 461
ADDWFC ................................................................. 420
ANDLW .................................................................... 420
ANDWF .................................................................... 421
BC ............................................................................ 421
BCF ......................................................................... 422
BN ............................................................................ 422
BNC ......................................................................... 423
BNN ......................................................................... 423
BNOV ...................................................................... 424
BNZ ......................................................................... 424
BOV ......................................................................... 427
BRA ......................................................................... 425
BSF .......................................................................... 425
BSF (Indexed Literal Offset Mode) .......................... 461
BTFSC ..................................................................... 426
BTFSS ..................................................................... 426
BTG ......................................................................... 427
BZ ............................................................................ 428
CALL ........................................................................ 428
CLRF ....................................................................... 429
CLRWDT ................................................................. 429
COMF ...................................................................... 430
CPFSEQ .................................................................. 430
CPFSGT .................................................................. 431
CPFSLT ................................................................... 431
DAW ........................................................................ 432
DCFSNZ .................................................................. 433
DECF ....................................................................... 432
DECFSZ .................................................................. 433
Extended Instructions .............................................. 455
Considerations when Enabling ........................ 460
Syntax .............................................................. 455
Use with MPLAB IDE Tools ............................. 462
General Format ........................................................ 415
GOTO ...................................................................... 434
INCF ........................................................................ 434
INCFSZ .................................................................... 435
INFSNZ .................................................................... 435
IORLW ..................................................................... 436
IORWF ..................................................................... 436
LFSR ....................................................................... 437
MOVF ...................................................................... 437
MOVFF .................................................................... 438
MOVLB .................................................................... 438
MOVLW ................................................................... 439
MOVWF ................................................................... 439
MULLW .................................................................... 440
MULWF .................................................................... 440
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NEGF ....................................................................... 441
NOP ......................................................................... 441
Opcode Field Descriptions ....................................... 414
POP ......................................................................... 442
PUSH ....................................................................... 442
RCALL ..................................................................... 443
RESET ..................................................................... 443
RETFIE .................................................................... 444
RETLW .................................................................... 444
RETURN .................................................................. 445
RLCF ........................................................................ 445
RLNCF ..................................................................... 446
RRCF ....................................................................... 446
RRNCF .................................................................... 447
SETF ........................................................................ 447
SETF (Indexed Literal Offset Mode) ........................ 461
SLEEP ..................................................................... 448
Standard Instructions ............................................... 413
SUBFWB .................................................................. 448
SUBLW .................................................................... 449
SUBWF .................................................................... 449
SUBWFB .................................................................. 450
SWAPF .................................................................... 450
TBLRD ..................................................................... 451
TBLWT ..................................................................... 452
TSTFSZ ................................................................... 453
XORLW .................................................................... 453
XORWF .................................................................... 454
INTCON ........................................................................... 117
INTCON Registers ........................................................... 117
Inter-Integrated Circuit. See I2C.
Internal Oscillator
Frequency Drift. See INTOSC Frequency Drift.
Internal Oscillator Block ..................................................... 40
Adjustment ................................................................. 41
OSCTUNE Register ................................................... 41
Internal RC Oscillator
Use with WDT .......................................................... 405
Internal Voltage Reference Specifications ....................... 483
Internet Address ............................................................... 533
Interrupt Sources ............................................................. 395
A/D Conversion Complete ....................................... 355
Capture Complete (ECCP) ...................................... 249
Compare Complete (ECCP) .................................... 251
Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) .............................. 138
TMR0 Overflow ........................................................ 199
TMR1 Overflow ........................................................ 207
TMR3 Overflow ................................................ 215, 223
TMR4 to PR4 Match ................................................ 226
TMR4 to PR4 Match (PWM) .................................... 225
Interrupts .......................................................................... 115
Control Bits .............................................................. 115
Control Registers. See INTCON Registers.
During, Context Saving ............................................ 130
INTx Pin ................................................................... 130
PORTB, Interrupt-on-Change .................................. 130
RCON Register ........................................................ 129
TMR0 ....................................................................... 130
Interrupts, Flag Bits
Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) Flag (RBIF Bit) ..... 138
INTOSC Frequency Drift .................................................... 41
INTOSC, INTRC. See Internal Oscillator Block.
IORLW ............................................................................. 436
IORWF ............................................................................. 436
L
LFSR ............................................................................... 437
Low-Power Modes ............................................................. 47
Clock Transitions and Status Indicators .................... 48
Deep Sleep Mode ...................................................... 54
and RTCC Peripheral ........................................ 56
Brown-out Reset (DSBOR) ................................ 56
Preparing for ...................................................... 55
Registers ........................................................... 58
Typical Sequence .............................................. 57
Wake-up Sources .............................................. 56
Watchdog Timer (DSWDT) ................................ 56
Exiting Idle and Sleep Modes .................................... 54
By Interrupt ........................................................ 54
By Reset ............................................................ 54
By WDT Time-out .............................................. 54
Without an Oscillator Start-up Delay ................. 54
Idle Modes ................................................................. 52
PRI_IDLE .......................................................... 52
RC_IDLE ........................................................... 54
SEC_IDLE ......................................................... 52
Multiple Sleep Commands ......................................... 48
Run Modes ................................................................ 48
PRI_RUN ........................................................... 48
RC_RUN ............................................................ 50
SEC_RUN ......................................................... 48
Sleep Mode ............................................................... 51
Summary (table) ........................................................ 48
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up ......................................... 61
M
Master Clear (MCLR) ......................................................... 65
Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP). See MSSP.
Memory Organization ........................................................ 77
Data Memory ............................................................. 84
Program Memory ....................................................... 77
Return Address Stack ................................................ 79
Memory Programming Requirements .............................. 482
Microchip Internet Web Site ............................................. 533
MOVF .............................................................................. 437
MOVFF ............................................................................ 438
MOVLB ............................................................................ 438
MOVLW ........................................................................... 439
MOVSF ............................................................................ 457
MOVSS ............................................................................ 458
MOVWF ........................................................................... 439
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian .................. 464
MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger .................................. 465
MPLAB ICE 2000 High-Performance Universal In-Circuit
Emulator .................................................................. 465
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software . 463
MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer ................................... 465
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System ............... 465
MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ............... 464
MSSP
ACK Pulse ....................................................... 296, 299
I2C Mode. See I2C Mode.
Module Overview ..................................................... 271
SPI Master/Slave Connection .................................. 276
TMR4 Output for Clock Shift .................................... 226
MULLW ............................................................................ 440
MULWF ............................................................................ 440
N
NEGF ............................................................................... 441
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 525
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOP ................................................................................. 441
O
Oscillator Configuration
Internal Oscillator Block ............................................. 40
Oscillator Control ....................................................... 37
Oscillator Modes ........................................................ 38
Oscillator Types ......................................................... 37
Oscillator Configurations .................................................... 37
Oscillator Selection .......................................................... 395
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ......................................... 46
Oscillator Switching ............................................................ 42
Oscillator Transitions .......................................................... 43
Oscillator, Timer1 ............................................. 201, 206, 219
Oscillator, Timer3 ............................................................. 215
P
P1A/P1B/P1C/P1D.See Enhanced Capture/Compare/
PWM (ECCP). .......................................................... 255
Packaging
Details ...................................................................... 509
Marking .................................................................... 507
Parallel Master Port (PMP) .............................................. 171
Application Examples ............................................... 193
Associated Registers ............................................... 195
Data Registers ......................................................... 178
Master Port Modes ................................................... 185
Module Registers ..................................................... 172
Slave Port Modes ..................................................... 180
Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) ............................................. 150
PICSTART Plus Development Programmer .................... 466
Pin Diagrams .................................................................... 5–7
Pin Functions
AVDD1 ........................................................................ 29
AVDD2 ........................................................................ 29
AVSS1 ........................................................................ 29
MCLR ................................................................... 16, 22
OSC1/CLKI/RA7 .................................................. 16, 22
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 ................................................ 16, 22
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/PMA6/RP0 ........................ 23
RA0/AN0/C1INA/ULPWU/RP0 .................................. 17
RA1/AN1/C2INA/PMA7/RP1 ...................................... 23
RA1/AN1/C2INA/RP1 ................................................ 17
RA2/AN2/VREF-/CVREF/C2INB ............................ 17, 23
RA3/AN3/VREF+/C1INB ....................................... 17, 23
RA5/AN4/SS1/HLVDIN/RP2 ................................ 17, 23
RA6 ...................................................................... 17, 23
RA7 ...................................................................... 17, 23
RB0/AN12/INT0/RP3 ........................................... 18, 24
RB1/AN10/PMBE/RTCC/RP4 .................................... 24
RB1/AN10/RTCC/RP4 ............................................... 18
RB2/AN8/CTEDG1/PMA3/REFO/RP5 ....................... 24
RB2/AN8/CTEDG1/REFO/RP5 ................................. 18
RB3/AN9/CTEDG2/PMA2/RP6 .................................. 24
RB3/AN9/CTEDG2/RP6 ............................................ 18
RB4/KBI0/RP7 ........................................................... 18
RB4/PMA1/KBI0/RP7 ................................................ 25
RB5/KBI1/RP8 ........................................................... 18
RB5/PMA0/KBI1/RP8 ................................................ 25
RB6/KBI2/PGC/RP9 ............................................ 19, 25
RB7/KBI3/PGD/RP10 .......................................... 19, 25
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI/RP11 ................................... 20, 26
RC1/T1OSI/RP12 ................................................ 20, 26
RC2/AN11/CTPLS/RP13 ..................................... 20, 26
RC3/SCK1/SCL1/RP14 ....................................... 20, 26
RC4/SDI1/SDA1/RP15 ........................................ 20, 26
DS39932D-page 526
RC5/SDO1/RP16 ................................................. 20, 26
RC6/PMA5/TX1/CK1/RP17 ....................................... 27
RC6/TX1/CK1/RP17 .................................................. 20
RC7/PMA4/RX1/DT1/RP18 ....................................... 27
RC7/RX1/DT1/RP18 .................................................. 20
RD0/PMD0/SCL2 ....................................................... 28
RD1/PMD1/SDA2 ...................................................... 28
RD2/PMD2/RP19 ....................................................... 28
RD3/PMD3/RP20 ....................................................... 28
RD4/PMD4/RP21 ....................................................... 28
RD5/PMD5/RP22 ....................................................... 28
RD6/PMD6/RP23 ....................................................... 28
RD7/PMD7/RP24 ....................................................... 28
RE0/AN5/PMRD ........................................................ 29
RE1/AN6/PMWR ....................................................... 29
RE2/AN7/PMCS ........................................................ 29
VDD ............................................................................ 21
VDD1 .......................................................................... 29
VDD2 .......................................................................... 29
VDDCORE/VCAP ..................................................... 21, 29
VSS1 .................................................................... 21, 29
VSS2 .................................................................... 21, 29
Pinout I/O Descriptions
PIC18F2XJ11 (28-Pin) ............................................... 16
PIC18F4XJ11 (44-Pin) ............................................... 22
PLL Frequency Multiplier ................................................... 40
POP ................................................................................. 442
POR. See Power-on Reset.
PORTA
Additional Pin Functions
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up ................................. 61
Associated Registers ............................................... 137
LATA Register ......................................................... 135
PORTA Register ...................................................... 135
TRISA Register ........................................................ 135
PORTB
Associated Registers ............................................... 141
LATB Register ......................................................... 138
PORTB Register ...................................................... 138
RB7:RB4 Interrupt-on-Change Flag (RBIF Bit) ........ 138
TRISB Register ........................................................ 138
PORTC
Associated Registers ............................................... 144
LATC Register ......................................................... 142
PORTC Register ...................................................... 142
TRISC Register ........................................................ 142
PORTD
Associated Registers ............................................... 147
LATD Register ......................................................... 145
PORTD Register ...................................................... 145
TRISD Register ........................................................ 145
PORTE
Associated Registers ............................................... 149
LATE Register ......................................................... 148
PORTE Register ...................................................... 148
TRISE Register ........................................................ 148
Power-Managed Modes
and EUSART Operation .......................................... 331
and PWM Operation ................................................ 269
and SPI Operation ................................................... 280
Clock Sources ............................................................ 47
Entering ..................................................................... 47
Selecting .................................................................... 47
Power-on Reset (POR) ...................................................... 65
Power-up Delays ............................................................... 46
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Power-up Timer (PWRT) ............................................. 46, 66
Time-out Sequence .................................................... 66
Prescaler, Timer0 ............................................................. 199
Prescaler, Timer2 (Timer4) .............................................. 253
PRI_IDLE Mode ................................................................. 52
PRI_RUN Mode ................................................................. 48
Product Identification System .......................................... 535
Program Counter ............................................................... 79
PCL, PCH and PCU Registers ................................... 79
PCLATH and PCLATU Registers .............................. 79
Program Memory
ALU Status ................................................................. 96
Extended Instruction Set ............................................ 99
Flash Configuration Words ........................................ 78
Hard Memory Vectors ................................................ 78
Instructions ................................................................. 83
Two-Word .......................................................... 83
Interrupt Vector .......................................................... 78
Look-up Tables .......................................................... 81
Memory Maps ............................................................ 77
Hard Vectors and Configuration Words ............. 78
Reset Vector .............................................................. 78
Program Verification and Code Protection ....................... 411
Programming, Device Instructions ................................... 413
Pulse Steering .................................................................. 266
PUSH ............................................................................... 442
PUSH and POP Instructions .............................................. 80
PUSHL ............................................................................. 458
PWM (CCP Module)
Associated Registers ............................................... 254
Duty Cycle ................................................................ 252
Example Frequencies/Resolutions .......................... 253
Operation Setup ....................................................... 253
Period ....................................................................... 252
PR2/PR4 Registers .................................................. 252
TMR2 (TMR4) to PR2 (PR4) Match ......................... 252
PWM (ECCP Module)
Effects of a Reset ..................................................... 269
Operation in Power-Managed Modes ...................... 269
Operation with Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ................... 269
Pulse Steering .......................................................... 266
Steering Synchronization ......................................... 268
TMR4 to PR4 Match ................................................ 225
PWM Mode. See Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM ..... 255
Q
Q Clock ............................................................................ 253
R
RAM. See Data Memory.
RBIF Bit ............................................................................ 138
RC_IDLE Mode .................................................................. 54
RC_RUN Mode .................................................................. 50
RCALL ............................................................................. 443
RCON Register
Bit Status During Initialization .................................... 68
Reader Response ............................................................ 534
Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) ........................... 227
Operation ................................................................. 239
Registers .................................................................. 228
Reference Clock Output ..................................................... 45
Register File ....................................................................... 86
Register File Summary ................................................ 90–95
Registers
ADCON0 (A/D Control 0) ......................................... 351
ADCON1 (A/D Control 1) ......................................... 352
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
ALRMCFG (Alarm Configuration) ............................ 231
ALRMDAY (Alarm Day Value) ................................. 236
ALRMHR (Alarm Hours Value) ................................ 237
ALRMMIN (Alarm Minutes Value) ........................... 238
ALRMMNTH (Alarm Month Value) .......................... 236
ALRMRPT (Alarm Calibration) ................................ 232
ALRMSEC (Alarm Seconds Value) ......................... 238
ALRMWD (Alarm Weekday Value) .......................... 237
ANCON0 (A/D Port Configuration 2) ....................... 353
ANCON1 (A/D Port Configuration 1) ....................... 353
Associated with Comparator .................................... 361
Associated with Watchdog Timer ............................ 406
BAUDCONx (Baud Rate Control) ............................ 330
CCPxCON (Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
x Control) ......................................................... 248
CMSTAT (Comparator Status) ................................ 363
CMxCON (Comparator Control x) ........................... 362
CONFIG1H (Configuration 1 High) .......................... 398
CONFIG1L (Configuration 1 Low) ........................... 397
CONFIG2H (Configuration 2 High) .......................... 400
CONFIG2L (Configuration 2 Low) ........................... 399
CONFIG3H (Configuration 3 High) .......................... 402
CONFIG3L (Configuration 3 Low) ........................... 401
CONFIG4H (Configuration 4 High) .......................... 403
CONFIG4L (Configuration 4 Low) ........................... 402
CTMUCONH (CTMU Control High) ......................... 391
CTMUCONL (CTMU Control Low) .......................... 392
CTMUICON (CTMU Current Control) ...................... 393
CVRCON (Comparator Voltage Reference
Control) ............................................................ 370
DAY (Day Value) ..................................................... 234
DEVID1 (Device ID 1) .............................................. 403
DEVID2 (Device ID 2) .............................................. 404
DMACON1 (DMA Control 1) .................................... 284
DMACON2 (DMA Control 2) .................................... 285
DSCONH (Deep Sleep Control High Byte) ................ 58
DSCONL (Deep Sleep Control Low Byte) ................. 58
DSGPR0 (Deep Sleep Persistent General
Purpose 0) ......................................................... 59
DSGPR1 (Deep Sleep Persistent General
Purpose 1) ......................................................... 59
DSWAKEH (Deep Sleep Wake High Byte) ............... 60
DSWAKEL (Deep Sleep Wake Low Byte) ................. 60
ECCPxAS (ECCPx Auto-Shutdown Control) ........... 263
ECCPxDEL (Enhanced PWM Control) .................... 266
EECON1 (EEPROM Control 1) ............................... 105
HLVDCON (High/Low-Voltage Detect Control) ....... 373
HOURS (Hours Value) ............................................ 235
I2C Mode (MSSP) .................................................... 291
INTCON (Interrupt Control) ..................................... 117
INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2) ................................ 118
INTCON3 (Interrupt Control 3) ................................ 119
IPR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 1) ....................... 126
IPR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 2) ....................... 127
IPR3 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 3) ....................... 128
MINUTES (Minutes Value) ...................................... 235
MONTH (Month Value) ............................................ 233
ODCON1 (Peripheral Open-Drain Control 1) .......... 133
ODCON2 (Peripheral Open-Drain Control 2) .......... 133
ODCON3 (Peripheral Open-Drain Control 3) .......... 134
OSCCON (Oscillator Control) .................................... 44
OSCTUNE (Oscillator Tuning) ................................... 42
PADCFG1 (Pad Configuration Control 1) ................ 134
PADCFG1 (Pad Configuration) ............................... 230
Parallel Master Port ................................................. 172
DS39932D-page 527
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1) ........................ 123
PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2) ........................ 124
PIE3 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 3) ........................ 125
PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Request (Flag) 1) ........... 120
PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request (Flag) 2) ........... 121
PIR3 (Peripheral Interrupt Request (Flag) 3) ........... 122
PMADDRH (Parallel Port Address High Byte) ......... 179
PMADDRL (Parallel Port Address Low Byte) .......... 179
PMCONH (Parallel Port Control High Byte) ............. 172
PMCONL (Parallel Port Control Low Byte) .............. 173
PMEH (Parallel Port Enable High Byte) ................... 176
PMEL (Parallel Port Enable Low Byte) .................... 176
PMMODEH (Parallel Port Mode High Byte) ............. 174
PMMODEL (Parallel Port Mode Low Byte) .............. 175
PMSTATH (Parallel Port Status High Byte) ............. 177
PMSTATL (Parallel Port Status Low Byte) .............. 177
PPSCON (Peripheral Pin Select Input 0) ................. 155
PSTRxCON (Pulse Steering Control) ...................... 267
RCON (Reset Control) ....................................... 64, 129
RCSTAx (Receive Status and Control) .................... 329
REF0CON (Reference Oscillator Control) ................. 45
Reserved .................................................................. 233
RPINR1 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 1) ................... 156
RPINR12 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 12) ............... 158
RPINR13 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 13) ............... 158
RPINR16 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 16) ............... 159
RPINR17 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 17) ............... 159
RPINR2 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 2) ................... 156
RPINR21 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 21) ............... 159
RPINR22 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 22) ............... 160
RPINR23 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 23) ............... 160
RPINR24 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 24) ............... 160
RPINR3 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 3) ................... 156
RPINR4 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 4) ................... 157
RPINR6 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 6) ................... 157
RPINR7 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 7) ................... 157
RPINR8 (Peripheral Pin Select Input 8) ................... 158
RPOR0 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 0) ................. 161
RPOR1 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 1) ................. 161
RPOR10 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 10) ............. 164
RPOR11 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 11) ............. 164
RPOR12 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 12) ............. 165
RPOR13 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 13) ............. 165
RPOR14 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 14) ............. 165
RPOR15 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 15) ............. 166
RPOR16 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 16) ............. 166
RPOR17 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 17) ............. 166
RPOR18 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 18) ............. 167
RPOR19 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 19) ............. 167
RPOR2 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 2) ................. 161
RPOR20 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 20) ............. 167
RPOR21 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 21) ............. 168
RPOR22 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 22) ............. 168
RPOR23 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 23) ............. 168
RPOR24 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 24) ............. 169
RPOR3 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 3) ................. 162
RPOR4 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 4) ................. 162
RPOR5 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 5) ................. 162
RPOR6 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 6) ................. 163
RPOR7 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 7) ................. 163
RPOR8 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 8) ................. 163
RPOR9 (Peripheral Pin Select Output 9) ................. 164
RTCCAL (RTCC Calibration) ................................... 230
RTCCFG (RTCC Configuration) .............................. 229
SECONDS (Seconds Value) .................................... 235
DS39932D-page 528
SPI Mode (MSSP) ................................................... 273
SSPxCON1 (MSSPx Control 1, I2C Mode) .............. 293
SSPxCON1 (MSSPx Control 1, SPI Mode) ............. 274
SSPxCON2 (MSSPx Control 2, I2C Master Mode) .. 294
SSPxCON2 (MSSPx Control 2, I2C Slave Mode) .... 295
SSPxMSK (I2C Slave Address Mask) ...................... 295
SSPxSTAT (MSSPx Status, I2C Mode) ................... 292
SSPxSTAT (MSSPx Status, SPI Mode) .................. 273
STATUS .................................................................... 96
STKPTR (Stack Pointer) ............................................ 80
T0CON (Timer0 Control) ......................................... 197
T1CON (Timer1 Control) ......................................... 201
T1GCON (Timer1 Gate Control) .............................. 202
T2CON (Timer2 Control) ......................................... 213
T3CON (Timer3 Control) ......................................... 215
T3GCON (Timer3 Gate Control) .............................. 216
T4CON (Timer4 Control) ......................................... 225
TCLKCON (Timer Clock Control) .................... 203, 217
TXSTAx (Transmit Status and Control) ................... 328
WDTCON (Watchdog Timer Control) ...................... 406
WKDY (Weekday Value) ......................................... 234
YEAR (Year Value) .................................................. 233
RESET ............................................................................. 443
Reset ................................................................................. 63
Brown-out Reset ........................................................ 65
Brown-out Reset (BOR) ............................................. 63
Configuration Mismatch (CM) .................................... 63
Configuration Mismatch Reset ................................... 66
Deep Sleep ................................................................ 63
Fast Register Stack ................................................... 81
MCLR ........................................................................ 65
MCLR Reset, During Power-Managed Modes .......... 63
MCLR Reset, Normal Operation ................................ 63
Power-on Reset ......................................................... 65
Power-on Reset (POR) .............................................. 63
Power-up Timer ......................................................... 66
RESET Instruction ..................................................... 63
Stack Full ................................................................... 63
Stack Underflow ......................................................... 63
State of Registers ...................................................... 68
Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset .................................. 63
Resets .............................................................................. 395
Brown-out Reset (BOR) ........................................... 395
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ............................... 395
Power-on Reset (POR) ............................................ 395
Power-up Timer (PWRT) ......................................... 395
RETFIE ............................................................................ 444
RETLW ............................................................................ 444
RETURN .......................................................................... 445
Return Address Stack ........................................................ 79
Associated Registers ................................................. 79
Revision History ............................................................... 519
RLCF ............................................................................... 445
RLNCF ............................................................................. 446
RRCF ............................................................................... 446
RRNCF ............................................................................ 447
RTCC
Alarm ....................................................................... 243
Configuring ...................................................... 243
Interrupt ........................................................... 244
Mask Settings .................................................. 243
Alarm Value Registers (ALRMVAL) ......................... 236
Control Registers ..................................................... 229
Low-Power Modes ................................................... 244
Operation
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
ALRMVAL Register Mapping ........................... 242
Calibration ........................................................ 242
Clock Source ................................................... 240
Digit Carry Rules .............................................. 240
General Functionality ....................................... 241
Leap Year ........................................................ 241
Register Mapping ............................................. 241
RTCVAL Register Mapping ............................. 242
Safety Window for Register Reads and Writes 241
Write Lock ........................................................ 241
Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) Register ............. 244
Register Interface ..................................................... 239
Register Maps .......................................................... 245
Reset ........................................................................ 244
Device .............................................................. 244
Power-on Reset (POR) .................................... 244
Value Registers (RTCVAL) ...................................... 233
RTCEN Bit Write .............................................................. 239
S
SCKx ................................................................................ 272
SDIx ................................................................................. 272
SDOx ............................................................................... 272
SEC_IDLE Mode ................................................................ 52
SEC_RUN Mode ................................................................ 48
Serial Clock, SCKx ........................................................... 272
Serial Data In (SDIx) ........................................................ 272
Serial Data Out (SDOx) ................................................... 272
Serial Peripheral Interface. See SPI Mode.
SETF ................................................................................ 447
Shoot-Through Current .................................................... 265
Slave Select (SSx) ........................................................... 272
SLEEP ............................................................................. 448
Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) .................................... 464
Special Event Trigger. See Compare (ECCP Mode).
Special Features of the CPU ........................................... 395
SPI Mode (MSSP) ............................................................ 272
Associated Registers ............................................... 281
Bus Mode Compatibility ........................................... 280
Clock Speed, Interactions ........................................ 280
Effects of a Reset ..................................................... 280
Enabling SPI I/O ...................................................... 276
Master Mode ............................................................ 277
Master/Slave Connection ......................................... 276
Operation ................................................................. 275
Open-Drain Output Option ............................... 275
Operation in Power-Managed Modes ...................... 280
Registers .................................................................. 273
Serial Clock .............................................................. 272
Serial Data In ........................................................... 272
Serial Data Out ........................................................ 272
Slave Mode .............................................................. 278
Slave Select ............................................................. 272
Slave Select Synchronization .................................. 278
SPI Clock ................................................................. 277
SSPxBUF Register .................................................. 277
SSPxSR Register ..................................................... 277
Typical Connection .................................................. 276
SSPOV ............................................................................. 316
SSPOV Status Flag ......................................................... 316
SSPxSTAT Register
R/W Bit ............................................................. 296, 299
SSx .................................................................................. 272
Stack Full/Underflow Resets .............................................. 81
SUBFSR .......................................................................... 459
SUBFWB .......................................................................... 448
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
SUBLW ............................................................................ 449
SUBULNK ........................................................................ 459
SUBWF ............................................................................ 449
SUBWFB ......................................................................... 450
SWAPF ............................................................................ 450
T
Table Pointer Operations with TBLRD, TBLWT (table) ... 106
Table Reads/Table Writes ................................................. 81
TAD .................................................................................. 357
TBLRD ............................................................................. 451
TBLWT ............................................................................ 452
Timer0 ............................................................................. 197
Associated Registers ............................................... 199
Operation ................................................................. 198
Overflow Interrupt .................................................... 199
Prescaler ................................................................. 199
Switching Assignment ..................................... 199
Prescaler Assignment (PSA Bit) .............................. 199
Prescaler Select (T0PS2:T0PS0 Bits) ..................... 199
Reads and Writes in 16-Bit Mode ............................ 198
Source Edge Select (T0SE Bit) ............................... 198
Source Select (T0CS Bit) ........................................ 198
Timer1 ............................................................................. 201
16-Bit Read/Write Mode .......................................... 206
Associated Registers ............................................... 212
Clock Source Selection ........................................... 204
Gate ......................................................................... 208
Interrupt ................................................................... 207
Operation ................................................................. 204
Oscillator .......................................................... 201, 206
Layout Considerations ..................................... 207
Resetting, Using the ECCP Special Event Trigger .. 208
TMR1H Register ...................................................... 201
TMR1L Register ...................................................... 201
Use as a Clock Source ............................................ 207
Timer2 ............................................................................. 213
Associated Registers ............................................... 214
Interrupt ................................................................... 214
Operation ................................................................. 213
Output ...................................................................... 214
Timer3 ............................................................................. 215
16-Bit Read/Write Mode .......................................... 219
Associated Registers ............................................... 223
Gate ......................................................................... 219
Operation ................................................................. 218
Oscillator .......................................................... 215, 219
Overflow Interrupt ............................................ 215, 223
Special Event Trigger (ECCP) ................................. 223
TMR3H Register ...................................................... 215
TMR3L Register ...................................................... 215
Timer4 ............................................................................. 225
Associated Registers ............................................... 226
Interrupt ................................................................... 226
MSSP Clock Shift .................................................... 226
Operation ................................................................. 225
Output ...................................................................... 226
Postscaler. See Postscaler, Timer4.
PR4 Register ........................................................... 225
Prescaler. See Prescaler, Timer4.
TMR4 Register ........................................................ 225
TMR4 to PR4 Match Interrupt .......................... 225, 226
Timing Diagrams
A/D Conversion ....................................................... 506
Asynchronous Reception ......................................... 340
Asynchronous Transmission ................................... 338
DS39932D-page 529
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Asynchronous Transmission (Back-to-Back) ........... 338
Automatic Baud Rate Calculation ............................ 336
Auto-Wake-up Bit (WUE) During Normal Operation 341
Auto-Wake-up Bit (WUE) During Sleep ................... 341
Baud Rate Generator with Clock Arbitration ............ 314
BRG Overflow Sequence ......................................... 336
BRG Reset Due to SDAx Arbitration During Start
Condition .......................................................... 322
Bus Collision During a Repeated Start Condition
(Case 1) ........................................................... 323
Bus Collision During a Repeated Start Condition
(Case 2) ........................................................... 323
Bus Collision During a Start Condition (SCLx = 0) ... 322
Bus Collision During a Stop Condition (Case 1) ...... 324
Bus Collision During a Stop Condition (Case 2) ...... 324
Bus Collision During Start Condition (SDAx Only) ... 321
Bus Collision for Transmit and Acknowledge ........... 320
CLKO and I/O .......................................................... 488
Clock Synchronization ............................................. 307
Clock/Instruction Cycle .............................................. 82
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM ......................... 492
EUSARTx Synchronous Receive (Master/Slave) .... 504
EUSARTx Synchronous Transmission
(Master/Slave) .................................................. 504
Example SPI Master Mode (CKE = 0) ..................... 496
Example SPI Master Mode (CKE = 1) ..................... 497
Example SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 0) ....................... 498
Example SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 1) ....................... 499
External Clock .......................................................... 486
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ............................................ 410
First Start Bit ............................................................ 314
Full-Bridge PWM Output .......................................... 260
Half-Bridge PWM Output ................................. 258, 265
High/Low-Voltage Detect Characteristics ................ 484
High-Voltage Detect (VDIRMAG = 1) ....................... 377
I22C Bus Data .......................................................... 500
I2C Acknowledge Sequence .................................... 319
I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits ............................................. 500
I2C Master Mode (7 or 10-Bit Transmission) ........... 317
I2C Master Mode (7-Bit Reception) .......................... 318
I2C Slave Mode (10-Bit Reception, SEN = 0,
ADMSK = 01001) ............................................. 303
I2C Slave Mode (10-Bit Reception, SEN = 0) .......... 304
I2C Slave Mode (10-Bit Reception, SEN = 1) .......... 309
I2C Slave Mode (10-Bit Transmission) ..................... 305
I2C Slave Mode (7-Bit Reception, SEN = 0,
ADMSK = 01011) ............................................. 301
I2C Slave Mode (7-Bit Reception, SEN = 0) ............ 300
I2C Slave Mode (7-Bit Reception, SEN = 1) ............ 308
I2C Slave Mode (7-Bit Transmission) ....................... 302
I2C Slave Mode General Call Address Sequence
(7 or 10-Bit Addressing Mode) ......................... 310
I2C Stop Condition Receive or Transmit Mode ........ 319
Low-Voltage Detect (VDIRMAG = 0) ....................... 376
MSSPx I2C Bus Data ............................................... 502
MSSPx I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits ................................ 502
Parallel Master Port Read ........................................ 493
Parallel Master Port Write ........................................ 494
Parallel Slave Port Read .................................. 181, 183
Parallel Slave Port Write .................................. 181, 184
PWM Auto-Shutdown with Auto-Restart Enabled .... 264
PWM Auto-Shutdown with Firmware Restart ........... 264
PWM Direction Change ........................................... 261
PWM Direction Change at Near 100% Duty Cycle .. 262
PWM Output ............................................................ 252
DS39932D-page 530
PWM Output (Active-High) ...................................... 256
PWM Output (Active-Low) ....................................... 257
Read and Write, 8-Bit Data, Demultiplexed
Address ........................................................... 188
Read, 16-Bit Data, Demultiplexed Address ............. 191
Read, 16-Bit Multiplexed Data, Fully Multiplexed
16-Bit Address ................................................. 192
Read, 16-Bit Multiplexed Data, Partially Multiplexed
Address .......................................................... 191
Read, 8-Bit Data, Fully Multiplexed 16-Bit Address . 190
Read, 8-Bit Data, Partially Multiplexed Address ...... 188
Read, 8-Bit Data, Partially Multiplexed Address,
Enable Strobe .................................................. 189
Read, 8-Bit Data, Wait States Enabled, Partially
Multiplexed Address ........................................ 188
Repeated Start Condition ........................................ 315
Reset, Watchdog Timer (WDT), Oscillator Start-up
Timer (OST) and Power-up Timer (PWRT) ..... 489
Send Break Character Sequence ............................ 342
Slave Synchronization ............................................. 278
Slow Rise Time (MCLR Tied to VDD, VDD Rise >
TPWRT) ............................................................... 67
SPI Mode (Master Mode) ......................................... 277
SPI Mode (Slave Mode, CKE = 0) ........................... 279
SPI Mode (Slave Mode, CKE = 1) ........................... 279
Steering Event at Beginning of Instruction
(STRSYNC = 1) ............................................... 268
Steering Event at End of Instruction
(STRSYNC = 0) ............................................... 268
Synchronous Reception (Master Mode, SREN) ...... 345
Synchronous Transmission ..................................... 343
Synchronous Transmission (Through TXEN) .......... 344
Time-out Sequence on Power-up (MCLR Not
Tied to VDD), Case 1 ......................................... 67
Time-out Sequence on Power-up (MCLR Not
Tied to VDD), Case 2 ......................................... 67
Time-out Sequence on Power-up (MCLR Tied to
VDD, VDD Rise < TPWRT) ................................... 66
Timer Pulse Generation ........................................... 244
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock .......................... 491
Timer1 Gate Count Enable Mode ............................ 209
Timer1 Gate Single Pulse Mode .............................. 211
Timer1 Gate Single Pulse/Toggle Combined Mode 212
Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode ....................................... 210
Timer3 Gate Count Enable Mode) ........................... 219
Timer3 Gate Single Pulse Mode .............................. 221
Timer3 Gate Single Pulse/Toggle Combined Mode 222
Timer3 Gate Toggle Mode ....................................... 220
Transition for Entry to Idle Mode ................................ 53
Transition for Entry to SEC_RUN Mode .................... 49
Transition for Entry to Sleep Mode ............................ 51
Transition for Two-Speed Start-up (INTRC to
HSPLL) ............................................................ 409
Transition for Wake From Idle to Run Mode .............. 53
Transition for Wake From Sleep (HSPLL) ................. 51
Transition From RC_RUN Mode to PRI_RUN Mode . 50
Transition From SEC_RUN Mode to PRI_RUN
Mode (HSPLL) ................................................... 49
Transition to RC_RUN Mode ..................................... 50
Write, 16-Bit Data, Demultiplexed Address ............. 191
Write, 16-Bit Multiplexed Data, Fully Multiplexed
16-Bit Address ................................................. 192
Write, 16-Bit Multiplexed Data, Partially Multiplexed
Address ........................................................... 192
Write, 8-Bit Data, Fully Multiplexed 16-Bit Address . 190
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
Write, 8-Bit Data, Partially Multiplexed Address ...... 189
Write, 8-Bit Data, Partially Multiplexed Address,
Enable Strobe .................................................. 190
Write, 8-Bit Data, Wait States Enabled, Partially
Multiplexed Address ........................................ 189
Timing Diagrams and Specifications
AC Characteristics
Internal RC Accuracy ....................................... 487
CLKO and I/O Requirements ................................... 488
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Requirements .. 492
EUSARTx Synchronous Receive Requirements ..... 504
EUSARTx Synchronous Transmission
Requirements .................................................. 504
Example SPI Mode Requirements (Master Mode,
CKE = 0) .......................................................... 496
Example SPI Mode Requirements (Master Mode,
CKE = 1) .......................................................... 497
Example SPI Mode Requirements (Slave Mode,
CKE = 0) .......................................................... 498
Example SPI Slave Mode Requirements (CKE = 1) 499
External Clock Requirements .................................. 487
I2C Bus Data Requirements (Slave Mode) .............. 501
I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits Requirements
(Slave Mode) ................................................... 500
Low-Power Wake-up Time ....................................... 490
MSSPx I2C Bus Data Requirements ........................ 503
MSSPx I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits Requirements ........ 502
Parallel Master Port Read Requirements ................ 493
Parallel Master Port Write Requirements ................. 494
Parallel Slave Port Requirements ............................ 495
PLL Clock ................................................................. 487
Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator Start-up Timer,
Power-up Timer and Brown-out Reset
Requirements .................................................. 489
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock Requirements ... 491
TSTFSZ ........................................................................... 453
Two-Speed Start-up ................................................. 395, 409
Two-Word Instructions
Example Cases .......................................................... 83
TXSTAx Register
BRGH Bit ................................................................. 331
U
Ultra Low-Power Wake-up ................................................. 61
V
Voltage Reference Specifications .................................... 483
Voltage Regulator (On-Chip) ........................................... 407
Operation in Sleep Mode ......................................... 408
W
Watchdog Timer (WDT) ........................................... 395, 405
Associated Registers ............................................... 406
Control Register ....................................................... 405
During Oscillator Failure .......................................... 410
Programming Considerations .................................. 405
WCOL ...................................................... 314, 315, 316, 319
WCOL Status Flag ................................... 314, 315, 316, 319
WWW Address ................................................................. 533
WWW, Online Support ......................................................... 9
X
XORLW ............................................................................ 453
XORWF ............................................................................ 454
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 531
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
NOTES:
DS39932D-page 532
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at
www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means
to make files and information easily available to
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
browser, the web site contains the following
information:
Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
through several channels:
• Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design
resources, user’s guides and hardware support
documents, latest software releases and archived
software
• General Technical Support – Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,
online discussion groups, Microchip consultant
program member listing
• Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and events, listings of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
•
•
•
•
•
Distributor or Representative
Local Sales Office
Field Application Engineer (FAE)
Technical Support
Development Systems Information Line
Customers
should
contact
their
distributor,
representative or field application engineer (FAE) for
support. Local sales offices are also available to help
customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
included in the back of this document.
Technical support is available through the web site
at: http://microchip.com/support
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION
SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specified product family or development tool of interest.
To register, access the Microchip web site at
www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on
“Customer Change Notification” and follow the
registration instructions.
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 533
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our
documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at
(480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
TO:
Technical Publications Manager
RE:
Reader Response
Total Pages Sent ________
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________
FAX: (______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply?
Y
N
Device: PIC18F46J11 Family
Literature Number: DS39932D
Questions:
1. What are the best features of this document?
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?
DS39932D-page 534
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18F46J11 FAMILY
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO.
X
/XX
XXX
Device
Temperature
Range
Package
Pattern
Device(1)
PIC18F24J11
PIC18F25J11
PIC18F26J11
PIC18F44J11
PIC18F45J11
PIC18F46J11
PIC18LF24J11
PIC18LF25J11
PIC18LF26J11
PIC18LF44J11
PIC18LF45J11
PIC18LF46J11
Temperature Range
I
= -40C to +85C (Industrial)
Examples:
a)
b)
PIC18F46J11-I/PT 301 = Industrial temp.,
TQFP package, QTP pattern #301.
PIC18F46J11T-I/PT = Tape and reel, Industrial
temp., TQFP package.
Note 1:
2:
Package
SP
SS
SO
ML
PT
Pattern
QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements
(blank otherwise)
F = Standard Voltage Range
LF = Extended Voltage Range
T = In tape and reel
= Skinny PDIP
= SSOP
= SOIC
= QFN
= TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack)
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS39932D-page 535
Worldwide Sales and Service
AMERICAS
ASIA/PACIFIC
ASIA/PACIFIC
EUROPE
Corporate Office
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technical Support:
http://www.microchip.com/
support
Web Address:
www.microchip.com
Asia Pacific Office
Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor
Tower 6, The Gateway
Harbour City, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
India - Bangalore
Tel: 91-80-3090-4444
Fax: 91-80-3090-4123
India - New Delhi
Tel: 91-11-4160-8631
Fax: 91-11-4160-8632
Austria - Wels
Tel: 43-7242-2244-39
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Denmark - Copenhagen
Tel: 45-4450-2828
Fax: 45-4485-2829
India - Pune
Tel: 91-20-2566-1512
Fax: 91-20-2566-1513
France - Paris
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Japan - Yokohama
Tel: 81-45-471- 6166
Fax: 81-45-471-6122
Germany - Munich
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Atlanta
Duluth, GA
Tel: 678-957-9614
Fax: 678-957-1455
Boston
Westborough, MA
Tel: 774-760-0087
Fax: 774-760-0088
Chicago
Itasca, IL
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Cleveland
Independence, OH
Tel: 216-447-0464
Fax: 216-447-0643
Dallas
Addison, TX
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
Detroit
Farmington Hills, MI
Tel: 248-538-2250
Fax: 248-538-2260
Indianapolis
Noblesville, IN
Tel: 317-773-8323
Fax: 317-773-5453
Los Angeles
Mission Viejo, CA
Tel: 949-462-9523
Fax: 949-462-9608
Santa Clara
Santa Clara, CA
Tel: 408-961-6444
Fax: 408-961-6445
Toronto
Mississauga, Ontario,
Canada
Tel: 905-673-0699
Fax: 905-673-6509
Australia - Sydney
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755
China - Beijing
Tel: 86-10-8528-2100
Fax: 86-10-8528-2104
China - Chengdu
Tel: 86-28-8665-5511
Fax: 86-28-8665-7889
Korea - Daegu
Tel: 82-53-744-4301
Fax: 82-53-744-4302
China - Chongqing
Tel: 86-23-8980-9588
Fax: 86-23-8980-9500
Korea - Seoul
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
82-2-558-5934
China - Hong Kong SAR
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur
Tel: 60-3-6201-9857
Fax: 60-3-6201-9859
China - Nanjing
Tel: 86-25-8473-2460
Fax: 86-25-8473-2470
Malaysia - Penang
Tel: 60-4-227-8870
Fax: 60-4-227-4068
China - Qingdao
Tel: 86-532-8502-7355
Fax: 86-532-8502-7205
Philippines - Manila
Tel: 63-2-634-9065
Fax: 63-2-634-9069
China - Shanghai
Tel: 86-21-5407-5533
Fax: 86-21-5407-5066
Singapore
Tel: 65-6334-8870
Fax: 65-6334-8850
China - Shenyang
Tel: 86-24-2334-2829
Fax: 86-24-2334-2393
Taiwan - Hsin Chu
Tel: 886-3-6578-300
Fax: 886-3-6578-370
China - Shenzhen
Tel: 86-755-8203-2660
Fax: 86-755-8203-1760
Taiwan - Kaohsiung
Tel: 886-7-213-7830
Fax: 886-7-330-9305
China - Wuhan
Tel: 86-27-5980-5300
Fax: 86-27-5980-5118
Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: 886-2-2500-6610
Fax: 886-2-2508-0102
China - Xian
Tel: 86-29-8833-7252
Fax: 86-29-8833-7256
Thailand - Bangkok
Tel: 66-2-694-1351
Fax: 66-2-694-1350
Italy - Milan
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
Spain - Madrid
Tel: 34-91-708-08-90
Fax: 34-91-708-08-91
UK - Wokingham
Tel: 44-118-921-5869
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
China - Xiamen
Tel: 86-592-2388138
Fax: 86-592-2388130
China - Zhuhai
Tel: 86-756-3210040
Fax: 86-756-3210049
02/18/11
DS39932D-page 536
2011 Microchip Technology Inc.
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
